1870 the new kitchen science a guide to know the hows and whys for fun and success in the kitchen

337

Upload: sukrit-udom

Post on 27-Jul-2015

400 views

Category:

Documents


11 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen
Page 2: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

t h e n e wKI TC HE NSC I E NC E

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page i

Page 3: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

and whysfor fun

and successin the kitchen

a guide to knowing

thehows

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page ii

Page 4: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

H O W A R D H I L L M A N

kitchenscience

THE NEW

houghton mifflin company

boston new york 2003

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page iii

Page 5: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Copyright © 1981, 1989, 2003 by Howard Hillman

All rights reserved

For information about permission to reproduce selections

from this book, write to Permissions, Houghton Mifflin Company,

215 Park Avenue South, New York, New York 10003.

Visit our Web site: www.houghtonmifflinbooks.com.

Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication data is available.

ISBN 0-618-24963-X

Book design by Melissa Lotfy

Typefaces: Minion and FuturaT

Printed in the United States of America

QUM 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page iv

Page 6: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

To creative, intellectually curious cooks

because they make cooking and dining

more fun, exciting, and delicious

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page v

Page 7: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page vi

Page 8: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

contents

Preface ix

Mistakes Good Cooks Make —and How to Avoid Them xi

1 • Cooking Equipment 1

2 • Cooking Methods 27

3 • Meats 44

4 • Seafood 78

5 • Dairy Products 102

6 • Eggs 123

7 • Fruits and Vegetables 134

8 • Sauces and Thickeners 153

9 • Seasonings 177

10 • Oils and Fats 188

11 • Baking 200

12 • Beverages 218

13 • Food Storage 234

14 • Health and Nutrition 249

15 • Diets 265

16 • Potpourri 275

Further Reading 293

Index 297

About the Author 318

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page vii

Page 9: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page viii

Page 10: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

. ix

preface

much has happened in the culinary world since Kitchen Sci-ence was published two decades ago. The New Kitchen Science up-dates and enlarges the earlier volume, and offers many new tipsand insights.

As a quick thumbing through its pages will show you, the bookis written for cooks, not scientists. It explains scientific principlesin nonacademic language. And the Q&A format makes it quickand easy for you to absorb the many tips and insights.

You’ll have more fun cooking after reading The New KitchenScience because you’ll be a more creative cook. You’ll be able to im-provise with greater flair, and you’ll be less dependent on recipesbecause you’ll know what can and cannot be done — and why.Like me and my many readers, you’ll love becoming a mad scien-tist in the kitchen.

The New Kitchen Science takes the mystery out of cooking. You’lllearn why baking powder leavens, why freezing ruins the texture ofmeat, why some pots are superior to others, why some people caneat more hot chili than other people, why sauces thicken, why newpotatoes are best for making potato salad, why a “bloody rare”steak is not really bloody, why a soufflé rises, and hundreds of gutsyanswers to other practical questions.

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page ix

Page 11: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

x . . preface

The “whys” have been well researched. With help from my staff,I conducted countless experiments in the kitchen in order to sepa-rate food facts from myths. I interviewed food scientists and de-voured weighty tomes and academic articles that explore theworld of food science. Supplementing that information is myknowledge, which comes from having written other food booksand from having a lifelong interest in discovering the “whys” ofcooking.

An ancient Chinese philosopher once advised his assembledfollowers, “Give a man a fish, and you feed him for a day. Teach aman to fish, and you feed him for a lifetime.” There is a parallel in cooking: Find yourself a recipe, and you can cook one dish.Teach yourself the science of cooking, and you can cook creativelyforever.

I hope you enjoy reading The New Kitchen Science as much as Ienjoyed researching and writing it.

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page x

Page 12: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

mistakes good cooks make— and how to avoid them

d o you know the consequences of committing the culinary er-rors listed here? The New Kitchen Science gives you clear explana-tions that will help you avoid making these and hundreds of othercooking mistakes.

• Cooking tomato sauce in an aluminum panChapter 1, “Cooking Equipment” — p. 13

• Frying foods in a skillet instead of a sauté panChapter 1, “Cooking Equipment” — p. 15

• Buying a budget-priced food processorChapter 1, “Cooking Equipment” — p. 22

• Roasting meat in a covered panChapter 2, “Cooking Methods” — p. 33

• Crowding food in a deep fryerChapter 2, “Cooking Methods” — p. 38

• Carving a roast with the grainChapter 3, “Meat” — p. 59

. xi

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page xi

Page 13: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

xii . . mistakes good cooks make — and how to avoid them

• Overly relying on minutes-per-pound chartsChapter 3, “Meat” — p. 65

• Cooking refrigerator-temperature meatChapter 3, “Meat” — p. 67

• Unnecessarily shrinking a roasting meatChapter 3, “Meat” — p. 68

• Buying thin steaks for broiling or grillingChapter 3, “Meat” — p. 70

• Frying bacon over high heatChapter 3, “Meat” — p. 73

• Believing yellow skin indicates a good chickenChapter 3, “Meat” — p. 76

• Turning over a broiling fishChapter 4, “Seafood” — p. 92

• Cooking a dead lobsterChapter 4, “Seafood” — p. 95

• Killing a lobster in an inhumane wayChapter 4, “Seafood” — p. 96

• Not discarding a clam whose shell won’t closeChapter 4, “Seafood” — p. 98

• Wrapping refrigerated butter looselyChapter 5, “Dairy Products” — p. 114

• Causing ice crystals to form in ice creamChapter 5, “Dairy Products” — p. 121

• Storing eggs with their thin ends pointing upwardChapter 6, “Eggs” — p. 126

• Boiling eggs with begin-in-cold-water methodChapter 6, “Eggs” — p. 131

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page xii

Page 14: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

mistakes good cooks make — and how to avoid them . . xiii

• Ending up with green-tinged boiled egg yolksChapter 6, “Eggs” — p. 131

• Slicing whole boiled eggs before letting them coolChapter 6, “Eggs” — p. 131

• Letting fried egg whites become rubberyChapter 6, “Eggs” — p. 132

• Steaming green peas in a covered potChapter 7, “Fruits and Vegetables” — p. 139

• Buying potatoes with green-tinged surface areasChapter 7, “Fruits and Vegetables” — p. 144

• Baking potatoes without first piercing themChapter 7, “Fruits and Vegetables” — p. 145

• Buying the largest zucchinis in a vegetable binChapter 7, “Fruits and Vegetables” — p. 149

• Serving tomatoes coldChapter 7, “Fruits and Vegetables” — p. 150

• Dressing wet salad greensChapter 8, “Sauces and Thickeners” — p. 157

• Spicing food as it sautésChapter 9, “Seasonings” — p. 177

• Prematurely putting herbs into the stew potChapter 9, “Seasonings” — p. 177

• Handling chilies without knowing their hottest areasChapter 9, “Seasonings” — p. 182

• Thinking that cholesterol per se is unhealthyChapter 10, “Oils and Fats” — p. 190

• Allowing a cooking oil to reach its smoke pointChapter 10, “Oils and Fats” — p. 196

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page xiii

Page 15: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

xiv . . mistakes good cooks make — and how to avoid them

• Keeping a can of baking powder around too longChapter 11, “Baking” — p. 201

• Baking a dome-top cakeChapter 11, “Baking” — p. 212

• Positioning pots and pans too close to an oven’s wallChapter 11, “Baking” — p. 214

• Trying to slake thirst with a non-diet soft drinkChapter 12, “Beverages” — p. 219

• Placing unrinsed ice cubes into a glassChapter 12, “Beverages” — p. 225

• Brewing coffee with hot tap waterChapter 12, “Beverages” — p. 227

• Steeping tea in an uncovered pot or cupChapter 12, “Beverages” — p. 232

• Freezing foods in aluminum foilChapter 13, “Food Storage” — p. 241

• Believing that refreezing thawed foods is unsafeChapter 13, “Food Storage” — p. 244

• Buying a frost-coated frozen vegetable packageChapter 13, “Food Storage” — p. 245

• Storing raw onions next to raw potatoesChapter 13, “Food Storage” — p. 245

• Placing raw vegetables into sealed airtight bagsChapter 13, “Food Storage” — p. 245

• Neglecting to clean a recently used can openerChapter 14, “Health and Nutrition” — p. 249

• Setting a hot pot on a surface used for cuttingChapter 14, “Health and Nutrition” — p. 249

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page xiv

Page 16: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

• Seldom replacing a kitchen sink’s water tap filterChapter 14, “Health and Nutrition” — p. 253

• Skipping breakfast when dietingChapter 15, “Diets” — p. 270

• Making a fallen souffléChapter 16, “Potpourri” — p. 278

• Soaking a flour-coated pan with very hot waterChapter 16, “Potpourri” — p. 284

mistakes good cooks make — and how to avoid them . . xv

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page xv

Page 17: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page xvi

Page 18: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

t h e n e wKI TC HE NSC I E NC E

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page xvii

Page 19: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page xviii

Page 20: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

. 1

Are quality knives a bargain?

Yes, because quality knives should last you a lifetime. Inexpensiveones normally need to be replaced every five years or so. That’swhy it is more cost-effective in the long run to invest in a few qual-ity knives than to purchase a broader assortment of less expensiveand inferior implements. As a bonus, your cutting, chopping, andslicing tasks will be quicker and easier. Our recommended five-knife starter set performs a wide variety of tasks.It comprises a 3- to 4-inch (blade length) paringknife, a 6-inch utility knife, an 8-inch serratedslicing knife, an 8-inch chef ’s (chopping) knife,and a 10-inch nonserrated slicing (carving) knife.You also need a 10-inch butcher steel for honing.

Are dull knives more dangerous than sharp ones?

Without question. The sharper the knife, the less likely the cook isto cut himself. This may sound like dull-witted reasoning, but thepoint is valid for two pragmatic reasons. First, people tend to bemore careful when using sharper knives because the potentialharm is more vivid in their minds. Second, a duller knife is more

The sharperthe knife, theless likelythe cook isto cut himself

1cookingequipment

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 1

Page 21: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

2 . . the new kitchen science

apt to slip when cutting because it requires more downward pres-sure to do the job.

There are more benefits from a sharp knife than just safety. Itmakes cutting quicker and more efficient and minimizes rippingand tearing of the food.

How do the four basic knife-blade alloys differ?

Virtually all kitchen knives have blades of steel, an alloy consistingmainly of iron mixed with carbon and a smaller portion of otherelements. The critical difference between carbon and stainless steelalloys is that the first has a higher carbon content, whereas theother amalgamation contains more chromium, and often nickel.

The high-carbon stainless knife is betwixt and between the two— its carbon, chromium, and nickel proportions lie somewhere inbetween those of the standard carbon and stainless steel varieties.Yet another variation of the theme is the superstainless knife, theone with the scintillating silvery look. Its alloy — at least its plat-ing alloy — is impregnated with relatively large quantities of chro-mium and nickel.

An alloy’s precise makeup determines to a considerable extent aknife’s advantages and disadvantages for a cook.

What are the pros and cons of each knife-blade alloy?

A carbon steel blade is unequaled in its ability to take an extremelysharp edge, and therefore it is preferred by most serious chefs.The major drawback of carbon steel is that unless the blade ispromptly wiped dry after each use, it will rust. The alloy is alsovulnerable to attack by the acid in foods like citrus fruits, toma-toes, and onions. If the knife is not washed soon after contact withthese ingredients, the acid will react chemically with the metal,blemishing the blade’s surface with blackish stains. Moreover, thatdiscoloration and its attendant off-odor can be transferred to thefoods you are cutting.

Superstainless steel is the least efficient of the four basic knife

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 2

Page 22: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

alloys. It is all but impossible for a cook to restore the sharpnessonce the knife loses its original well-honed edge (if the manu-facturer gave it one in the first place). Kitchenware demonstra-tors speak hokum when they claim that superstainless steel knivesnever need to be sharpened. What they should tell you is that theirproduct can’t be sharpened.

Stainless steel, like its super cousin, resists rust, stains, and cor-rosion caused by water and acid. Though it takes a sharper edgethan a superstainless one, a stainless steel blade will still be annoy-ingly dull in the hands of a busy cook.

A high-carbon stainless steel knife — by far the most expensiveof the four types — will neither rust nor stain. Consequently, it isthe answer for a cook who lives by the sea or in a humid climate,because salt can corrode and moisture can oxidize (rust) non-stainless steel. High-carbon stainless steel is also recommendedfor cooks who do not want to be bothered with having to wash theknife and wipe it dry promptly after each use — or who do notwant the knife blade to become tarnished because the chore wasneglected.

Although a blade made from high-carbon stainless steel can behoned to a fairly sharp edge, do not believe the food writers andsalespeople who tell you that its sharpness will match that of aknife made with carbon steel. As our kitchen tests verify, this isphysically impossible.

What else should I look for when buying a knife?

Selecting the right blade alloy is not enough. You should buy onlya knife produced by a quality manufacturer because fine knifemaking requires skilled workmanship involving a myriad of preci-sion tasks, such as tempering the steel. In fact, unless you can buysuperb carbon steel knives (they are becoming difficult to find inAmerica nowadays), we recommend that you purchase the top-of-the-line, high-carbon stainless steel knives of a quality manufac-turer, such as Wüsthof (Trident trademark) or Henckels.

The tang (the part of the metal enclosed by the handle) should

cooking equipment . . 3

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 3

Page 23: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

run the full length of the handle and should be well secured withat least three rivets. Otherwise, the handle and the metal part ofthe knife may separate within a matter of years. The full tang alsocontributes weight and balance, two essential qualities that inex-pensive knives usually lack.

A knife’s handle should be easy to grasp and feel comfortable inyour hand. Its material should be durable and nonslippery. Nearlyall hardwood and many modern plastic-and-wood compositegrips fit the bill; plastic hilts do not.

What is the best tool for sharpening knives?

Honing a knife on one of those extremely coarse grinding wheelsor belts that are commonly used by peregrinating peddlers or keymakers is one of the most unsatisfactory methods. Repeatedsharpenings on these instruments wear away your blade within afew years.

Almost as bad are those small pairs of steel rotating disk-cylin-ders that are supposed to be attached to a kitchen door or cabinet.Not only do these gadgets devour the metal of the blade fasterthan need be, they tend to scratch the blade too much and throw itout of alignment. Electric knife sharpeners perform better, thoughthey are not recommended for high-quality carbon or high-car-bon steel knives. These countertop appliances can permanentlyalter the angular shape of the knife’s cutting edge given by theknife’s manufacturer.

The best day-to-day sharpening implement is the butcher’ssteel, a rough-surfaced, hard metal rod equipped with a handle.However, unless you use the steel frequently to sharpen the knife,as a butcher is wont to do, the edge of your knife may dull beyondthe restorative powers of the honing rod. In that case, you willneed to sharpen the knife periodically with a whetstone, a small,abrasive, bluish-black block made of the exceptionally hard siliconcarbide Carborundum (available in most hardware stores). Some-times the abrasive material is a thin coating of minuscule dia-monds.

4 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 4

Page 24: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

What is the ideal honing angle?

Some say that 15° is the correct honing angle, whereas other esti-mates place the number at 25° or even 30°. We experimented andfound that approximately 20° produces the best all-around results.A good way to know whether you are honing at or near a 20° angleis to refer to the accompanying graphic as you practice with an ac-tual knife and butcher steel.

Where should sharp knives be stored?

Certainly not intermingled in a drawer with other knives andutensils. Every time you open and close the drawer, knives jostleabout, damaging their cutting edges. One of the best storage solu-tions is a wood knife block (which also makes knives very accessi-ble). Buy one with horizontal slots. With vertical slots, you drag aknife’s cutting edge along the wood each time you insert and re-move the utensil.

Can I slice food with a chef ’s knife?

Not if you want thin, attractive slices. A chef ’s knife is designed tochop, not slice. As the accompanying illustration shows, there is anotable difference — for reasons of function — between the cross-sectional blade of the slicing knife and the chef ’s knife. Becausethe slicing knife blade is relatively thin, friction and food crushingis minimized as the knife slides through the food. Just as impor-tant, the thinner design allows the carver to cut narrower andmore uniform slices because the blade stays reasonably parallel tothe face of the cut.

cooking equipment . . 5

Honing Angles

too little 10° ideal20°

30°

too much

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 5

Page 25: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

What about doing the opposite, chopping firm food with a slic-ing knife? The chef ’s knife does a much better job because itswedge shape is broader on the top of its cross-section than theslicing knife. That extra weight gives the blade extra momentumand therefore more power to help the cook chop through firmfoods like garlic and carrots.

Should I buy a wood or polyethylene cutting board?

The harder a cutting surface, the more quickly a knife dulls. Hardsurfaces include metal, marble, china, crockery, enamel, glass,and most kitchen countertops. The softest, andtherefore the most desirable of the popular cut-ting surfaces, is wood. Though softwood doesless harm to the knife’s edge, hardwood is usedmost often because it absorbs less moisture andlasts longer.

Polyethylene boards are not as hard as, say,metal and glass, but they are harder than wood.Consequently, a knife becomes duller faster onpolyethylene boards than on wood ones. Even though polyeth-ylene is easier to clean, most good cooks insist on wood cuttingboards because keeping a knife sharp is crucial.

Hard cutting surfaces are not the only anathema to a sharpknife blade. A blade that nicks too many bones or scrapes hard

6 . . the new kitchen science

A knife be-comes dullerfaster on polyethyleneboards thanon wood ones

slicing knife chef’s knife

Cross-Sectional Views

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 6

Page 26: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

kitchenware in a dishwasher or on a drying rack also may not cutthe mustard.

Are hardwood spoons worth their higher price?

Hardwood spoons cost more than softwood spoons because theyare made of more expensive material and are more difficult tocarve. They absorb less bacteria and cooking flavors because theirwood is less porous. They are less likely to scorch, stain, crack, orwarp. They dry faster, are more attractive, and last more thantwice as long as softwood spoons.

Why is good heat distribution a virtue for a stove-top pan?

Unless heat can quickly spread through the entire bottom of apan, “hot” and “cold” spots will develop. The hot spots will be di-rectly over the places wherethe heat source comes in con-tact with the pan. Thus, if thegas burner is starfish-shaped,or if the configuration of theelectric coil is a spiral, the hotspots will follow those pat-terns.

The problem of frying orbraising in a pan that has hotand cold spots is that you cannot cook the food properly— unless you do nothing elsebut constantly and thor-oughly stir the contents (andwhen braising, you could notdo that even if you so desired).The food over the hot spotswill overcook. Or, if you lower the heat to prevent scorching, thefood will take longer to cook or there will probably be insufficientheat to cook the other portions of the food.

cooking equipment . . 7

You can see with your own eyeswhether a pan has hot spots. Moisten1/4 cup of sugar with a couple of table-spoons of water. Spread the mixtureuniformly on the flat cooking surface ofa stainless steel pan (preferably thin-gauged). Then turn the heat to a low tomedium setting and wait for the sugarto start to caramelize. If your pan hasno hot spots, the sugar will caramelizeevenly. If it has hot spots, the sugar di-rectly over them will caramelize first,forming a pattern that maps your pan’shot spots.

Try This Hot-Spot Experiment

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 7

Page 27: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

If you discover that your pots have hot spots and you do notwish to replace the equipment, you can minimize the defect byusing a heat diffuser or by using a low heat setting.

When cooking food in a generous quantity of boiling or sim-mering water, you need not worry so much about the negative ef-fects of hot and cold spots on the bottom of your pan. By the timethe heat reaches the food, the cooking medium (water) will havemore or less equalized the two temperature extremes. The sameprinciple holds true for steaming.

The speed at which heat can travel through a pan’s bottom is a function of how well it conducts heat (see “How is heat trans-ferred to food?” in chapter 2, pp. 28–29). Conductivity variesmainly according to the type of metal as well as the thickness andfinish of the metal.

Of the popular pan materials, which are the fastest heat conductors and which the slowest?

The fastest guns in town are silver, tin, and copper. Aluminum isquick on the draw, too.

Middling-speed substances include cast iron and carbon(rolled) steel, the type of sheet metal that is used to fashion tradi-tional woks and crepe pans. Stainless steel ranks even lower inheat-flow efficiency.

Even poorer conductors are glass, porcelain, earthenware, andpottery in general. The sluggish attributes of these materials, how-ever, can be a plus in serving dishes. Providing that such a vessel iscovered and its walls are thick enough, it absorbs and gives up heatso languidly that it should keep your food warm for a long time.

Factors other than the type of metal also determine how evenlya pot heats food. The thicker its gauge, the more uniformly a potwill distribute heat throughout its interior surface. However,though a thicker gauge will help compensate for the mediocreheat-conducting properties of iron, the weight of the extra metalusually makes the pot unwieldy. A metal’s finish also affects cook-ing efficiency.

8 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 8

Page 28: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Are copper pots worth the money?

It depends.We do not recommend purchasing mass-produced pseudo-

copper pots and pans — the lightweight, stamped stainless steeltype with copper-coated bottoms. The buyer gets the headache ofthe genuine copper equipment (keeping the metal polished) with-out enjoying the heat distribution advantage. The copper coatingthat is used to produce this lower-priced equipment is typicallyless than 1/50 of an inch thick — too thin to distribute heat uni-formly. Even the stainless steel is deplorably thin.

Authentic copper pots and pans, which are quite dear, are excel-lent because the thick copper metal distributes the heat evenlythroughout the base and the lower sides of the cooking utensil.However, if the copper base becomes mottled with black carbondeposits, the even heat distribution is greatly impaired and hotspots develop, turning a positive into a negative. This is why wenever recommend copper cooking equipment to anyone whodoesn’t have the time and inclination to keep it clean and polished— and it is a chore, to be sure.

Another drawback of authentic copper pots is that they mustbe periodically relined with tin, an expensive process. The panmust be relined once the tin starts to wear away appreciably be-cause if too much copper leaches into your cooking foods, yourliver won’t be able to remove the excess from your blood. The re-sults can be noxious. However, the amount of copper leachingfrom a few scratches in the tin lining shouldn’t prove to be danger-ously toxic — that is, if you minimize or avoid cooking foods thatare high in acid or highly pigmented, which chemically hastensthe release of the copper and its oxides. Finally, fat-based cooking(frying) will release less copper than water-based cooking (boil-ing, braising, and stewing).

Is enamel cookware practical?

Enamel cookware resists corrosion, and its shiny, often colorfulveneer can make it quite attractive, both on the range and on the

cooking equipment . . 9

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 9

Page 29: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

dining room table. Unfortunately, its beauty is only “skin deep.”Enamelware (a misnomer) is a metal, not an enamel, pan. Theenamel is no more than a thin coating produced by fusing a pow-dered glass onto the metal (often cast-iron) pan in a kiln. Thissheer layer can chip easily if the cook accidentally bangs the panagainst the hard sink. Thermal shock is another hazard; a stove-hot enamelware pot can shatter if the cook sets it in cold water.

How do nonstick surfaces work?

Most nonstick kitchenware is made with chemically inert fluoro-carbon plastic that is baked onto the cooking surfaces. These sub-stances cover the pores and microscopic jagged peaks of the metal(usually aluminum) and therefore deny food the opportunity tolatch on to something.

Nonstick coatings in effect season the pan. The commercial“seasoning” method produces a much slicker surface than thehome method — so slick that you can, if you want, fry foods withlittle or no oil or butter.

What are the pros and cons of nonstick coatings?

The nonstick surface is a blessing to people who must drasticallyrestrict their fat intake. However, for others, the main selling pointof the nonstick lining can turn out to be a drawback. When onecooks without oil or fat, the taste buds and olfactory receptors aredeprived of rich flavors that are essential to superb dining.

An indisputable positive feature of a nonstick pan is that itssmooth surface can be washed free of food quickly and with mini-mum effort. However, should metal utensils and scouring pads beused, they can easily scratch, making it more likely that food willstick to the pan. A nonstick lining also discolors with misuse, or intime, even with proper use. Too many of the nonstick coated pansare too thin and thus — because of the resulting uneven heat dis-tribution — are not ideal for most stove-top cooking methods.

Finally, the nonstick coating is not truly nonstick (“low-stick”would be a better appellation), and its surface will eventually wear

10 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 10

Page 30: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

away, despite what some kitchenware ads and salespeople profess.Generally, there is a correlation between how much you pay for apan and how long the nonstick surface will last.

How does an anodized aluminum pan compare with a nonstickaluminum pan?

An anodized pan will likely be thicker gauged and better built but,like a nonstick pan, can be easily scratched and impaired by a care-less cook or dishwasher. Both pans help prevent food from stick-ing, though the nonstick pan performs that mission demonstrablybetter. Unlike the nonstick variety, an anodized pan usually needsto be seasoned occasionally.

The anodization process is based on the principle that an oxidelayer forms naturally on aluminum and that this oxide helps pre-vent food from sticking to the metal. The thicker the layer, themore effective the defense. Manufacturers discovered that theycould artificially create a reasonably thick layer by means of elec-trolysis.

Why are pans that are constructed with multi-ply bottoms sohighly touted?

Their bottoms have three layers: a middle ply (generally alumi-num) sandwiched between two stainless steel ones. The purposeof this design is to give the cook the best of both worlds by elimi-nating each metal’s disadvantages.

The aluminum layer cannot become discolored, nor can itcolor or flavor foods, because it is completely enclosed within thestainless steel. The upper stainless steel layer does not have the hotspots that are common in 100 percent stainless steel pots, becauseby the time it reaches that stainless steel tier, the heat from theburner has been more or less evenly diffused by the aluminum(which is, unlike stainless steel, an excellent conductor of heat).And because the pan’s entire metal surface is stainless steel, it hasan attractive shiny finish and is easier to clean. Still another bonus

cooking equipment . . 11

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 11

Page 31: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

is that multi-tiered construction has much the same effect on thepan’s bottom that it has on plywood: The possibility of warping isdecreased.

Why must I season a cast-iron or carbon steel pot before using itfor the first time?

The surfaces of both of these nonstainless, iron-based metals arerather porous and have microscopic jagged peaks. You season apan or pot by rubbing it with oil, heating it for 30 to 60 minutes ina 300°F oven, and then cooling it to room temperature. The oilfills the cavities and becomes entrenched in them, as well asrounding off the peaks. Two culinary benefits result. First, thecooking surface develops a nonstick quality because the formerlyjagged and pitted surface becomes smooth. Second, because thepores are permeated with oil, water cannot seep in and create rustthat would give food an off-flavor.

Why do pans sometimes become deseasoned?

One common reason is that the pan has been scratched with asharp metal tool, such as a spatula. Sometimes the cause is indi-rect: If one lets a pan rust, it probably needs to be washed and verylikely scoured with soap or detergent. When cleaned in this way,some of the oil that coats the pores and minuscule jagged peaks ofthe metal bind themselves chemically to some of the cleansingagent’s molecules and flow down the drain with the dishwater.

Naturally, the more fiercely one scrubs, the stronger the cleans-ing solution, and the longer the pan is soaked, the more the panbecomes deseasoned. If damage done by the cleaning is not toogreat, the pan will automatically reseason itself the next time youfry in it — so no harm done. If the damage is severe, you will haveto start the seasoning process over again from the very beginning.If rust has developed deep inside the pores of the interior surface,dump the pan into a trash bin — all the king’s cooks couldn’t put itback in serviceable order again.

12 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 12

Page 32: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Once my carbon steel wok or omelet pan is seasoned, can I wash it with soap?

Many cookbooks say “never,” but that advice can run counter tosound hygiene and pleasing taste. Unless you use these metal uten-sils daily, they should be washed briefly with a little soapy water(then rinsed and thoroughly dried) in order to rid them of excesssurface oil. Otherwise, the surplus oil will become rancid withintwo days or so, giving cooked foods an off-flavor. Washing yourwok or omelet pan gently with a cleansing agent need not ruinyour prized possession.

Some cookbooks recommend an alternative method: Scour thepan with dry salt. Since that technique can also chemically precip-itate rusting, we do not follow that advice.

Why does an aluminum pot give a red tomato sauce a brownishtinge?

If an unlined aluminum vessel is used to cook a high-alkali foodsuch as potatoes, or if the cooking medium is hard water, or if thepot is washed with high-alkali cleanser, the metal’s surface be-comes stained. When the pot is subsequently used to cook tomatosauce or any other high-acid ingredient, such as onions, wine,lemon juice, or cabbage, the acid chemically removes some of thestain from the pot and transfers the discoloration to the food. Al-though the brownish tinge diminishes the aesthetic appeal of thefood, it poses no threat to your health.

Another drawback of aluminum pots is their propensity towarp when subjected to abrupt changes in temperature extremes(more so than, say, stainless steel of identical gauge). And alu-minum implements dent easily, especially if they are thin-gauged.

On the plus side, the heat-flow efficiency of a thick-gauge alu-minum pot nearly rivals that of a copper pot of similar gauge,which is noticeably heavier and many times more expensive. Un-like cast iron or carbon steel, aluminum doesn’t rust (though itdoes oxidize slowly). If treated with care, aluminum pots will lastfor decades.

cooking equipment . . 13

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 13

Page 33: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Why can a quick temperature change shatter glass?

The natural brittleness and poor conductivity of glass make it sus-ceptible to cracking when it experiences a rapid change in temper-ature from hot to cold or vice versa. Contemplate what happens,for instance, when boiling water is poured into a cold glass jar. Be-cause glass has a low heat-flow efficiency, the heat that is trans-ferred from the water to the jar’s bottom travels relatively slowly(by conduction) to the top of the jar. Since glass (or any other ma-terial) expands when heated, the jar’s bottom will quickly swell,and — what is most critical — without a corresponding expansionin the upper part of the jar. This disparity creates a structuralstress that cracks the doomed glass.

Treated glass, such as Pyrex, is much less vulnerable to shatter-ing than is regular glass, though it, too, has its limits. Even less sus-ceptible is Corningware. Standard porcelain, earthenware, andother pottery, however, do indeed have glass’s “Achilles’ heel,” so itis a good idea to preheat a vessel made with one of these materials(with, for instance, hot tap water) before placing it in a preheatedoven.

What makes a pan warp?

A metal will not shatter like glass, partially because it has a higherheat-flow efficiency, but chiefly because it has a sturdier intermol-ecular structure. Metal does, nonetheless, warp for the same rea-son that glass cracks: structural stress caused by a sudden and sig-nificant change in the relative temperature of two closely situatedareas of the cookware.

The metal of inexpensive metal pots and pans (except for thecast-iron variety) is typically thin-gauged, and that of higher-quality utensils is thick-gauged. The thicker a sheet of metal, thegreater its structural strength, and therefore the less likely it is towarp. Since warped cookware conducts heat unevenly, cheap potsare seldom a bargain.

14 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 14

Page 34: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Are there essential differences between a skillet and a sauté pan?

Though many cooks freely substitute one for the other, each pan isdesigned with specific functions in mind.

A skillet’s sloping side allows you to turn and remove food suchas scrambled eggs more easily. In contrast, the comparatively high,vertical wall of a sauté pan interferes with these cooking tasks. Therationale behind its construction is different: The design is meantto reduce the amount of oil that splatters beyond the sauté pan’srim when, for instance, the cook pan-fries chicken.

The sides of a sauté pan, incidentally, should not measure morethan 21/2 inches. Higher walls cause excess steam to build up in thepan as gaseous water molecules are released by the frying foods.Moreover, some of the imprisoned steam molecules then con-dense and fall into the oil, needlessly causing extra splatter andlowering the oil’s temperature at the same time.

Why don’t the wok-cooked dishes that I prepare at home equalthose made in a topnotch Chinese restaurant?

Even assuming that your cooking talents and ingredients matchthose of a professional Chinese chef, your stir-fried food can’thave the same intense color, elegant flavor, and crisp texture. A dif-ference in the heat power available to you explains the disparity. Atypical home stove-top gas burner generates fewer than 10,000British thermal units. (A BTU defines the quantity of heat re-quired to raise 2 cups — 1 pound — of air-free, 60°F water by 1°F

cooking equipment . . 15

skillet

sauté pan

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 15

Page 35: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

at normal atmospheric pressure.) The BTU output for a gas rangein a first-rate Chinese restaurant is at least twice as high because ofthe stove’s special design features. It has much more gas to burnbecause the gas line that supplies the fuel to the burner is muchlarger in diameter. Moreover, the heating unit itself consists ofmany concentric burner rings; the normal home gas burner hasbut one. Finally, the restaurant burner apparatus is normally sev-eral times wider.

The higher heat more effectively seals in the juices of the ingre-dients and therefore helps lock in flavor and nutrients. Just as im-portant, since fewer of the internal juices in the cooking foodemerge, the pan sauce better clings to the food, making the dishmore appetizing. A crisper texture results because the higher heatfirms the surface of the food before the interior becomes over-cooked. In addition, the higher heat more effectively triggers thechemical reactions that heighten the color of the vegetables as theystart to cook. And because the cooking period is very brief, thevivid colors developed do not have a chance to fade.

Can I use a wok on an electric range?

Unfortunately, the highly functional configuration of an authenticwok is incompatible with the heating surface of an electric stove-top or cook-top. The area of contact between this rounded vesseland a flat surface is small, and therefore heat is severely limited.Yet, a genuine wok must have a rounded bottom as a matter ofpracticality. Stir-frying is best executed with a small amount ofcooking oil concentrated in the hottest zone, the heart of the wok,and a concave pan accomplishes this goal. In addition, the combi-nation of the height and slope of the sides facilitates tossing, an es-sential stir-frying procedure.

Electric ranges (and electric woks, too) are ill suited for stir-fry-ing for yet another reason. Many a stir-fry recipe calls for a quicklowering or raising of the temperature in the middle of the cook-ing period. Electric heating units generally respond slowly to tem-perature adjustments.

16 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 16

Page 36: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Do not buy one of those “woks” that has been designed with aflat bottom specifically for use on an electric unit. You cannotproperly stir-fry in one of these vessels, which are essentially high-walled skillets. The rounded bottom is required for true Chinesestir-frying.

Are smoke hoods a good investment?

Two basic types of smoke hoods exist, both equipped with exhaustfans. One sucks the polluted air out of the kitchen into the greatoutdoors, as a fireplace chimney does. The other — a less efficientdevice — simply filters and recycles the adulterated air in yourkitchen. Both reduce grime buildup in your kitchen, minimizingthe need for elbow grease and redecoration.

According to the results of a study conducted by the LawrenceBerkeley National Laboratory in California, there seems to be aneven stronger reason for having a smoke hood, at least in rest-aurants where a clutch of ovens bake or roast continually. The researchers found that oven exhaust can contain excess levels ofnitric oxide and nitrogen dioxide (both can create respiratory dis-orders), vinyl chloride (a cancer-causing agent), and carbon mon-oxide (capable of producing headaches, nausea, and death).

Most homes have a smoke alarm in or near the kitchen, but fewhave a carbon monoxide detector to sound an alarm when itreaches a precarious level. Unlike smoke, carbon monoxide is in-visible and odorless.

How does a self-cleaning oven work?

When the oven is heated to nearly 1,000°F, at the “self-clean” set-ting, any clinging grease on the walls disintegrates into fine parti-cles that either free themselves or can be easily wiped away with adamp cloth. Bear in mind that this feature comes at a price besidesdollars. It consumes space inside the oven unit. This reduces anoven’s interior dimensions and — consequently — the maximumsize of a pot, pan, or sheet you can place inside the oven.

cooking equipment . . 17

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 17

Page 37: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Which is better, a gas or electric range?

A range (also called a stove-top) is the open cooking surface whereyou fry, sauté, and boil foods. Most good cooks prefer a gas over anelectric range for reasons described later.

Which gas is better for range cooking, propane or natural gas?

Natural gas is superior. Propane generates 10 to 20 percent fewerBTUs than natural gas. This means, for instance, that propane willtake longer to boil a pot of water. And it more readily blackens thebottoms of pots and pans because it does not burn as cleanly asnatural gas.

Propane has its place. It fuels nearly all outdoor gas grills. If youlive in a country home that is not connected to a natural gaspipeline — and you do not like the alternative of cooking on anelectric range — then propane is the answer. You will need an out-side propane tank and a range that can be converted to use pro-pane.

What are the electric range options?

The two basic electric range categories are coil and cook-top.The electric coil variety uses a spiral heating element that sits

exposed on top of the range. This device heats and responds totemperature adjustments very slowly. It is difficult to clean. It ismore likely to malfunction than other range types. Avoid electric-coil ranges, even though they are the least expensive range.

An electric cook-top is a flat, smooth-surfaced range. The heat-ing units lie hidden under the glass-ceramic panel. There are sev-eral electric cook-top subcategories: radiant, halogen, and induc-tion.

What are the pros and cons of the three cook-top types?

You need a range that can be adjusted in small increments and canrespond quickly to any heat adjustment. That is crucial when, forinstance, something starts to boil that shouldn’t. The range mustalso heat food reasonably fast.

18 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 18

Page 38: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

The original radiant cook-tops disappointingly botched theabove duties. Although ribbon-style radiant cook-tops do better,they still do not perform those jobs as well as the halogen and in-duction cook-tops. And their cooking area remains hot long afterthe pan is removed — a hazard.

Halogen cook-tops produce the cooking heat with a halogenbulb. Like radiant cook-tops, they heat the cook-top, which heatsthe pan, which heats the food. Because they become a great dealhotter than a radiant cook-top, they are even more hazardous.

Induction cook-tops heat a pan directly by means of a mag-netic field. They do not heat the glass-ceramic panel that lies be-tween the pan and the magnetic induction device. When you re-move a pan, the cook-top’s cooking area is not hot. What warmthit has comes from the heat conducted from the hot pan. Magneticinduction cook-tops heat and respond to temperature adjust-ments as fast as halogen and gas ranges. A major drawback is thatyou can use only pots and pans that contain a metal (like iron orsteel) that is responsive to magnetic fields.

You can purchase a mixed-unit cook-top. It is built with a com-bination of radiant, halogen, and/or induction heating units.

Because of their flat surfaces, all cook-tops are easier to cleanthan gas and electric-coil cook-tops. However, it is expensive to re-place a glass-ceramic cook-top that has been broken by an acci-dentally dropped pan. Moreover, a pan has to be perfectly flat foroptimum cooking on the smooth cook-top. Gas burners — be-cause they cook with flames — are more forgiving if the pan’s bot-tom is dented or warped. Another advantage of gas is that you cansee the flames, which help you estimate without uncovering a potthe intensity of the heat that is being applied to the food.

Overall, most good cooks cast their vote for a gas range. Thosewho prefer electric ranges are partial to magnetic induction cook-tops.

Which is better, a gas or electric oven broiler?

The electric oven wins hands down. Electricity is by far the bestenergy source for the oven-broiler unit, for many reasons. An elec-

cooking equipment . . 19

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 19

Page 39: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

tric oven reaches the desired temperature more quickly, and if theoven has cooled because the cook opened the door, it regains theprogrammed temperature in less time. Generally, an electric ovenis more accurate (particularly at low temperature settings) andmaintains a relatively steady temperature. (Many gas ovens, unlessturned on full blast, fluctuate by 25°F or more around the pro-grammed temperature in a roller-coaster fashion.) Many electricovens are self-cleaning because they can reach a very high temper-ature. Since the broiler is built into an electric oven, it is easier toreach and can accommodate thicker foods. Finally, an electricoven heats the kitchen less (a boon when the room is hot; not sowhen it is cold).

Can I have the best of both worlds — a gas range and an electric oven broiler?

Although virtually all single-unit range-oven-broiler systemsmade for home use are either the all-gas or all-electric variety, youcan buy a gas range and electric oven-broiler unit separately. Thefirst snugly fits into a hole cut into your counter. The second is in-stalled in a wall cabinet or under a counter (but not directly underthe separately installed range because of space limitations). Go forthe dual system the next time you remodel your kitchen.

Is a convection oven better than a traditional one?

Both the convection and traditional ovens depend on convectionheating. The salient difference between the two is that the convec-tion oven uses the principle of convection more effectively. It has a built-in electric fan that increases the circulation of hot air molecules within the oven. This increase in air circulation is aboon when you roast meat or bake breads and pastry (but has noeffect on covered foods). Since the oven temperature is uniformthroughout, the food’s surface will be more evenly cooked andbrowned (though the outside of a meat does not develop as ap-pealing a crusty texture). Another advantage of the convectionoven is that it reduces the required temperature and cooking time

20 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 20

Page 40: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

and therefore meat shrinks less. Furthermore, most meats do notrequire basting, and so the cleanup chore is less bothersome be-cause there is less splatter. Energy cost savings are often realizedbecause of the unit’s efficiency and generally more compact size.

Should I buy an oven that combines the convection and traditional ovens?

The combined oven makes sense if you are short on kitchen space.Bear in mind that when a manufacturer builds a convection ovensystem into a traditional oven, the oven’s interior dimensionsshrink.

Is a pressure cooker worthwhile?

For someone who lives at a high altitude or who cans and pre-serves foods, a pressure cooker is an asset. In Denver, for instance,water boils at 203°F instead of 212°F, as it would, say, in San Diego.Consequently, any given ingredient takes longer to cook in Den-ver. The predicament of having a relatively low boiling point forwater can be solved with a pressure cooker, since it allows water toreach a temperature of up to about 250°F.

Water inside a pressure cooker boils at a high temperature be-cause the atmospheric pressure within the pot is increased. Theingredients also cook faster because the steam — most of whichdoes not escape the pot — is a better heat conductor than air. Andthanks to the increased pressure within the pot, that steam moreaggressively penetrates the food.

The higher temperatures of pressure-cooking also benefit thehome canner because the heat can more effectively destroy thepathogenic microorganisms that contaminate the food. This ca-pacity is particularly critical when canning low-acid ingredients.

For other cooks, a pressure cooker can shorten the cookingprocess and thereby reduce fuel expenditure, compared with thenonpressurized boiling method. From a gourmet’s viewpoint,however, the texture of pressure-cooked foods like meat still re-sembles that of ordinary boiled food.

cooking equipment . . 21

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 21

Page 41: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Why are budget-priced food processors seldom a good value?

If you are planning to use your food processor only for tasks thatrequire relatively little power (such as slicing a cucumber or othersoft vegetable), then a budget-priced model may serve your pur-poses. Chances are, however, that you also want your machine toperform more arduous chores, like chopping meat, in which case abudget model is no bargain.

A key reason that a budget-priced food processor is ill suited forchopping foods like meat is that it does not have enough horse-power. If the motor is not powerful enough, it is apt to balk mo-mentarily, or even permanently, when you process a heavy load.

Another reason for poor performance is that nearly all budget-priced models are belt-driven. (In other words, the motor turns abelt, which turns the cutting-blade unit.) The belts in inexpensivemodels tend to slip when you process a heavy load. This problemdoesn’t occur when the motor’s drive shaft directly rotates the cut-ting blade, as is the case with most of the better processors.

Motor-balking and belt slippage are major mechanical defi-ciencies because they make it impossible to chop a batch of food uniformly. What inevitably happens in the case of beef, for exam-ple, is that when some of the meat is properly chopped, the rest of the meat is too lumpy (underchopped) or too pasty (over-chopped). As good cooks know, a pasty grind guarantees a heavyand compact, and therefore inferior, meat loaf or hamburgerpatty.

Why is an electric deep-fat fryer unsuitable?

When deep-frying, you sometimes have to adjust the temperaturequickly. The conventional pan-on-a-flame method gives you rea-sonable flexibility, but with an electric deep-fat fryer there is toolong a lag between the time you reset the thermostat and the timethe oil reaches the desired temperature. Deep-frying with a pan onan electric range causes almost as much trouble as the electric panmethod.

22 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 22

Page 42: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

How does a microwave oven work?

A tube within the oven, called a “magnetron,” emits high-fre-quency electromagnetic waves (similar to radio waves). This radi-ation is scattered in the oven by a fanlike reflector (called the “stir-rer”). When the waves penetrate the food, they reverse the polarityof the water and other liquid molecules, billions of times a second.This oscillation causes the molecules to vibrate and bounceagainst each other. These collisions create friction and, as a by-product, the heat that cooks or warms the food.

The microwave’s heating element does not heat the circulatingair, the oven walls, or the vessel holding the food. When a bowl orplate becomes warm in a microwave oven, either it absorbed theheat from the cooking food or the surface of the vessel not touch-ing the food was wet before the oven was turned on.

What are the pros and cons of microwave cooking?

Speed is the name of the game in microwave cookery. Most foodscook in one-quarter to one-half the time that other basic cookingmethods require because the food cooks from within. Microwavecooking costs less because it requires about one-quarter the powerthat a traditional oven uses. A microwave oven also causes lesssplatter and hardly heats up the kitchen.

Baked goods rise higher in a microwave oven. On the otherhand, bread, rolls, and other baked goods do not brown as well asthey do in a traditional oven. Neither does meat, which means itwon’t develop the desirably flavorful crust caused by the Maillard(browning) reaction (see p. 33). Some microwave producers dealwith this problem by adding convection fans and electrical heatingelements. These devices do work, but their results pale comparedto those of dedicated conventional and convection ovens.

Cooks face other problems as well. Microwave cooking tends togive meats a dry, mushy texture. It’s also harder to predict theproper cooking time, especially for a large cut of meat. Conse-quently, microwaved food is more likely to come out of the ovenundercooked or overcooked.

cooking equipment . . 23

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 23

Page 43: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Frozen foods can take a long time to cook in a microwave oven.Since the water molecules are frozen solid, the electromagneticwaves cannot agitate them. Until enough water molecules liquefyand then become hot enough to thaw the adjacent frozen watermolecules, the cooking process proceeds at glacial speed.

Another inconvenience is that of not being able to use yourmetal pots and pans or aluminum foil containers in a microwaveoven. Oven manufacturers warn against the use of metal becauseof the possibility of arcing — an electric spark jumping betweenthe metal pot and microwave oven wall when the pot is placed tooclose to the wall. Arcing can damage the unit’s magnetron tube.Although the chance of arcing is relatively low in quality ovenmodels, there is another strong reason not to cook in metal: It re-flects electromagnetic waves and therefore causes uneven cooking.Finally, there is always a chance of radiation leakage, though, un-less the unit is old or damaged, the possibility of a radiation leakwith today’s equipment is remote.

Should I buy a charcoal or gas outdoor grill?

If you relish grilled foods imbued with rich, sweet, woodsy, smokyflavor, as most serious barbecuers do, then a charcoal grill is foryou. But remember that serious barbecuers use hardwood char-coal, not briquette charcoal. Hardwood charcoal normally con-sists of whole chunks of seasoned wood, such as hickory, apple,or mesquite. They produce clean, faintly sweet, richly flavoredsmoke. Briquette charcoal is manufactured in a process that com-presses minute pieces of wood charcoal (normally not the best)into the briquette shape.

A gas grill may be your best bet if you are a casual weekend bar-becuer and you do not require a grill that’s portable. It produces adecently pleasant smoke from the drippings. You do not need tomake as many fuel-restocking trips to the store. You wait 10 to 15minutes instead of 25 to 40 minutes for the grill to reach its ready-to-cook temperature. You have greater control over the grillingtemperature. Your cleanup is quicker and less messy.

24 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 24

Page 44: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

See chapter 2 (p. 27) for grilling tips and insights, such as howto handle flare-ups or how to cook large roasts.

Is a fire-starter chimney helpful?

This device is a metal cylinder used to reduce the time that char-coal takes to reach its ready-to-cook temperature. It works like achimney, hence its name. The enclosed vertical pathway speeds theairflow, which increases the charcoal’s heat. Moreover, the char-coal pieces heat more uniformly. You do not need to use a liquidfire starter, which sometimes imparts a chemical taste to grilledfoods. You can construct your own fire-starter chimney out of alarge can, but the manufactured ones will likely hold more char-coal and do a better job — and they do not cost that much.

What is the most underrated section of a refrigerator?

Many cooks look upon the crisper as a feature, not as a basic func-tion like the appliance’s freezer and main section. The crisper isdesigned to retain moisture. Without one, you would have to storefruits and vegetables that need refrigeration in the appliance’smain section. That would be unfortunate, because the main sec-tion is notorious for dehydrating foods, particularly fruits andvegetables with high water content. The resulting cellular waterloss shrinks the produce and severely shortens its storage life.

To extend the storage life even more, insert and seal a fruit orvegetable in a plastic bag before placing it in the crisper. Be sure topierce the bag in a number of areas to allow air to circulate be-tween the bag and the crisper. Otherwise, excess surface moisturecould form on the produce, hastening bacterial activity.

A crisper serves another important function. It prevents the as-sertive odors of some fruits and vegetables from scenting lightlywrapped foods stored in the refrigerator’s main section.

Is it wise to keep a refrigerator as long as it keeps working?

A refrigerator — even a new one — is one of the biggest users ofelectricity in your home. As it ages, it gradually becomes less effi-

cooking equipment . . 25

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 25

Page 45: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

cient and has to work harder, which mean more electric consump-tion. It usually pays to replace a refrigerator when it’s 12 to 15years old. The money you invest in a new refrigerator will be re-paid in about 5 years by the money you save on electricity (not tomention the cost of repair bills to fix an aging appliance).

Should I operate my kitchen appliances during a brownout?

A 5 percent or so voltage reduction may cause your television orcomputer tube to flicker, but it shouldn’t cause a serious problemfor your kitchen equipment. Your worst setback will probably in-volve heating appliances like toaster ovens. They will generate alittle less heat than they do normally.

A 10 percent or greater reduction, however, could cause somemotor-driven appliances, like an electric mixer, to struggle andoverheat. Since overheating harms the equipment, and you proba-bly have no way to measure accurately the drop in voltage, cautionis in order. When you see the lights dim, don’t use your motor-driven kitchen appliances unless absolutely necessary.

If you cook and live in a brownout-prone city, keep in mindthat the peak brownout period is typically just after 5:00 p.m.,when most offices let out en masse. The electricity-hungry eleva-tors tax the local utility’s capacity.

26 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 26

Page 46: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Why does heat cook?

Heat triggers chemical reactions in foods. This molecular processperforms many functions, including improving a food’s flavor,aroma, and color; making food more chewable or digestible bysoftening it; improving a food’s psychological appeal by increasingits temperature; and destroying pathogenic microorganisms.

What generates heat?

The three most commonly used heat-generating modes in thekitchen are:

• Combustion• Electrical resistance• MicrowavesCombustion — the most popular of the three — occurs when

rapid oxidation of a fuel like gas or wood produces heat and light.Electric ranges and toasters warm up and glow as electricity flowsthrough and encounters the resistance of their metal coils, creat-ing heat and light. Microwaves agitate molecules in a food, creat-ing friction, which produces heat.

. 27

2cooking methods

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 27

Page 47: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

How is heat transferred to food?

The three principal means of transferring heat from a hotter ob-ject to a colder one are:

• Radiation• Convection• Conduction

Most cooking simultaneously involves two, or all three, of theseprocesses.

What is radiation cooking?

Radiant heat is transferred in the form of electromagnetic wavesor particles from a hot object, such as the heating element of yourbroiler or toaster, to food. This transmission does not need thehelp of a medium like water or air. The food is heated when it ab-sorbs this radiant energy, which travels at the speed of light(186,000 miles per second).

The sun, too, emits radiant energy. On a subzero January day, itis possible to heat a glass hothouse filled with growing spring veg-etables by means of solar rays that have journeyed through a frigidvoid of 93 million miles.

What is convection cooking?

You are cooking by convection when circulating molecules of a gasor liquid transfer their heat directly to your food. These gas or liq-uid molecules are set in motion by a heat source, which is usuallyat the bottom of your oven or pot. As the assemblage of moleculesclosest to the heat source is warmed, it becomes lighter and risesabove the heavier, cooler batch of molecules, which is simultane-ously sinking. The cooler molecules, upon reaching the bottom ofthe oven or pot, are heated and begin their journey upward, dis-placing the top molecules, which have cooled slightly. This ongo-ing process creates air or water currents, an essential for convec-tion cooking.

Food cooked in an oven or pot of liquid, incidentally, is also

28 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 28

Page 48: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

heated by radiation (emitted by the heated interior surfaces of theoven or pot) and by conduction.

What is conduction cooking?

When hot molecules transmit some of their heat to cool ones indirect contact with them, the type of heat transference called con-duction occurs. Pan-frying a fish fillet exemplifies this principle.The heat of the flame is transferred — on a molecule-to-moleculebasis — first through the pan, then through the thin oil layer, andfinally through the fish. Another illustration is a metal spoon in ahot cup of coffee. At first the utensil’s handle is cool. It then growswarm, and eventually hot.

The speed of conduction is relatively slow, and it varies by sub-stance. Metal conducts heat more quickly than does wood, whichhelps explain why wood is a popular material for pot handles andcooking spoons.

Boiling (or deep-frying) is chiefly a process of convection, butsince heat is simultaneously transferred directly from one water(or fat) molecule to another, conduction is part of the process, too.

Conduction heating takes place inside the food as well. Whencooking a potato or other solid food in a pot of boiling water orhot fat, or in a hot oven, none of the circulating water, fat, or airmolecules touch the subsurface molecules of the food. So if thepotato’s interior is to be cooked, conduction heating must takeover where convection heating leaves off. In other words, the sur-face molecules of the potato pass along their acquired heat to thenext layer of molecules in the potato, and so on.

Why does a higher temperature cook foods faster than a lower one?

When you increase the heat, you increase the velocity of the mole-cules in a food. The greater the speed, the more the molecules col-lide. These microscopic crashes can alter the molecular structures,creating new molecules and changing the color, flavor, and tex-

cooking methods . . 29

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 29

Page 49: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

ture of the cooking food. Chemical reactivity more or less doublesfor each rise in temperature of 20°F within the normal cookingrange.

Does salt raise the boiling point of water?

Yes. Salt, sugar, and practically any other substance elevate theboiling point and therefore shorten cooking time. The differencein temperature between unsalted and salted water (1 teaspoon ofsalt per quart of water) is about 1° to 2°F, a difference that is crit-ical only in cooking situations that demand exactness.

Does hard water boil at a higher temperature?

“Hard water” defines water with a high level of dissolved mineralsalts. Therefore the answer is yes. The difference in the boilingpoint between typical supplies of hard and soft water is about adegree or two.

Does alcohol lower the boiling point of water?

Alcohol has a lower boiling point than water (about 175°F as com-pared with 212°F). If you dilute water with alcohol, the mixturewill have a lower boiling point up until the alcohol completelyevaporates. Should you decide to alter an existing recipe by substi-tuting a fair portion of wine for some of the water, remember toextend the cooking time by 5 to 10 percent, depending on the al-cohol’s strength and the heaviness of your touch.

The preparation for cheese fondue is a good illustration of theprinciple that alcohol lowers the boiling temperature of a liquid.The originators of this popular dish added wine and kirsch formore than just their flavors. The alcohol lowers the boiling pointof the melting cheese, preventing it from curdling.

Why does the boiling point of water decrease with altitude?

The higher the altitude, the lower the atmospheric pressure. Withless atmospheric pressure bearing down on the surface of the liq-uid, it is easier for water molecules to escape into the air. Thus, the

30 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 30

Page 50: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

water comes to its full rapid boil at a lower temperature in themile-high city of Denver than it can in coastal Miami.

For each 1,000 feet above sea level, the boiling point of waterdrops almost 2°F (or approximately 1°C).

cooking methods . . 31

Altitude Boiling Point of Water(in feet) (under normal

atmospheric conditions)

fahrenheit celsius

0 212° 100°1,000 210° 99°2,000 208° 98°3,000 207° 97°4,000 205° 96°5,000 203° 95°

10,000 194° 90°

In our previously cited example, the Denver cook has to boil thefood longer because the temperature of the boiling water is onlyabout 203°F, even though its bubbling appearance resembles thatof water boiling in Miami at 212°F.

Simmering is a different matter. Here, the Denver cook has aspeed advantage, albeit ever so slight. Assume that both cookssimmer at the identical temperature, say, 195°F. The water in theDenver pot will be circulating more vigorously and therefore theeffect of convection will be more pronounced. Of course, if bothcooks use vague visual clues (such as “when bubbles first break thesurface”) rather than a thermometer reading to ascertain the sim-mer point, then the Denver denizen would have to cook the foodlonger.

Does altitude also affect the freezing point of water?

Yes. The freezing point will be higher in Denver than Miami, butthe difference is so negligible that you would need scientificequipment to measure it.

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 31

Page 51: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Does weather affect the boiling temperature of water?

The boiling point of water is a degree or so lower on cold, stormydays than it is on hot, sunny days. Reason: the difference in atmos-pheric pressures.

Will a given volume of water boil at a higher temperature in a tall,narrow pot than in a short, wide one?

Yes. Since the tall, narrow pot has a greater depth, its bottom-lyingwater is under greater pressure from the water above it than is thewater at the bottom of the short, wide pot. And as previouslystated, the greater the pressure, the higher the boiling point. Thedifference is approximately 1°F.

What causes a lid to stick to a pot?

Remember when your carrots were done before the rest of yourmeal, so you turned off the heat, only to discover that in ten min-utes you could not remove the lid from the pot? Charles’s Law andBoyle’s Law, taken together, explain that kitchen phenomenon.In simplified terms, the combined law wouldread: At a constant volume, the pressure of a gasis proportional to its temperature.

Of course, if you cover a partially filled pot ofliquid and bring it to the boiling point, the airspace inside the pot experiences little increase inpressure because the built-up pressure createdby the heat lifts the lid, allowing most of the ex-panding gas to escape.

However, once you turn off the heat source, the pressure insidethe pot gradually decreases — along with the temperature. If thelid and pot are precision-matched (as a quality brand should be),the outside air has less than an open invitation to squirm inside.Water molecules, forming an airtight seal, assist in keeping outsideair molecules from entering. Within five minutes or so, the differ-ence between the two pressures becomes so pronounced that itcreates a “suction,” making the separation of the lid and pot a Her-culean task.

32 . . the new kitchen science

At a constantvolume, thepressure of agas is propor-tional to itstemperature

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 32

Page 52: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Some novice cooks try to pry open the lid with a tool, a tacticthat usually damages the pot, the lid, and the ego. Other neophytes— under the impression that if the food inside cools, the lid willpromptly loosen — place the pot in cold water. This last methodruns contrary to the laws of Boyle and Charles and therefore is ex-actly the opposite of what the cook should do.

When you encounter an unyielding lid, place the pot over mod-erate heat for a short time. The temperature of the air inside thepot will soon rise and, in accordance with the laws of physics, sowill its pressure. When the pressure nearly equals that of the out-side, the lid and pot will easily part.

If steam is a degree or two hotter than boiling water, why does afood take longer to steam than to boil?

Even more important than a cooking medium’s temperature is itsability to transfer heat to the food. Steam is a poorer heat conduc-tor than water and, as a result, gives up its heat to the cooking foodless readily.

Why is it better to cook a roast in an uncovered pan?

If covered, the meat will be cooked, in part, by the moist heat gen-erated by the steam trapped inside the covered pan. The meat’ssurface will tend to be mushy and pale brown. If cooked uncov-ered, the meat will be cooked by dry heat. An important chemicalchange called the Maillard reaction (see next Q&A) will occur.The Maillard reaction gives a meat’s surface an appetizingly in-tense flavor, crusty texture, and dark brown pigmentation.

How does the Maillard reaction work?

As dry heat cooks a roast, some of the internal meat juices flow tothe surface and evaporate, leaving behind an exposed coating ofnatural sugars, amino acids, and other solid substances. The Mail-lard (also called browning) reaction combines the sugar andamino acids on the meat’s surface into new compounds that en-hance the flavor, texture, and color.

cooking methods . . 33

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 33

Page 53: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Most of the new compounds created by the Maillard reactionremain on or just below the meat’s surface. Some fall off the meatand coagulate on the pan’s bottom, providing the flavor founda-tion of the esteemed pan drippings.

You can promote browning by basting the surface of the meatwith butter. Not only does butter contribute extra sugar and aminoacids for the Maillard reaction, its fat content helps prevent themeat’s surface from drying out while its surface molecules duti-fully brown. Basting with the pan juices has the same effect.

We do not particularly recommend the dust-with-flour brown-ing technique because it can produce a pasty texture and a flouryflavor or, if overcooked, a taste of burnt toast.

Why should roasting meat be set on a rack instead of on the pan’sflat surface?

As a meat roasts, it releases juices that collect at the bottom of theroasting pan. If the meat rests on the pan, its underside will cookin the liquid and therefore will be cooked by moist, rather thandry, heat. The result is unsatisfactory: The meat’s underside over-cooks before the rest is done because moist heat cooks faster thandry, and conduction from the pan’s surface intensifies the prob-lem. Another disappointing outcome of the non-rack roastingmethod is a mushy, rather than crispy, bottom.

Why is the surface temperature of a roasting meat lower than thetemperature of the oven?

One of the most obvious explanations is that the air molecules arehotter because they come in direct contact with the oven’s heatsource or scorching interior walls. Another significant reason isthat the meat’s colder interior absorbs heat from, and cools, thewarmer surface. As the meat’s internal temperature increases dur-ing cooking, this cooling influence diminishes in importance.

A third major factor, evaporation, is less apparent. As the meatcooks by dry heat, some of its internal juices flow to the surfaceand evaporate. This ongoing process produces a cooling effect.

34 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 34

Page 54: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

(When water evaporates, it cools the surrounding area because the change from liquid to gas requires heat calories.) For this rea-son — and because animal flesh is a less efficient conductor thanmetal — you can briefly touch a roasting meat but not the pan inwhich it sits.

Why is a small instant thermometer better than a traditional largeone for checking the temperature of a roasting meat?

An instant thermometer is not only more accurate but also makesa thinner hole in the meat. Fewer of the meat’s internal juices,therefore, can exit through that aperture. Although it is true thatyou make many holes when using an instant thermometer, as op-posed to only one with the larger instrument, these holes are sosmall that they quickly seal themselves.

Because you leave the larger type of thermometer in the meat asit roasts, heat is quickly conducted to the flesh surrounding themetal spike. This rapid heat transfer cooks the meat surroundingthe spike faster than it should, and, consequently, uneven roastingoccurs. A small instant thermometer does not pose this problembecause it is not left in the roasting meat. (If it were, the mecha-nism would be ruined.)

A frequently overlooked advantage of a small instant ther-mometer is that it allows you to test-probe the meat in more thanone place.

Why can I insert my unprotected (save for a potholder) hand safelyinto a 350°F oven for a short time to retrieve a pan?

Your hand is partially cooled for a brief period by the moisture thatevaporates from your skin. If you immerse that same hand in boil-ing water (a mere 212°F by comparison) for even a briefer time,you will badly scald yourself, because the cooling effect is lost inthe water and because water is a better heat conductor than air.

The amount of time you would be able to keep your hand in anoven would be reduced if you were cooking a liquid-based food in an uncovered container, such as a soufflé. The oven would be

cooking methods . . 35

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 35

Page 55: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

steamy, and steam is a better heat conductor than the compara-tively dry air that normally fills your oven. Consequently, youcould quickly burn yourself if you inserted your unprotected handinto the oven while cooking this kind of food.

What is the difference between oven-roasting and baking?

From the standpoint of method, there is no difference, since bothtechniques cook foods by dry heat in an oven. To a lexicographeror recipe writer, distinctions exist — and dish names such as“baked leg of lamb” and “roasted cake” would raise culinary eye-brows. If the food you are cooking is a whole bird or a piece ofmeat (other than a ham or a minced-meat preparation) that willlater be divided for serving, then — in virtually all cases — you areroasting. With all other foods — hams; fish; single-serving por-tions of meat; pâtés, including meat loaf (a pâté is nothing morethan a glorified meat loaf); casseroles; baked goods, includingbreads and cakes; fruits and vegetables — you are, in popular ter-minology, baking.

Be prepared for a few established exceptions to the roasting ver-sus baking nomenclature rule. For example, “baking” is not usedto describe the fish dish “pan-roasted cod” because the cod isbrowned in a skillet on a range before being finished in the oven.

What is the difference between sautéing and pan-frying?

Although both cooking methods fry foods in a shallow layer ofheated oil in a pan, they are employed for different purposes.

Sautéing is ideal for foods such as spinach and thin strips ofmeat that do not require more than a quick cooking over veryhigh heat. To prevent the high heat from scorching the food thattouches the pan’s hot surface, you should frequently shake and/ortoss the food in the pan. Sautéing is somewhat akin to stir-frying.

Pan-frying is used for foods that take longer to cook. (Porkchops and chicken thighs are two examples.) You use a lower heatthan you use for sautéing to prevent the food’s exterior from over-cooking before its interior is done. You also use more oil, ranging

36 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 36

Page 56: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

in depth anywhere from 1/8 inch up to half the height of the food.Any deeper would be in the no-man’s land between pan-fryingand deep-frying.

Why should the exterior of a food be relatively dry before frying it?

When liquid water molecules come in contact with the hot oil,they change into steam with splattering consequences. Water alsohastens the deterioration of a cooking oil.

Why is it a good idea not to salt foods before you fry them?

Salt can draw moisture to the surface of the food and therefore in-crease the possibility of splattering. It can also lower the smokepoint and hasten the chemical decomposition of cooking oils. Themore you plan to reuse a cooking oil, the more important it is notto presalt your foods (or at least to minimize presalting), becausethe effect is cumulative.

What happens when you deep-fry a food at too low a temperature?Or at too high a temperature?

A too-low temperature will make the food greasy. A too-high tem-perature will overcook the food’s exterior by the time its interior isproperly cooked.

Take the case of breaded or batter-coated chicken. When it issubmerged in sufficiently hot cooking oil, the coated surfacequickly forms a protective shield. This wrapping prevents the oilfrom penetrating to the chicken and therefore helps keep it frombecoming greasy. If the oil is not hot enough, unwanted oil willreach the chicken before the outer protective layer can form. If theoil is too hot, the breaded or batter-coated wrapping will beburned by direct heat from the oil before the chicken has had timeto cook by conduction. The proper temperature varies by the kindof oil and the type and thickness of the food. As a general rule ofthumb, the magic number for cooking breaded or batter-coatedfoods in vegetable oil is about 375°F.

cooking methods . . 37

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 37

Page 57: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Why should I not crowd a pan with food when I am frying?

It is unsatisfactory to fry or deep-fry in oil that isn’t hot enough,and since the addition of room-temperature food will surely lowerthe temperature of a hot oil, it stands to reason that you shouldnot cook too much food at one time. The less food you add to theoil, the smaller the drop in oil temperature and the quicker thetemperature recovery time. When deep-frying, use at least six vol-umes of oil for each volume of food.

You can also help minimize the problem of the deep-frying oildropping below its desired temperature by preheating your oilabout 15°F above its optimal deep-frying temperature. If the idealtemperature is 375°F, preheat to 390°F (but no higher because youwould risk ruining the oil’s cooking effectiveness by chemically al-tering its molecular structure). A temperature of 400°F or highertaxes even an oil with a 450°F smoke point. It also increases thenumber of fat molecules that vaporize into the air and make agreasy landing on your kitchen cupboards.

Here are two other tips. Use a thick-gauged pan for better heatretention. Warm your ingredients to at least room temperaturebefore you add them to the hot oil. Otherwise, the oil temperaturemay drop into the “greasy” 300° to 325°F zone — and will taketime to return to the proper frying temperature.

Why should a breaded food be allowed to rest before cooking in hot oil?

Binding the bread crumbs to the food is vital. If they fall off intothe oil, they will burn, imparting a bitter flavor to the food, discol-oring it, and lowering the smoke pointof the oil. Though there is no sure-fireway to keep every bread crumb fromcoming loose, you should do every-thing possible to minimize it.

Most breaded foods are coated withthree layers: seasoned flour, lightlybeaten egg, and bread crumbs (in or-

38 . . the new kitchen science

For the egg to performone of its chief func-tions—binding thebread crumbs to thefood — it must partiallydry before cooking

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 38

Page 58: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

der of application). For the egg to perform one of its chief func-tions — binding the bread crumbs to the food — it must partiallydry before cooking. This is best accomplished by placing the un-cooked breaded food on a cake rack for 20 to 30 minutes at roomtemperature. Resting the breaded food in the refrigerator, as somecookbooks advise, is not recommended, because your food willpick up odor during its stay. Wrapping the breaded food beforeplacing it in the refrigerator does not solve your problem, becausethough you keep out the refrigerator odor, you simultaneouslykeep in the egg moisture.

Other helpful hints for keeping the bread crumbs attached in-clude:

• Using room-temperature eggs• Not overbeating the eggs, because bubbles are poor binders• Using small bread crumbs because they adhere better

than large crumbs• Preparing homemade crumbs, which cling better than

the store-bought variety because of their coarser texture

Is braising best done in the oven or on top of the stove?

Braising consists of browning a food in hot fat, then simmering itin scant liquid in a covered pan. In most circumstances, the oven ispreferable for this operation. First of all, top-of-the-stove braisinghas an inherent drawback. If the liquid in the pot boils, the food’stexture and flavor will likely suffer. If the fluid medium is keptbelow the boiling point, then the part of the food resting in theliquid will cook significantly faster than the portion projectingabove it. This uneven cooking occurs because insufficient steam isgenerated in the pot.

In contrast, the heat of an oven more uniformly engulfs the pot.And because the need to generate steam is not as crucial, you cancook the food at a slower pace and lower temperature, two condi-tions that are essential for braising a tough piece of meat. Ovenbraising has yet another advantage: It requires less pot watching.

cooking methods . . 39

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 39

Page 59: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Can I broil at less than 550°F?

Yes, but only if you have an electric broiler that has variable tem-perature settings or an atypical gas broiler that has a variableflame. These broilers maintain a specific temperature by varyingtheir heat intensity and are therefore versatile enough to broilproperly some dishes — such as whole fish — that are better pre-pared in the 400° to 500°F zone. Unfortunately, most gas broilersoffer only one temperature setting — 550°F. This limitation occursbecause such units use the same heat intensity for, say, 350°F or550°F. An automatic device periodically turns the heat source onand off to maintain temperatures below 550°F. The setting mustread broil in order to ensure a constant flame.

How far should I place a food from the broiler’s heat source?

Most foods are cooked between 3 and 6 inches from the broiler(measured from the flame or electric coil to the highest point ofthe food).

Generally, the thinner the food, the closer to the broiler you canplace it. If you place a food too close to the broiler in relation to itsthickness, it will be dry or overcooked on the outside before theinside is properly cooked. If you place a food at too great a dis-tance from the broiler, the exterior will not develop the sought-after deep color and somewhat crusty texture by the time the cen-ter of the food is cooked.

Your preference about degree of doneness should also play apart in determining the distance between the broiler and food.The rarer the meat is to be cooked, the closer you can place it tothe heat source, because cooking time will not be long enough toovercook the food’s exterior.

If heat travels upward, how can an overhead broiling element cookfoods with such intense heat?

Although some conduction and convection cooking occurs withinthe broiler, it’s mainly radiant heat that cooks the food. This heat

40 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 40

Page 60: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

emanates from the broiling element and, to a lesser extent, fromthe metal walls, which have absorbed some of the heat. While con-vection heat by nature rises, radiant heat travels in any direction. Itmoves in a straight line until it is absorbed by an object or is re-flected. In the latter case, it begins another linear journey, this timeprescribed by the laws of angular reflection.

Why do some cooks leave the broiler door ajar when broilingmeat?

They want to improve the flavor and crusty texture of the meat bymaximizing the broiling and minimizing the roasting aspect ofcooking. (Pure broiling incorporates only radiant thermal heat,while roasting encompasses radiant, conduction, and convectionthermal heats.) With the door ajar, the pan and air inside thebroiling unit do not become as hot as they normally would. Thiscooler temperature reduces the effects of conduction and convec-tion cooking in the broiler. It does not reduce the intensity of theradiant heat emanating directly from the broiling element. Profes-sional cooks use this open-door technique more than do homecooks because they tend to have better exhaust systems.

Does a gas outdoor grill impart more flavor than an oven broiler?

Gas (and charcoal) outdoor grills impart a special grilled flavor to foods that oven-broiling cannot. This happens because the dripping juices from the foodcome in contact with the hotmetal grill and the metal sur-faces directly below the gasoutdoor grill. The liquid evap-orates, rises, and flavors thebottom and sides of the food.In contrast to the grill, theoven broiler has a heat sourcethat resides above the food.

cooking methods . . 41

Buy two identical quartered chickens.Grill one in a covered outdoor grill, theother in your kitchen broiler. Cross-tastethe two chickens. Chances are you willrelish both results, but you’ll like thegrilled one more.

Try This Gas-Grilling VersusOven-Broiling Experiment

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 41

Page 61: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

This means that the juices evaporate mainly on the food’s top sur-face. These flavorful vapors do not effectively infuse the cookingfood because they rise above it.

Why are so many home-barbecued chickens black-crusted and bitter?

The primary cause of these charred, acrid-tasting birds is the com-mercial barbecue sauce that backyard chefs slosh on the chicken.High heat readily burns sugar, a major ingredient of barbecuesauces. These sauces are also liberally flavored with spices that be-come bitter when scorched.

Knowledgeable barbecuers will not brush on the sauce until 15minutes before the chicken has finished cooking. They will alsouse more time and less heat. If the coals are extremely hot and wellpacked, the barbecuer par excellence will keep the food 4 to 6inches above the briquettes. The thicker the food, the greater thedistance from the coals and, as a direct result, the longer the cook-ing period.

Why should charcoal not be flaming when I cook the meat?

Flames (including flare-ups) char the food, ruining its flavor, tex-ture, and color. They also generate dirty and noxious smoke. Be-fore beginning the cooking process, allow sufficient time (30 to 50minutes) for the flames to cease completely. Trim off some of theexcess fat, which flares up when it melts and drops onto the hotcoals or gas grill bars. But don’t trim off too much — fat con-tributes flavor and helps baste the meat as it cooks.

Why should the fat layer surrounding a steak be slashed at intervals?

Fat shrinks faster and more extensively than meat during cooking,and consequently a thick, lengthy belt of fat will warp the steak asit is pan-broiled, broiled, grilled, or barbecued. When the steakcurls, various points along its previously flat surfaces will cook un-evenly. And a buckled steak isn’t very attractive. For best results,make the slashes about 3/4 inch apart.

42 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 42

Page 62: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

How does the weather affect outdoor grilling?

As the mercury drops, the amount of heat lost to the outdoor airby lifting the lid increases. The stronger the wind, the greater theloss. Heat also escapes when the lid is closed because of conduc-tion through the unit’s metal. To compensate, you need to raisethe temperature setting (or use more coals). If it is raining, youhave another problem. Every time you open the grill, rainwatersteams a meat’s surface, making it less crusty.

How can I increase a charcoal grill’s temperature?

Buy quality-brand briquettes. They burn hotter (and longer) thanlesser-grade ones because the charcoal material is denser and thusmore combustible. In addition, you can increase the heat thatreaches the food by placing the food closer to the coals, using extrabriquettes, and packing them more closely together.

You can also augment the heat by increasing the speed of thefresh air flow to the briquettes. (Open the air vents under the bar-becue pan, if your unit has them.) However, be aware that airflowing over the food will both cool the food and carry away someof the heat rising from the coals. (Try to shield the food from anypassing breeze.)

Another way to raise the temperature is to minimize the heatthat escapes through the walls of the barbecuing pan. Buy a unitthat has a pan made of thick-gauge metal, or insulate a thin-gaugepan by lining it with a layer of ashes or aluminum foil. The alu-minum foil also reflects heat upward to the food.

cooking methods . . 43

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 43

Page 63: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Which is best for cooking meat, moist or dry heat?

As a rule, use moist-heat cooking when the meat is not naturallytender, and dry-heat cooking when it is.

Moist-heat cooking methods include boiling, simmering,poaching, stewing, steaming, braising, and pressure-cooking. It isthe best choice when a meat contains a large quantity of connec-tive tissue.

Dry-heat cooking methods include roasting, baking, broiling,grilling, microwave cooking, pan-frying, and deep-frying. Gener-ally, you use dry-heat cooking methods for naturally tender meatssuch as young chicken and sirloin steaks.

Borderline meat cases can be tipped in favor of dry-heat cook-ing if the meat is well marbled or its exterior is protected with fatby basting, barding (wrapping solid fat around the meat), or lard-ing (inserting solid fat into the meat).

Why does overcooking toughen meat?

Protein molecules are the primary solid matter in muscle fiber. Intheir natural state, protein molecules are typically coil-shaped.They exist as independent units because their spiraled structure

44 .

3meats

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 44

Page 64: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

hinders their binding with each other. When cooked, however, theprotein molecules uncoil and become denatured, allowing themto bind easily with each other and form a mass of joined proteinmolecules. Overcooking toughens meat because the compacting-joined proteins squeeze out water and shrink muscle fibers. Themore the meat is cooked, the tighter the meat mass becomes.

With dry-heat cooking methods (including roasting and grill-ing), shrinkage and water loss are minimal at the rare state(130°F), noticeable at medium-rare (135° to 140°F), very notice-able at medium (145° to 150°F), pronouncedat medium-well-done (155°F), and devastat-ing at well-done (160°F).

Braising and other moist-heat methodsare more forgiving because the cooking liq-uid and steam are trapped in the pan. Still,boiling and even simmering will eventuallyshrink and toughen meat. It is best to braisemeat in a sub-simmering liquid. The gain intenderness and succulence more than out-weighs the extra cooking time.

Why is a “bloody red steak” not really bloody?

This colorful and popular expression is a misnomer. Blood con-tributes little to the redness of a steak because most of it is bled outof the meat at the slaughterhouse or butcher shop. The confusionis easy to understand because myoglobin (the principal pigmentin raw meat) shares certain characteristics, including color, withhemoglobin (the red pigment in blood). However, myoglobin isdistinct from blood: It is found in muscles, not arteries.

What determines a meat’s myoglobin content and therefore its color?

The quantity of myoglobin in flesh varies by animal species — beefhas more of it than pork, for example. Myoglobin content anddepth of color can also differ noticeably according to anatomical

meats . . 45

Overcookingtoughens meatbecause thecompacting-joined proteinssqueeze outwater and shrinkmuscle fibers

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 45

Page 65: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

location. (See the discussion in the next Q&A about the color dif-ference between a chicken’s slow- and fast-contraction muscles.)

Flesh color also depends on the age of the animal (it deepenswith age), what the animal was fed, and how the meat was storedand cooked.

Why is a chicken’s breast “white meat” and its drumstick “dark meat”?

A chicken is a ground-dwelling bird, not a flying one. It uses its legmuscles for unhurried, long-duration movements such as roam-ing around the barnyard searching for insects and other food. Incontrast, a chicken hardly uses its wings except for balance. Whenit flaps them energetically, it’s usually to make a quick escape from a threat. Because the muscle requirements of the chicken leg and breast are different, the two sets of muscles evolve differently.The legs consist predominantly of slow-contraction muscle fibers,while the breast is composed chiefly of fast-contraction musclefibers to help flap the wings.

The slow-contraction muscle fiber is for the long-duration jobsand the fast-contraction muscle fiber for the quick-energy spurts.The fuel for the slow-contraction muscle fiber is fat and requiresoxygen, which is stored in the iron-rich, red-pigmented myoglo-bin. Consequently, the more slow-contraction fibers in a muscle,the redder the muscle will likely be. Fast-contraction muscle fibersdon’t require oxygen — and therefore myoglobin — because theyuse glycogen (a carbohydrate) for fuel. In the absence of myoglo-bin, the muscles are “white.”

Actually, both the chicken leg and breast contain a combinationof fast- and slow-contraction muscle fibers. The leg is “dark meat”because the slow-contraction muscle fibers predominate. The op-posite is true for the breast.

Why is a duck’s breast meat dark?

Unlike the chicken and domesticated turkey, the duck (along withmany other wild birds) uses its wings for more than mercurial es-

46 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 46

Page 66: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

capes. In the wild, it flies long distances, sometimes covering thou-sands of miles during a migration. If its breast were made mainlyof fast- rather than slow-contraction muscle fibers, the duck wouldexhaust its energy reserve before it could complete its journey.

Why is veal paler than beef?

A strictly milk-fed calf has a pink-tinged creamy white flesh be-cause milk almost totally lacks certain minerals (particularly iron)that are necessary building blocks for the body’s production of thered myoglobin.

As soon as the calf starts to eat foods like grass and grain, whichcontain iron, its flesh tone starts to redden. By the time the weanedcalf is a few months old, the flesh is pinkish red. Before it reachesthe half-year mark, the color is rosy red. At baby beefhood (be-tween six and twelve months old), the meat is cherry red. At theanimal’s maturity, the color is dark red, and it continues to deepenwith time and exercise.

What is “anemic veal”?

In the past several decades, the premium veal industry has in-creased profits by putting into large-scale operation a techniquethat prevents a weaned calf from developing myoglobin. The cho-sen animal, which spends the last part of its short life in an indoorstall with limited opportunity for exercise, is fed a special formulaof water infused with dry milk solids, fats, and other nutrients.Like cow’s milk, the liquid is virtually iron-free; unlike cow’s milk,it is relatively cheap and contains none of the butter fat that helpsgive veal its sublime flavor. Leaving nothing to chance, the calf en-gineers keep metal objects like pails and pipes well beyond reachof a calf ’s licking tongue, lest the wrong minerals enter the diges-tive system. In effect, some premium veal products in the market-place are from animals raised by man to be anemic. Thus, the ex-pression “anemic veal.”

Another drawback of veal from a typical “special formula” calfis an inappropriately coarse texture. A calf ’s flesh at birth is fine-

meats . . 47

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 47

Page 67: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

grained to a fault, but as the animal ages it coarsens. When the calfis three months old, the texture of the muscle grain is ideal — nei-ther too fine nor too coarse. At four months, the texture becomestoo coarse to merit epicurean raves. Moreover, the sought-afterveal flavor is better from a three-month-old calf than from a four-month-old. Normal milk-fed calves are traditionally slaughteredat the age of about three months, but “special formula” calves areusually slaughtered at about four months. The additional month— a 33 percent increase in life span — does make a profound dif-ference. Why do the special-formula calf raisers wait the extramonth? More growing time means more meat per animal andtherefore larger profits.

What is the cutoff age for veal?

The U.S. Department of Agriculture does not have a standardbased on a specific bovine age. Instead, its grading inspectors de-fine a meat as veal, “calf,” or beef using criteria — such as deepnessof flesh color and hardness of bone — that reflect an animal’s age.Based on the agency’s standards, veal becomes “calf” meat whenthe animal is about three months old, and beef at about ninemonths. The National Livestock and Meat Board agrees that theanimal’s three-month birthday is generally when the meat shouldno longer be considered veal. Many butchers ignore this authori-tative consensus — or are ignorant of it — because they sell calfmeat (“baby beef”) as veal and, even worse, charge the higher vealprices for it.

Why is a fresh cut of raw meat red on its surface and brown inside?

Contrary to what some shoppers suspect, the outside of the meatis not redder than the inside because the butcher treated it with achemical spray. Mother Nature, not the meat monger, is responsi-ble. When an animal dies, its heart stops pumping oxygen-richblood to the various muscles. Denied that oxygen, the myoglobinprotein in the muscles loses its bright red pigmentation and ac-quires a purplish, and then brownish, tinge.

48 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 48

Page 68: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Another color change starts to occur when the meat is butch-ered into retail cuts and wrapped in porous plastic film, giving themeat’s newly exposed surfaces access to the oxygen in the air. Asthe meat sits in the refrigerated display case, oxidation finishesturning the myoglobin on the meat’s exposed surfaces bright red.(Butchers refer to this color development as “bloom.”) So, thoughthe outside of the meat is the shade of red that consumers aretaught to look for, the inside remains brown simply because theunexposed myoglobin lacks enough oxygen. If you cut open themeat and give it time to aerate, the new surfaces should becomebright red.

If oxygen intensifies the red color of a raw meat’s exposed surfaces,then why does the meat eventually turn brown?

Curiously, too much oxygen has the same effect on meat as too lit-tle oxygen — both conditions can give it a brownish tinge. Whenmyoglobin overoxidizes, it is transformed into a brown pigmentcalled metmyoglobin. Therefore, a raw, red meat will turn brownif it is exposed long enough to the air. This color change can occureven if meat is wrapped in plastic or paper, because both allow airto pass through. However, refrigeration does slow the browningprocess.

Why does the color of cooked beef indicate its degree of doneness?

The red pigment in rare meat, myoglobin, undergoes chemicalchanges as its temperature rises. When the meat’s degree of done-ness is rare (an internal temperature of approximately 130°F), themyoglobin in the interior still retains most of its red color. Whenthe meat is medium-rare (approximately 135° to 140°F), the myo-globin is pink. At medium (approximately 145° to 150°F), just atrace of the pink remains. By the time the steak is well done(160°F), all myoglobin in the meat has turned drab brown. (Note:As discussed later in this chapter, these descriptions apply after themeat has rested, not when it has just been removed from the ovenat these temperatures.)

meats . . 49

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 49

Page 69: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Why doesn’t ham become grayish brown when cooked?

A cured ham contains nitrite salt, which reacts chemically withmyoglobin to create nitrosomyoglobin, a substance that stays rosyred even when exposed to high temperatures.

Why does the inside of a shish kebab cube lose its red hue soquickly?

The acid in the marinade (we are assuming that you marinateyour shish kebab meat) lowers the temperature level at whichmyoglobin turns from red to drab brown.

What makes one cut of raw meat naturally tougher than another?

Connective tissue is the key determinant. The greater the propor-tion or firmness of connective tissue in raw meat, the tougher theflesh will likely be.

What is connective tissue?

A steer’s muscle is approximately 75 percent water, 20 percent pro-tein, and, collectively, 5 percent fat, carbohydrates, and minerals.To simplify a complicated biological structure, we can describesuch a muscle as consisting mainly of bundles of microscopicmuscle fibers bound together — much like a coaxial cable — insidetiny, semitransparent tubes of connective tissue. Without this tis-sue, the meat would be a flaccid mass.

The quantity and firmness of connective tissue in a raw piece ofmeat are determined by three factors: the anatomical location ofthe cut of meat, the animal’s activity, and the animal’s age.

How does the anatomical location relate to toughness?

An animal uses certain muscles more than others. Muscles in thelegs, belly, and neck of a four-legged animal do more work thanthose located along the mid-backbone.

The accompanying illustration shows the nine primal cuts ofbeef. The least exercised, and therefore the most tender, primal isthe short loin, followed by the sirloin and rib primal cuts. The de-

50 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 50

Page 70: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

gree of toughness even varies within each primal: As a generalrule, the closer the meat is to a hoof or horn, the tougher it will be.Therefore, the portion of the chuck (or round) that lies closest tothe mid-carcass will be more tender than the part situated near thehead (or rear leg) of the animal.

It follows that not all cuts of beef marketed under the same pri-mal designation possess equal tenderness. The sirloin primal is agood case in point. Certainly, the sirloin steak that is cut from nextto the short loin is much more tender than one taken from the areabordering the round. In order of their proximity to the short loin,the three basic steaks of the sirloin primal are the pin bone, flatbone, and wedge bone. They derive their names from the cross-section configuration of the one bone they all share: the hip bone.

Unfortunately, most stores market sirloin steaks simply as “sir-loin steak” rather than subclassifying them. Should your butchernot give you complete information, look for the shape of the hipbone. If the hip bone cross-section is circular and one side is no-ticeably bigger in diameter than the other, you are holding a pinbone sirloin steak. If the cross-section is flat like a bar, the steak is aflat bone sirloin. If the cross-section is triangular, you have awedge bone steak.

Sometimes the difference between the pin bone and wedge

meats . . 51

Primal Beef Cuts

chuck

foreshank

brisket

short plate

flank round

short loin

sirloinrib

Source: National Livestock and Meat Board

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 51

Page 71: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

bone isn’t obvious. When confronted with that situation, remem-ber that the steak will be a pin bone sirloin if the overall piece ofmeat has a configuration slightly resembling that of a porterhousesteak, the cut that lies immediately next to the pin bone sirloin.The difference between these two cuts is the thickness of a sharpbutcher knife.

Why is a chuck roast poorly suited for roasting?

A chuck roast comprises several distinct muscle sections. It is diffi-cult to cook because its muscles range from tender to tough. Themost tender muscle is best roasted, though it can be braised withgood results. The toughest muscle requires braising, not roasting,if it is to become tender. On balance, braising is your best option.

Europeans rarely have to choose between roasting and braisinga chuck roast because they seldom encounter it. Unlike the Ameri-can butchering method, which cuts the meat across a group ofmuscles, the superior European method separates the individualmuscles.

How does an animal’s activity affect meat’s toughness?

The more an animal exercises, the greater the connective tissue development, and the more connective tissue, the tougher themeat. If you were to let one bovine freely roam a pasture while you raised its identical twin in a confined space, the roving siblingwould have considerably more connective tissue running throughits flesh.

One reason ranchers emasculate their bovine charges has to dowith the relationship between exercise and connective tissue for-mation: A steer (desexed male) is generally less active physicallythan his uncastrated brethren.

The Japanese minimize connective tissue development withsoothing hands. Steers that are raised for the famous Kobe beef areoccasionally massaged along the back to keep them relaxed, be-cause tension would flex the muscles and therefore exercise them.

52 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 52

Page 72: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

What relation is there between an animal’s age and the toughnessof its meat?

The longer the animal lives, the more opportunity it has to exer-cise its muscles — and connective muscle development is usuallycumulative. The aging process itself also helps firm connective tis-sue, making the meat tougher.

If meat from an older animal is tougher, why is it usually the mostdesirable selection for braising and stewing?

Slow moist-heat cooking methods like braising and stewing ten-derize even a somewhat tough meat by breaking down most of itsconnective tissue. Thus, the original toughness of the raw meat isnot a major factor when using such methods. The difference in theflavor of meat from an older animal, however, can be decisive.Since it is generally more flavorful, it should normally be your firstchoice for moist-heat cooking.

How can I counteract the natural toughness of connective tissue?

One approach is to use the most tender primals of U.S. primegrade meat. Other methods include cooking meat that has beenaged, marinated, sprinkled with a commercial meat tenderizer,ground, scored, or pounded. Each of these techniques, as well ascarving across the grain and slow cooking with moist heat, will bediscussed in subsequent Q&A’s.

How does slow moist-heat cooking soften connective tissue?

The prime component of connective tissue is the protein collagen.That name derives from the Greek words kolla (glue) and gen (aword appendix signifying “production of”). In everyday English,collagen produces glue or, in this case, gelatin.

In a hot, moist environment (boiling water, for instance), colla-gen can be partially transformed, over a period of time, into gela-tin. When this metamorphosis occurs, connective tissue softensand dissolves, making the meat more tender.

The second major constituent of connective tissue is elastin.

meats . . 53

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 53

Page 73: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Unlike the more predominant whitish collagen, the yellow-tingedelastin protein does not soften — or at least, not perceptibly — inthe dual presence of heat and water.

If slow moist heat softens the collagen in connective tissue, whydoes it sometimes leave meat tough?

Heat and prolonged cooking have opposite effects on the twomain solid components of meat: Both soften connective tissue,but at the same time they harden muscle fibers. Fortunately for thecook, the tenderizing of the connective tissue more than compen-sates for the hardening of the muscle fibers — that is, if the meat iscooked properly.

Granted, you can moist-cook meat slowly for several hours witha liquid at 140°F without unduly toughening the muscle fibers.However, these time-temperature coordinates scarcely soften theconnective tissue. To accomplish that mission with a 140°F tem-perature, you need to cook the meat for at least six hours, a periodthat will likely toughen the muscle fibers and create a bacteria-engendered health risk.

At the other extreme, you can moist-cook meat at, say, 212°F.Within an hour or so at that comparatively high temperature,much of the collagen will have gelatinized. Unfortunately, much ofthe muscle fiber will have coagulated too much and toughened.And the meat will shrink appreciably.

Our experiments indicate that in most situations, two or threehours of slow moist cooking at 180°F strikes a balance betweensoftening the connective tissue and not hardening muscle fiber orrisking contamination. The meat will be properly done when theinternal temperature reaches about 135°F (measure with an in-stant thermometer). Further cooking will toughen and shrink themeat.

What are the two primary aging methods?

Meat can be dry- or wet-aged. With dry aging, the surface of themeat is exposed to the air. With wet aging, the meat is tightly

54 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 54

Page 74: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

wrapped. The ideal cuts of meat for any type of aging are primerib and sirloin roasts.

Does dry aging make a real difference in the meat’s tenderness and flavor?

If meat is stored in a proper aging environment, it undergoes anenzymatic change that softens some of the connective tissue. Theoptimal period and temperature are 10 to 20 days between 34°Fand 38°F. (Freezing would inhibit the chemical process, and toohigh a heat would foster excessive bacterial and mold develop-ment.)

The traditional dry-aging method does more than tenderize. Italso deepens the red flesh color and intensifies the meat’s flavor,mainly because of the 10 to 20 percent shrinkage that occurs. (Ofcourse, all this is reflected in the price.) Finally, the longer you agemeat, the quicker it will cook to any desired degree of doneness.

An alternative dry-aging method uses ultraviolet rays to killsurface bacteria. This allows the meat to age at about 70°F. Thehigher temperature shortens the aging time to two or three days,therefore reducing shrinkage. This process saves the processormoney at the cost of tenderness and flavor for the diner.

Another aging technique is to apply two minutes of intermit-tent electrical shocks to the hanging carcass. The process is fast,the results poor.

What about wet aging?

Nearly all wet aging uses the “Cryovac” process. It involves tightlywrapping and hermetically sealing the meat in polyethylene bags.Though this modern technique hardly tenderizes the meat, themass-market meat industry favors it over the old-fashionedmethod because less shrinkage occurs and because the so-calledaging can conveniently take place as the meat is shipped across thecountry from the slaughterhouse to your butcher’s refrigeratedwalk-in storage locker.

Another wet-aging disadvantage is that moisture is trapped in-

meats . . 55

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 55

Page 75: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

side the wrapping. This can give the meat a relatively mushy tex-ture compared to the firm texture of a traditionally dry-aged meat.

How does rigor mortis affect tenderness?

Rigor mortis is a chemical change that stiffens meat. This processusually begins several hours after the animal is killed and contin-ues for another 12 to 36 hours until an enzymatic action makesthe connective tissue even more tender than it was before rigormortis set in.

The accompanying graph illustrates the relationship betweenthe postslaughter time and the degree of tenderness for U.S. primegrade meat stored in a 35°F environment.

Whoever first advised thousands of years ago that one shouldeither cook an animal immediately after killing it or, otherwise,wait at least two days knew from practical experience what mod-ern science has confirmed.

Why do hunters hang their game?

Hunters are not just trying to thwart ground insects and animalswhen they suspend a carcass from a tree limb. A dead animal’smuscles contract during the rigor mortis period, particularly if theanimal is horizontally stored. Hanging promotes tenderness byhelping to stretch out the animal’s muscle fibers.

56 . . the new kitchen science

Time in Days

Tend

erne

ss S

cale

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 56

Page 76: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

How does marinating tenderize meat?

The marinade’s acid (be it derived from lemon juice, wine, or someother ingredient) is the potent substance that chemically softensthe connective tissue. Acid also reduces the time required for heatto convert collagen to gelatin. To be effective, sufficient marinatingtime is necessary. With some dishes you can achieve adequate re-sults in as few as several hours, though there are specialties, such asthe famous German sauerbraten (“sour roast”), that call for aweeklong marination.

What other factors determine a marinade’s effectiveness?

Marination is a chemical process. The lower the temperature, themore slowly the chemical reactions occur. This explains why mari-nating at room temperature is considerably faster than doing it inthe refrigerator.

The degree to which the food is covered by the marinade alsoinfluences effectiveness. The greater the coverage, the faster themarination process occurs because liquid is significantly superiorto air as a medium for chemical reactivity. Un-fortunately, to submerge a large piece of meat in a bowl or jar requires a large volume of mari-nade. For this reason, we recommend marinatingin a tightly sealed plastic bag with its excess airsqueezed out. This reduces the amount of mari-nade needed.

As a bonus, the package can be easily turnedupside down periodically to coat the food’s entiresurface — and your hands remain clean.

The configuration, thickness, and type of meat also determinemarination effectiveness. Other variables are the quantity andstrength of the acid used.

Why does marinating a roast make it less juicy?

Even though the roast absorbs some of the liquid marinade as itlies submerged in it, the cooked meat will likely be less succulentthan if it had not been marinated. Acid, a major component of

meats . . 57

Liquid is sig-nificantly su-perior to airas a mediumfor chemicalreactivity

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 57

Page 77: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

marinades, tends to diminish a meat’s moisture-retention capac-ity, especially during cooking. However, on balance, the marinatedmeat’s juice loss is usually compensated for by a gain in tendernessand flavor.

What is the difference between a rub and a marinade?

Like a marinade, a rub is a mixture of flavor agents created to in-fuse meats with extra taste. Unlike a marinade, a rub is not a liq-uid. A rub’s ingredients (such as garlic, herbs, and spices) arechopped together to form a coarse paste, which is hand-rubbedonto a meat’s surface, typically one to several hours before it iscooked.

Which is better, a rub or a marinade?

A growing number of cooks prefer rubs to marinades because theyimpart more flavor and leach out fewer meat juices. And the meat’scenter is less likely to end updrab brown. However, a rub is less effective for tenderiz-ing because it is less acidic and the tenderizing agents do notpenetrate as deeply into themeat.

How do commercial meat tenderizers work?

Most of the powdered meattenderizers sold in grocerystores use papain as the ten-derizing agent. Papain is de-rived from unripe papayas and works in much the same manneras the natural enzymes in meat that help soften connective tissueas the meat is aged. Both are termed proteolytic enzymes becausethey break down the proteins in muscle fibers and connective tis-sue into smaller molecules.

58 . . the new kitchen science

Buy a roast such as a boneless porkloin. Divide it into two equal pieces.Marinate one piece for 24 hours, andrub the other several hours before cooking time. Roast them simultane-ously in the same oven to your desireddegree of doneness. Which piece ismore tender? Which is juicier and more succulent?

Try This Rub Versus Marinade Experiment

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 58

Page 78: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Commercial meat tenderizers have a number of shortcomings,though. They are virtually impotent at refrigerator temperatures,only semi-effective at room temperature, and inactivated once thetemperature rises above about 150°F. Because the papain seldompenetrates deep inside a cut of meat, the cooked food may end uptender (or even mushy) on the surface and tough in its interior. Ifyou increase accessibility to the interior by deeply piercing themeat, as some papain-promoting recipes suggest, your efforts willbe counterproductive. Your cooked meat will be tougher than itwould be normally because you have created channels throughwhich a lamentable share of juices escape during the cookingprocess. The store-bought products also tend to be laden with saltsand other additives that can impart an unwanted flavor to yourfinished dish.

Today some slaughterhouses inject a papain solution into ananimal shortly before it is to be killed. The papain enters directlyinto the animal’s bloodstream, which carries the tenderizer tomuscle tissue throughout the body. While the meat from this ani-mal is cooking, the enzyme is activated (and finally inactivatedwhen the temperature reaches approximately 150°F). Although itis true that this tenderizing technique produces meat that has amore uniform texture than meat sprinkled with papain, the fleshstill tends to become mushy when cooked because the enzyme de-stroys too much of the muscle fiber firmness.

How does carving a piece of meat across the grain and into thinslices make connective tissue more tender?

Grain defines the direction of the tubular connective tissues inmeat. “To cut across the grain” means to slice the connective tissueat right angles. Obviously, the thinner the slices, the shorter the re-sulting connective tissue segments. The shorter the segments, theless chewy the meat, and therefore the more tender it will seem tothe eater.

If you have trouble ascertaining the grain of the meat, try to re-member this guideline: Typically, the grain flows in a direction

meats . . 59

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 59

Page 79: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

from the middle of the carcass to the animal’s extremities (limbs,head, and tail).

How do grinding, scoring, and pounding tenderize meat?

As with cutting across the grain, grinding appreciably shortens thelength of connective tissue. Scoring does the same thing, but onlyon the scored surface. Pounding with a mallet helps tenderizemeat by mashing some of the connective tissue. A dubious varia-tion of pounding is the one depicted in the Academy Award–win-ning motion picture Rocky. As you may recall, the pugilistic folkhero of the movie practices for his world championship fight bypummeling the beef carcasses hanging from the hooks in a refrig-erated warehouse. While fist pounding tenderizes the meat tosome extent, the bruising effect on the meat nullifies any gain.

Why should true London broil be cooked no more than medium-rare — and why should the meat be sliced across its grain?

True London broil is made with a flank steak, not a round steak(see next Q&A). London broil’s creation was inspired by prag-matic considerations. Centuries, if not millennia, ago, someonediscovered how to broil the naturally tough and (then) inexpen-sive flank steak and end up with a tasty meat that was crusty onthe outside and tender on the inside — a gastronomic bargain.The secret is twofold. First, broil the meat quickly and briefly tokeep the muscle fibers from overcoagulating and therefore tough-ening. This entails using very high heat and not cooking the meatmore than medium-rare. Second, reduce the length of the manytough and chewy connective tissues by using a sharp knife to cutthe meat into thin slices perpendicular to the flow of the grain. Inthe accompanying illustration depicting a side view of a flanksteak, the double-ended arrow indicates the direction of the grain.

A flank steak should not be cut on the diagonal. Granted,geometry confirms this (a slice of a given thickness will be 41 per-cent larger in surface area if cut on a 45° slant rather than at a 90°angle to the surface). On the other hand, geometry also proves

60 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 60

Page 80: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

that the resulting length of the connective tissue will be 41 percentlonger if cut on a 45° angle instead of a 90° angle. The issue iswhether the gain in cosmetics compensates for the loss in tender-ness. We do not think so.

Why do many butchers sell round steak rather than flank steakas London broil?Although the authentic (and best) London broil is made withflank steak, most meat labeled “London broil” in supermarkets isround steak. This switch evolved in the post–World War II years,when millions of Americans took up the fashionable backyardsport of barbecuing. London broil became one of the favorite spe-cialties. Since each steer has only two flank steaks, its availabil-ity plummeted and the price soared. Enterprising butchers soon began merchandising the then-inexpensive and abundantround steak (usually the top round subcut) as London broil.

There are at least two problems with that ruse: The substituteisn’t as flavorful as the flank steak, and the grain in a round steak— in its position on a platter — runs vertically rather than hori-zontally. Consequently, if you slice a round steak as you should aflank steak (vertically relative to the surface of the platter), youwill be cutting with the grain and will not be shortening the con-nective tissues. However, if you slice the round steak at a 45° angle,you will appreciably shorten the connective tissues.

meats . . 61

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 61

Page 81: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Why is a well-marbled steak tastier than a leaner one?

In addition to muscle fibers and connective tissue, muscle has tinybits of embedded fat running through it. That fat, called marbling,is the source of much of meat’s characteristic flavor and aroma. Infact, it is because the fat of each animal species has a distinctivecooking aroma that an educated nose can tell whether the meatcooking in the host’s kitchen is beef, pork, or lamb. Thus, whenyou buy beef that contains scant marbling, you deprive yourself ofthe full enjoyment of a first-rate steak.

Marbling, a form of stored energy for the animal, promises youmore than flavor because its presence indicates two conditions.First, a rich diet — based on foods like corn — was necessary forthe animal to develop substantial fat deposits. This type of diet en-hances the quality of the meat. Second, once the marbling didform, the animal must not have had cause to use it as an energysupply. Marbling therefore is usually a sign that the developmentof tough connective tissue resulting from physical exertion hasbeen minimal. The meat from this indulged animal, if properlycooked, will almost invariably be tender.

While it is true that the “good life” leaves the tasty fat depositsintact, the meat’s flavor — unlike its texture — does not benefit di-rectly from the animal’s inactivity. Exercise not only toughens theflesh but increases the flavor of the muscles. It follows, then, that ifyou want a steak from the relatively unexercised rib, short loin, orsirloin primal areas to be as tasty as it is tender, the flavor boon ofmarbling is crucial.

Marbling performs yet another worthy function — it helps pre-vent the cooking meat from drying out by keeping the individualmuscle fibers juicy. The fat in the adipose tissue, which rims thesteak or resides in large pockets, also does this job. However, mar-bling does it better because it is dispersed within rather than out-side the muscles.

If you are concerned about the calories and saturated fats inwell-marbled meat, take into account that most of that fat meltsand drains out of the meat by the time the steak is cooked. In re-

62 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 62

Page 82: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

gard to the band of fat that may surround the steak, trim it off thecooked meat and don’t eat it.

Why is ground chuck usually better than the more expensiveground sirloin for hamburgers?

Ground chuck normally has more fat than ground sirloin. Thatextra fat not only contributes flavor but also helps keep the meatmoist when grilling or broiling. And since more fat and less waterwill ooze out of the meat into the pan during the cooking process,frying temperatures will be higher and there will be less splatter.

Unless your diet dictates that you stay clear of saturated fats,you need not be overly concerned about the higher fat content ofground chuck (as long as it is not excessive) because most of it willdrain out of the meat as it cooks. If calories are your concern, re-member that a smaller but succulent hamburger is more gastro-nomically rewarding than a larger hamburger of identical caloriecount that is dried out.

Another advantage of ground chuck is that it comes from amore exercised, and therefore more flavorful, part of the anatomythan does ground sirloin. True, the original sirloin steak was moretender than the original chuck steak, but after the meat is tender-ized by grinding, that plus becomes a big zero.

Why is ground meat more perishable than, say, a steak?

Grinding fosters bacterial contamination in two ways. First, themeat is exposed to the spoilage-causing microorganisms that maybe present on the butcher’s machine or hands. Second, the surfacearea of the ground meat has been enlarged to many times its ori-ginal size, thus making the meat more vulnerable to airborne bacteria.

Why do some cooks prefer the blade-end chop over the loin-endchop for frying?

The lamb, pork, and veal blade-end chops have a higher fat con-tent and a lower water content than do their loin-end counter-

meats . . 63

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 63

Page 83: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

parts. This creates two of the benefits mentioned earlier in theQ&A on ground chuck (see p. 63). The extra fat adds extra flavor,and because the fat-to-water ratio is higher, less water will exudeout of the meat into the frying pan. Better browning and lesssplattering result. On the other hand, the loin-end chop has its ad-herents because it’s more tender.

Does the color of beef indicate quality?

White fat suggests that the animal was fed corn or other cerealgrain, at least during its final months. Yellow-tinged fat indicatesthat the steer was grass-fed. Consequently, a steak surrounded by apearly white layer of fat should be more tender — and expensive.

Is it easier to overcook pork today than 50 years ago?

Pork used to be rather fatty. Today’s pigs are bred to be relativelylean owing to public demand for lower-fat food. With less exteriorand internal fat, overcooking is less forgiving. Pork can easilytoughen and lose its succulence.

What is the needed cooking temperature to kill trichinosisin pork?

Cooking the meat to an internal temperature of at least 137°F willkill any trichinae present. (You can kill it by freezing the meat at atemperature below minus 10°F for several weeks, but freezing al-ters the meat’s cellular structure, making it mushy when cooked.)

Intelligent safeguarding is not the same as overreacting, whichis what many cookbooks are doing when they recommend cook-ing pork to a temperature between 170° and 185°F. If you followthose directions, your meat is bound to be less palatable and nu-tritious, and furthermore, prolonged cooking causes dryness,toughness, and excess shrinkage owing to moisture loss and coag-ulating proteins.

You can tell whether pork has been overcooked with the knife-and-fork test. If the meat does not cut easily, it’s overcooked.

The other side of the coin is that you don’t want to cook yourpork to just 137°F because the meat’s flavor would not develop

64 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 64

Page 84: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

fully. For pork that is both rewarding and safe to eat, we recom-mend cooking it to an internal temperature of 150°F (a 13°F safetymargin). The center of a pork roast will be slightly pink.

See chapter 14 (p. 251) for more information on trichinosis.

When using a meat thermometer, why should I test the thickestpart of the meat and avoid letting the thermometer’s point touch a bone or pocket of fat?

Since the center of the meat’s thickest section is farthest away fromthe oven’s heat source, it is the last part to cook. Even if the ther-mometer gives the desired temperature for a thinner part of themeat, the thickest segment may not be done.

Bone is a better conductor of heat than meat. If you take yourtemperature reading next to a bone in the center of the meat, thereading will be higher than it would be for center flesh fartherfrom the bone.

Fat is not as good a heat conductor as meat. Placing the ther-mometer point in a pocket of fat, therefore, gives a lower readingthan it would for the adjacent flesh.

How do experienced cooks tell whether a meat is cooked simply bytouching it?

These cooks are testing for resiliency. As the meat cooks, its fleshbecomes less flabby because it loses water and its muscle fiberscontract. The more a meat cooks, the firmer and more elastic itbecomes.

The skill of accurately measuring doneness of meat by itsspringiness cannot be taught in words. The best way to learn thetechnique is empirically, by testing the resiliency of the meat eachtime you use a thermometer. Eventually, your educated finger willrelegate the thermometer to the drawer.

Are the minutes-per-pound charts for cooking meat fallible?

Granted, the information garnered from such charts is better thanno information at all. Nonetheless, there are a host of variablesthat render the charts crude estimates at best.

meats . . 65

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 65

Page 85: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

The most significant variable is the thickness of the meat. Aspherical 10-pound roast, for example, takes longer to cook than along, narrow 10-pound roast.

In the accompanying illustration, the arrows represent the dis-tance that heat has penetrated by conduction in a given time pe-riod. In the spherical roast, the arrows are still a long way from themeat’s center, while the heat has already reached every point of thelong, narrow roast.

You must also make allowances for the amount of bone and fatin the meat. All other factors being equal, a bone-in or lean pieceof meat cooks faster than a boneless or fatty one.

Other variables include the temperature of the meat when youput it in the oven and the preheated temperature of your oven.Minutes-per-pound charts and recipes usually specify these twofactors, as well as figures for different degrees of doneness.

If your chart does not take into account different sizes of meat,you will have to make adjustments that reflect the fact that thoughlarger pieces of meat take longer to cook, they require fewer min-utes per pound than do smaller pieces of similar shape and com-position.

There is no chart around that can take into consideration theaccuracy of your oven temperature dial — chances are it is not asprecise as you think. To test your oven’s accuracy, buy, beg, or bor-row a quality portable oven thermometer in good condition. Then— should you discover a discrepancy — add or subtract the varia-tion when you set the oven dial.

66 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 66

Page 86: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

If you choose to cover your roasting meat (a technique we donot recommend), you will have to alter the given figures becausecovered meat cooks more quickly. (You can compensate for thisfactor by lowering the suggested oven setting by approximately25°F.)

Why should a roast be brought to, or near, room temperature before cooking?

This is principally a precautionary measure against having theroast’s outside overcook and dry out before the inside is properlywarmed and cooked. And since a room-temperature roast cooksmore quickly than its colder counterpart, you save energy.

Of course, if the roast is 6 inches or more thick, its surface willundergo bacterial contamination before the center of the meatreaches room temperature. In that case, at least allow the interiorof the meat to partially reach room temperature. An hour in theopen should not pose a health threat except, for example, whenthe room is hot and humid.

When you cannot bring meat to room temperature, you shouldroast it at a slightly lower temperature than usual, counterbal-anced with a slightly longer cooking time than usual. Less compli-cated but less effective is to maintain the original temperature butto extend the cooking time; if you remove a 6-inch-thick roastfrom the refrigerator and place it directly in a preheated 350°Foven, add 12 to 15 minutes to the cooking time.

If the roast is frozen, increase the original cooking time byabout 50 percent. Naturally, your roast will not be as tasty andjuicy, nor will its exterior be as attractive, as a roast that wasbrought to room temperature before cooking.

Why does it usually take twice as long to roast than to boil or steama meat?

One could easily conclude that roasting would be faster because ituses a higher temperature. It also employs all three types of ther-mal energy: conduction, convection, and radiant heat. (Boiling

meats . . 67

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 67

Page 87: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

and steaming use only the first two.) These advantages of roastingare more than counterbalanced, however, by the fact that liquidand steam can transfer heat to food much more efficiently than aircan. Moreover, as the oven temperature increases, the air expands.The increased rarefaction lessens the ability of the air in the ovento transfer heat to the roasting meat.

Does high heat produce a better crust on a roast than low heat?

The higher the heat, the more the Maillard reaction (see chapter 2,p. 33) takes place. There are other variables that also determine thequality of a roast’s crust. One variable is cooking time: The longerthe roast cooks, the crustier the meat is. Another is the use of a lidor foil: An uncovered meat develops a crispier, richer-colored, andmore delectable crust than a covered one. Yet another variable isthe fat content of the meat or basting liquid. Fat helps to keep themeat’s surface from scorching and drying out, thereby retardingcrust formation.

How can I minimize the shrinking of a roast?

Rather than using the 350°F oven temperature recommended bymany cookbooks, roast the meat at 225°F until the internal tem-perature reaches about 130°F. Slow roasting (as it is called) takesroughly 50 percent more time than roasting at 350°F, but there areseveral major advantages. The roast requires no basting and virtu-ally no monitoring. And it shrinks appreciably less and is moretender compared to a roast cooked at 350°F.

The secret of slow roasting has been long known by commer-cial cooks who make roast beef for deli sandwiches. Because thereis minimum shrinkage, the deli can either make a bigger profit or charge less. Another big plus: The roast (if not overcooked) hasan inviting pinkish (instead of a dull grayish-brown) hue thatstretches from the center to almost the surface of the meat.

How can I tell whether a smoked cut of meat has been cooked?

Knowing for sure whether a smoked cut of meat has been fullycooked by the processor is important because if you guess the an-

68 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 68

Page 88: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

swer, you may be wrong. Assume that because you mistakenlythought the meat was fully cooked, you did not cook it com-pletely; you and your dinner guests would risk consuming patho-genic microorganisms. Your meat would lack proper flavor andtexture, too. Now consider the opposite situation. The meat wasfully cooked, but because you thought it wasn’t, or because youwanted to play it safe, you decided to cook it for the length of timethat raw meat requires. In that case, your smoked meat would be-come dry and tough.

Should neither the butcher nor the label provide you with theinformation, examine a visible bone. If it protrudes from the flesh,the meat has been cooked to at least some degree. The more the bone stands out in relief, the more the meat has been cooked.This criterion is reliable because, as a cut of meat cooks, its fleshshrinks but not its bone.

When making this observation, be sure you are looking at abone that was exposed during the smoking process. If a smokedand fully cooked whole ham is cut in half, for instance, the newlyexposed cross-section of the leg bone will not reveal the desiredinformation because it will lie flush with the surrounding flesh.

Why should a roast be allowed to rest for 15 to 25 minutes prior tocarving?

At the moment when a roast is removed from the oven, the meatnear the surface contains fewer juices than the meat at the core.This disparity occurs because many of the juices that were origi-nally in the outer meat either evaporated or were forced towardthe center.

If you carve a roast immediately after cooking, when its juicesare unevenly distributed, the edges of your slices will be unnec-essarily dry. In addition, many of the meat’s juices will seep out because the saturated muscle tissue in the interior cannot ab-sorb and hold all the excess liquid that has collected there duringcooking.

A 15- to 25-minute respite (depending on the roast’s thick-ness) gives much of the liquid a chance to redistribute and settle

meats . . 69

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 69

Page 89: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

throughout the meat. This brief rest also allows the meat to be-come a little firmer, making it easier to carve thin slices.

Why should I remove a roast from the oven slightly underdone?

Assume that you want to cook your roast to 140°F of donenessand you leave it in the oven until it reaches that internal tempera-ture. Although the middle of the roast may be 140°F, the meat nearthe surface is probably hot enough — around 160° to 180°F — tocontinue cooking the colder center while you are allowing theroast to rest before carving (see preceding Q&A). By the time thetemperature equalizes throughout a thin cut of meat (under 3inches at its minimum diameter or point of thickness), its interiortemperature will have climbed about 5°F. The center of a roastover 12 inches thick will increase in temperature approximately15°F after the meat is removed from the oven. The center of amedium-thick roast experiences roughly a 10°F rise. These figuresrefer to medium-rare meats. The rise will be about 10 percent lessfor rare roasts, 10 percent greater for medium, and 15 percentgreater for those that are well done.

When broiling, grilling, or barbecuing, why is it unsuitable to cook a steak that is less than 1 inch or more than 3 inches thick?

The inside of a steak less than 1 inch thick will be disappointinglydry and tough by the time the surface is appetizingly brown. Sucha steak is best pan-broiled.

The outside of a steak more than 3 inches thick will be over-cooked before the center of the meat is properly done. Technically,a piece of meat such as this is a roast and should be cooked as one,by oven-roasting, slow barbecuing, or pot-roasting.

When cooking meat with dry heat, should I salt before or after themeat is cooked?

There are two antipodal, and sometimes contentious, schools ofthought on this issue. The season-before-cooking faction arguesthat unless you sprinkle the salt on the meat before starting the

70 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 70

Page 90: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

cooking process, the salt does not have a chance to infuse the foodand trigger a chemical flavor-enhancing reaction.

The salt-after-cooking clique asserts that presalting draws outmoisture unnecessarily from the cooking meat and thereforemakes it tougher. Moreover, this group maintains, the salt doesnot penetrate the flesh entirely, and accordingly, the cooked meatis unevenly seasoned. A slice from a roast that was salted beforecooking verifies their point: The edges taste saltier than the center.

The pros and cons of each argument more or less balance out,so follow whichever precept your grandmother taught you. Saltingsteak that is to be cooked on a flat surface, such as a sauté pan, isanother matter. If you presalt the meat, your steak will suffer. Asthe salt-leached juices exude from the underside of the steak, theyboil or turn to steam, giving that face a mushy consistency and asurface that is a pallid grayish brown rather than an appealing richbrown. We prefer a compromise solution: Salt each side of a steakafter its final turning.

When cooking meat with dry heat, should I pepper before or afterit is cooked?

Ground pepper becomes bitter when scorched — and the heat of ahot frying or sauté pan, broiler compartment, or barbecue unit issufficient to do the bad deed. If an oven is warmer than 325°F, thesame fate probably awaits the pepper. Consequently, if you use dryheat, we recommend that you sprinkle on the pepper near the endof the cooking period.

Some chefs add the pepper to a side of steak as soon as it hasbeen cooked and turned, but unless you are careful not to scatterthe pepper particles beyond the meat, your food or sauce may endup with the distasteful flavor of scorched pepper. Scattered salt isnot as much of a problem because it will not scorch.

Why is it often advantageous to sear meat?

Meat is seared by exposing its surfaces to an intense direct or indi-rect heat long enough to cook the outer layers of molecules, butshort enough to have little effect on the meat’s interior. This tech-

meats . . 71

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 71

Page 91: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

nique gives the meat surface and meat drippings added texture,flavor, and color — and, in some instances, seals in internal meatjuices.

Why is the meat nearest the bone usually tastier?

In a given cut of meat, the meat closest to the bone has a distinctadvantage. It is in the best position to absorb the savory flavors ofthe bone — the same flavors that help enrich stocks.

Was USDA prime beef better a few decades ago?

On the average, yes. In the not too distant past, 4.5 percent of beefcarcasses that were quality-inspected by the U.S. Department ofAgriculture were awarded the prime grade. (USDA officials lookedfor ample marbling, white fat, bright, fresh flesh color, and firm,fine flesh texture.) When the USDA lowered its grading standardsin 1976, that percentage jumped to 6.5 — which means that ap-proximately one-third of the beef being sold today as USDA primewould have been stamped before 1976 with the next lower gradeclassification, USDA choice.

Even the USDA choice designation isn’t what it used to be. Thatcategory once encompassed 54 percent of the carcasses. Today itincludes 68 percent of them. The increase is due to the inclusion of beef that prior to 1976 would have been given the third-levelgrade, USDA good.

Is meat still safe to eat if I forget to cut off the government grade orinspection stamp?

Yes. The ink used is a harmless vegetable dye.

Why the controversy over using hormones to stimulate animalgrowth?

Although it is incontrovertible that sex hormones like diethyl-stilbestrol (DES) can accelerate the growth of livestock, many nu-tritional authorities fear the effect of these natural or synthetichormones on humans who eat the meat. Consequently, the federalgovernment forbids giving growth hormones to some animals

72 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 72

Page 92: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

and limits their use with others by setting minimum periods be-tween the day the animal last receives the hormones and the day itis slaughtered.

From a gourmet’s point of view, hormone-infiltrated meat iscomparatively flabby and insipid.

What gives a slice of ham an iridescent sheen?

The glistening, greenish, somewhat rainbowlike color that some-times emanates from the cut surface of a ham slice is a sign of oxi-dation and not necessarily of spoilage. When exposed to oxygen(or light), some of the nitrate-modified iron content of the meatundergoes a chemical change that alters the ham’s pigmentation.

Is a canned ham that requires refrigeration better than one thatdoesn’t?

Generally, yes. In order to sterilize a ham so that it can be stored atroom temperature on a grocery shelf the processor must heat theham to a very high temperature. That intense heat negatively altersthe ham’s flavor, aroma, texture, and nutritive value. Moreover,processors seldom reserve their best hams for their need-not-refrigerate products.

Why does the bacon of today tend to splatter more than that ofyesteryear?

In Grandpa’s day, bacon was typically cured with dry salt — theslow, traditional way. In the interest of saving time and money, al-most all the processors today cure their products in brine. Thisliquid infuses the bacon, which is the number-one cause of greasesplattering out of the pan onto the top of your erstwhile cleanrange.

Why is it best to fry bacon with medium heat rather than high?

Less splatter and curl are two answers. A more important reasonconcerns carcinogens. The hotter the heat, the more you convertthe nitrate curing agents into nitrites, which are substances sus-pected of causing cancer.

meats . . 73

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 73

Page 93: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

What should I look for when buying bacon?

The fat of quality, well-conditioned bacon is firm, not spongy. Apurplish-red flesh indicates that the bacon was cured with ni-trates, so look for slightly browner flesh. Thick-sliced bacon gen-erally offers the best flavor, but if your priority is frying baconextra crisp, buy the thin-cut variety.

Why does chicken breast skin sometimes stick to theroasting rack?

The skin contains collagen. When subjected to high heat, this col-lagen undergoes a chemical reaction, changing into a gluey gela-tin. When you lift up the chicken, some of the skin adheres to therack and peels off, diminishing the bird’s table appeal. This cos-metic problem can be lessened if you grease the rack well andbegin the roasting process in a preheated oven with the breast sideup for at least 20 minutes. This gives some of the newly createdgelatin a chance to infuse into the fat and flesh under the skin or toooze out into the pan. For the same reason, you should beginsautéing or broiling a bone-in chicken breast side up.

Does a chicken’s living environment affect its flavor?

Free-range chickens are more flavorful than mass-producedchickens sold in supermarkets. Unlike the latter, which are almostalways reared in crowded coops, the free-range chickens get tomove around a large yard. This exercise develops more flavor intheir muscles. Exercise also toughens muscles, but the effect is lesspronounced on a chicken than a steer. As long as you buy a youngfree-range chicken, you should not notice an appreciable tough-ening effect on the meat.

The cramped and sunless living quarters of mass-reared chick-ens also make these “shut-ins” more disease- and stress-prone.Free-range chickens live more contented lives, which, researchshows, results in a better-quality meat and a higher flesh-to-boneratio.

74 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 74

Page 94: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Does the method of processing a chicken affect flavor?

Today’s mass-production methods diminish a chicken’s flavor.One reason is that mass-produced chickens are machine- ratherthan hand-plucked. The mechanical plucking device removes partof the flavorful epidermis (outer skin layer) along with its feathers.Another reason is that dressed chickens are typically chilled bysoaking them in water at the plant, a process that leaches out someof the built-in flavor. This loss would not occur if the chickenswere chilled in air inside a refrigeration unit, as they used to be.

Are deep-chilled chickens frozen?

Too often we’ve heard supermarket personnel answer a customer’shonest question, “Has this chicken been frozen?” with the flippantreply, “Of course not, it’s been deep-chilled.” To set the recordstraight, just because a chicken has been deep-chilled doesn’tmean it wasn’t subsequently frozen and thawed.

Let’s first consider what deep-chilling means. The processingplant lowers the temperature of a freshly dressed chicken to about28°F. This makes sense because the deterioration process is slowerat 28° than at 32°F, the freezing point of water. Therefore, thebird’s storage life is extended. No need to worry about the chickenfreezing. The 28°F temperature would freeze plain water but notthe liquid in the chicken, because the natural proteins and othersolids immersed in that liquid lower the liquid’s freezing point. Sofar, so good.

Here comes the problem. Once the chicken leaves the process-ing plant, some shippers and supermarkets, out of greed or igno-rance, store the deep-chilled chickens at a temperature below 28°F.This freezes the chicken and, accordingly, robs its flesh of some ofits desirable flavor and texture.

Another way to extend shelf life is to package the chicken withplastic wrap, and to replace the oxygen inside this hermeticallysealed package with nitrogen gas. This is an effective process be-cause few pathogenic microorganisms can survive (or at least

meats . . 75

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 75

Page 95: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

flourish) without oxygen. However, like deep-chilled chicken, ashipper can easily freeze a nitrogen-packed chicken and thaw itlater without most customers being the wiser.

How can I tell whether wrapped chicken or beef in the meat display case has been frozen and then thawed?

A large pool of juices in the tray package is a telltale sign. It’s usu-ally the liquid that was once stored inside or between the cells. (Seep. 237 for an explanation of how this liquid seeps out.)

Once you cook a bird, you’ll see another telltale sign: The boneswill be darker than normal.

Does yellow skin indicate a superior chicken?

A yellow skin was once a worthwhile (though not 100 percent reli-able) clue that the chicken was imbued with extra flavor and sur-face fat. If the chicken had a yellow skin, chances were it grew upbathed in sun rays and enjoyed a nutritious diet, either by scratch-ing for its subsistence around the farmhouse or by eating the rightmix of foods tossed to it by its owner.

The validity of the yellow-skin criterion was underminedwhen, within the last several decades, some of the mass-marketingchicken farms began to use a ploy to take advantage of its wide-spread acceptance. They added marigold petals or similar sourcesof gold, yellow, or orange pigment to their feed formulas. Since thepetals are natural, the companies are not legally forced to revealtheir ruse to the shoppers.

Without the “colorful” diet, supermarket chickens would likelyhave ghostly bluish-white skins because they seldom, if ever, leavetheir cramped, sunless, indoor coops. The next time you view thegolden chickens in your supermarket, think flowers, not sunshine.

Why the expression “Stew an old chicken, fry a young one”?

A mature chicken, and especially an old one, has considerableconnective tissue that is best tenderized with a slow moist-cooking

76 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 76

Page 96: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

method such as stewing. If you fried the mature fowl, you wouldhave a tough, chewy bird.

Since the young chicken has comparatively little connective tis-sue, slow moist cooking is not necessary. Moreover, this method ofcooking would be counterproductive because the lengthy cookingprocess would overcoagulate the protein molecules. Once again,you would end up with a tough, chewy bird.

Why does a pliable breast bone tip indicate a young bird?

As a chicken or other bird matures, the tip of its cartilaginous keel(breast bone) calcifies, becoming more ossified and brittle. Thissame hardening process also occurs in some of the bones of mam-mals. Butchers sometimes snap the lower leg bones of lamb, forinstance, to ascertain the sheep’s age. The younger the animal, themore easily the bone snaps and the less jagged the edges will be.

What are the other bone tests for determining the age of birds andmammals?

Relative size is the best-known gauge. The larger a specific bonefrom an animal of a particular breed, the older that animal is likelyto be. Another touchstone is relative color. Examine a cross-sec-tion of a bone. The pinker its tone, the younger the creature. Rela-tive porousness divulges information, too. A bone becomes denseras the animal ages.

meats . . 77

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 77

Page 97: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Why do squid, lobster, and other crustaceans sometimes toughenwhen cooked?

Overcooking is the chief culprit, for the same reasons explained formeat in chapter 3 (p. 44). Essentially, excessive heat denatures theprotein molecules in muscle fibers. This causes the formerly sepa-rated molecules to unite. The flesh contracts and becomes less suc-culent. Think of the last chewy lobster tail or calamari ring you ate.

What else can toughen crustaceans?

Marinating can toughen crustacean meat if you marinate the foodtoo long or use too much of an acid in the marinade. As we men-tion in the Q&A later in this chapter on nonheat methods ofpreparing fish, an acid can “cook” flesh by denaturing the proteinmolecules in the same way heat does. Once these molecules reachthe coagulated state, they lose much of their water-retaining abil-ity. Water drains out of the meat, making it tougher and less suc-culent.

You should still consider marinating crustacean meat becausethe process does enhance flavor. Just be sure to keep the marinat-

78 .

4seafood

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 78

Page 98: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

ing time under six hours and go easy on the vinegar and citrusjuice.

Should crustacean meat be cut across the grain?

Squid and other crustacean meat have more connective tissue andlonger muscle fibers than fish. Even properly cooked crustaceanmeat can seem a bit tough and chewy if cut with instead of acrossthe grain. That explains why calamari is customarily sliced intothin rings.

What’s wrong with farmed fishes?

Unlike wild fishes, which mature in the freedom of oceans, rivers,and lakes, farmed fishes do little exercise as they pass their time inman-controlled environments like tanks and pools. As a result,farmed fishes develop flabby muscles, which havelittle texture and flavor. If you were to hatch twogenetically identical trout eggs, one in the naturalenvironment of a stream and the other in a fishfarm, the difference in the firmness and taste ofthe cooked trout would be striking.

Farmed fishes also have relatively little flavorbecause they have been selectively bred to be asbland as possible to please the lowest commondenominator of mass-market taste preferences.

Farmed fishes are not without their advantages to the industryand the world’s food supply. As each year passes, fish farming be-comes more and more profitable and productive. Nowadays somefarmers can generate more protein per acre, and at a lower feedcost, by raising fish than by rearing cows, sheep, pigs, or poultry.

From a restaurant’s viewpoint, farmed fish helps ensure asteady, reliable supply. If the eatery has striped bass on its menu,the chef needs to replenish the stock regularly. Most dining estab-lishments cannot afford to trust the luck of the local fishermen.

seafood . . 79

Farmedfishes de-velop flabbymuscles,which havelittle textureand flavor

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 79

Page 99: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Do farmed fish grow faster than their wild equivalents?

Considerably so. Because of selective breeding and high-tech feed-ing, some species that would normally take three years to reachmature length in the wild will do it in less than one year on a fishfarm. The cultivated fish — though just as long as the wild one —would have a blander taste and less firm texture.

Are there negative consequences when farmed fish escape into the wild?

Environmentalists are concerned that genetically manipulated fishspecies may (and sometimes do) escape into the oceans, lakes, andstreams and breed with their wild counterparts. This wouldthreaten the survival of the wild fish by modifying the geneticmakeup of their offspring, making hatchlings less capable of sur-viving in the highly competitive natural habitat.

What causes a “fishy” odor?

Bacteria are responsible. When bacteria attack a dead fish, thechemical trimethylamine is gradually released from the flesh.These molecules, along with other substances created by the de-composition process, waft through the air, filling your nasal pas-sages with odors reeking of ammonia. Sulfur, too, is generated bythe deteriorating flesh. A fresh, just-caught ocean fish does nothave the “fishy” odor. It smells like a fresh sea breeze.

Not to be confused with the fishy scent is the equally nauseatingoil-and-kerosene odor that often emanates from fish that swam inbustling harbors.

Why are gills an early warning system for decay?

The gills are the respiratory organs located underneath the ear-like flaps behind the eye. When a fish is alive, blood is pumpedthrough the gills and absorbs oxygen from the water. During thatabsorption process, the blood’s hemoglobin undergoes a chemicalprocess and turns bright red.

80 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 80

Page 100: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

If the fish is properly stored after it dies, the oxygen in the airwill help keep the gills bright red for a few hours. Then overoxida-tion gradually changes the hemoglobin from bright red to pink tobrownish red and finally to grayish brown.

Gills provide an excellent early warning system because they aremore perishable than the flesh of the fish and will develop an off-odor before the flesh starts to acquire the telltale scent.

Is it a bad sign if a raw fillet has yellowed along its edges?

Usually such a fillet is over the hill. As it lies in storage, the filletgradually loses acidity, and unavoidably, the normally white fla-vone pigment in the fish flesh picks up a yellowish tint. Oxidationalso plays a role in the yellowing process.

What are the other major freshness tests for a whole fish?

Eyes should be bright, clear, and bulging and look alive rather thandull, cloudy, or sunken. Scales, if they exist, should be securely at-tached. If scaled, the skin should be shining (not slimy), and re-silient when pressed with the tip of the finger. If the fish is gutted(as it should be if dead for more than an hour), the stomach cavityshould be free of excess residue. Any exposed flesh should be firmand lustrous, not flabby or dull, and should cling tenaciously toany bone. When the fish is held horizontally by head and tail, themidsection should not sag appreciably.

Why does seafood in fish stores sometimes look slimy?

This sheen is usually caused by bacterial decay, but not always. Thechemical additive tripolyphosphate (nicknamed “tripoly” in thetrade) is sometimes the culprit, especially when it’s used exces-sively by overzealous fishermen and seafood processors.

The method is simple: The seafood is soaked for several hoursin a tripoly solution. The resulting chemical reaction retards thewater loss that occurs naturally in protein tissue when a life formdies. Protein tissue loses water during the postdeath stage becauseits molecular structure contracts, decreasing its water retention

seafood . . 81

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 81

Page 101: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

ability. Tripoly raises the tissue’s pH factor, causing the protein’smolecular structure to unfold, thereby increasing its ability tobind water.

Money is the obvious reason the fish industry wants to curtailwater loss. If a product weighed 10 percent more when the mer-chants caught or bought it than when they sell it, a lot of potentialprofits go down the drain, literally.

The less obvious reason is also money-related. Tripoly not onlydoes its job in eliminating water loss but gives the industry a gen-erous bonus. The chemical actually increases the net amount ofwater in the seafood by about 5 to 10 percent. The tripoly user cantherefore increase the amount of seafood he has to sell withoutcatching or buying more seafood. In essence, the seafood mer-chants are selling water. (Note: The seafood industry is not theonly trade using this weight-building stratagem. Look in yourlocal supermarket’s display case and you’ll see hams labeled “10percent water added.” However, unlike the ham processors, theseafood ones are not required to inform you that they are sellingless meat than you might think.)

Seafood advertisers argue that the tripoly process makes frozenseafood more succulent than it would otherwise be. That’s true, tosome degree. What they don’t tell you is that the tripoly treatmentcan give shrimp a mushy texture, soapy flavor, and — as men-tioned earlier — a slimy coating when overused.

The use of these additives has raised at least two health ques-tions. Sodium watchers are concerned because tripoly sometimescomes in forms like sodium tripolyphosphate. Moreover, phos-phates can decrease the ability of bones to acquire essential cal-cium, a condition that can lead to osteoporosis.

Is knowing the difference between fat and lean fishes importantfor a weight watcher?

Yes. Because of a difference in fat content, one fish can have thricethe calories of another species. Our rankings (based on U.S. De-partment of Agriculture statistics) give calories per 100 grams(about 31/2 ounces) of raw flesh.

82 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 82

Page 102: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Before we eliminate delicious fishes like eel or trout from ourdiet, we must remember that these foods have lower calorie countsthan some other protein sources. T-bone steak, for instance, has397 calories per 100 grams.

seafood . . 83

American Eel 233

Chinook (or King)

Salmon 222

Atlantic Salmon 217

Rainbow Trout 195

Atlantic Mackerel 191

Atlantic Herring 176

Shad 170

Butterfish (from

northern waters) 169

Lake Trout 168

Pompano 166

Pacific Mackerel 159

Lake Whitefish 155

Striped Mullet 146

Bluefin Tuna 145

Pacific Coast Yellowtail 136

Yellowfin Tuna 133

Alewife 127

Weakfish 121

Pink (or Hump-

back) Salmon 119

Swordfish 118

Bluefish 117

Carp 115

Pacific Barracuda 113

Atlantic Sheepshead 113

Porgy and Scup 112

Striped Bass 105

Whiting 105

Freshwater Catfish 103

Brook Trout 101

Atlantic and Pacific

Halibut 100

Atlantic Smelts 98

Pacific Herring 98

Rockfish 97

Atlantic Croaker 96

Lake Herring 96

White Sea Bass 96

Butterfish (from

Gulf waters) 95

Pollock 95

Sturgeon 94

Red Snapper 93

Walleye Pike 93

Black Sea Bass 93

Redfish 91

Yellow Perch 91

Atlantic Ocean Perch 88

Monkfish 80

Tilefish 79

Haddock 79

Flatfishes (such as Sole) 79

Cod 78

Hake 74

Calories in Fish, by Species

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 83

Page 103: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Is the difference between a fat and lean fish important to non-dieters as well?

Yes. Generally, the more fatty the fish, the more flavorful the fish.Vitamins and other nutrients in the flesh also tend to increase instep with a fish’s fat content.

The darker the flesh color of a particular species (or a givenanatomical area of a particular fish), the higher the fat content islikely to be. If you want your fish flesh to be as lean as possible,white fishes are usually your best bet.

Fat content usually decreases in relation to the depth of a fish’sliving environment. At a given latitude, bottom-dwelling fisheslike sole and cod are usually leaner than those, such as tuna andherring, that dwell near the surface. And any given fish will beleaner after it has spawned or experienced a food shortage.

Why do fishes from cooler waters generally taste better?

As we mentioned in the preceding Q&A’s, there is often a dis-cernible correlation between fat content and richness of flavor.Cooler-water fishes tend to have a higher fat content because,among other factors, their eco-environment contains a greaterabundance of plankton at the bottom of the food chain.

Moreover, because Temperate Zone waters are colder and moreturbulent than tropical ones, plankton and mineral particles aremore likely to remain suspended in the water, creating a richerfood source for non-bottom-dwelling fishes. (Note: Tropical wa-ters are clearer than Temperate Zone waters simply because theyhave less suspended matter.)

A good illustration of the gastronomic effect of water tempera-ture is the comparison between the flavorful fishes hooked or net-ted in Georges Bank off the New England coast and the speciescaught in the Caribbean Sea. With rare exception (for example,the pompano), semitropical — and especially tropical — fishes arerelatively bland. Shellfish from those sun-drenched shores, how-ever, are usually gustatory delights.

84 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 84

Page 104: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Why do river fishes generally taste better than lake fishes?

Exercise builds flavor into flesh. Since a river fish must swimagainst the current just to remain stationary, it obviously needs toexpend more energy than a typical lake fish.

Not all river fishes oscillate their tails with equal vigor and intensity. An angler should expect less flavor in a fish that lazilywends its way along the silky bottom of a river than, say, in a troutthat maneuvers its course through a cascading, cold mountainbrook.

Why do freshwater fishes have more of those small, annoyingbones than marine fishes do?

Salt water contains a greater concentration of minerals (particu-larly salt) than does fresh water and therefore has a higher specificdensity. Thus, a fish has greater buoyancy in salt water. This addedbuoyancy allows a saltwater fish to have a heavier bone structure.When some of the oceangoing fishes made the switch to a fresh-water home eons ago, they evolved a lighter, thinner, more deli-cate bone structure to compensate for the diminished buoyancy.All well and good for a fish,but what about the millionsof diners who dread chokingon tiny, spiny bones?

Why is the center cut of a fishsuperior to the tail cut?

The meat from the center cutusually has a higher fat con-tent and therefore a richer flavor. Though the tail’s flesh has amore intense flavor because of the extra work the tail must do topropel the fish through the water, the gain in quantity of flavordoes not begin to match the loss in flavor quality. In terms of tex-ture, the center cut is usually just right — not too flabby, nor toofirm. The tail section is tough by comparison.

seafood . . 85

Buy a center-cut and a tail-cut fish steakof equal thickness and cut from thesame fish. Sauté or broil both and cross-taste. Which steak tastes betterand has a more desirable texture?

Try This Fish-Steak Experiment

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 85

Page 105: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

How can I visually determine whether a fish steak or fillet is fromthe center or tail area?

Most fishes fall into one of two shape classifications: round or flat.Salmon, trout, tuna, carp, and bass are examples of the first group,and sole, flounder, and halibut are members of the second. Whena round fish is cut into steaks (slices cut perpendicular to the back-bone), the pieces from near the center have a slit or missing seg-ment extending up to the backbone, giving the steak a vaguelyhorseshoe-like appearance. That opening is the wall of the stom-ach cavity. A steak cut from near the tail has no slit because it wassliced from a section of the fish located behind the abdominalpocket.

A whole fillet (a boneless slice cut lengthwise from head to tail)of a round or flat fish is tapered, the narrow end being the tail por-tion.

Why does the darker flesh of many fishes tend to run along theirbackbones and near their tails?

When a fish swims leisurely through the water, it propels itselfchiefly with its back and tail muscles. These muscles consistmostly of slow-contraction muscle fiber because the work is per-formed with relatively slow movements over long durations. Thelarge amount of myoglobin in the tissue around these slow-con-traction fibers turns the flesh brownish red. (See the discussion onslow- and fast-contraction muscle fibers in chapter 3, p. 46). Themuscles in the other areas of a fish’s anatomy are typically lighter-hued (usually off-white) because they predominantly consist offast-contraction fibers, which don’t require the presence of theoxygen-rich myoglobin. These pale-hued muscles are generally re-served for quick-movement activities, such as chasing a prey or es-caping a predator.

Why is fish flesh usually lighter-hued than land animal flesh?

A fish expends less energy than a land animal when it moves fromone point to another at a relaxed pace. Unlike the land animal, a

86 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 86

Page 106: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

fish doesn’t have to support its own weight — its body is sus-pended in a virtual state of neutral buoyancy in its natural habitat,the surrounding water. Consequently, the fish needs less slow-con-traction (“long haul”) muscle tissue than its land counterpart. Atthe same time, because water is significantly denser than air, a fishneeds more fast-contraction (“quick escape”) muscle fiber thandoes a land animal. Although the fish has the buoyancy advantage,that factor is far outweighed by the water resistance the fish expe-riences when accelerating quickly through the denser medium. Toachieve the same acceleration rate, the fish has to expend more en-ergy than the land animal, so it’s to a fish’s advantage to have asmuch fast-contraction fiber as possible.

Unlike most fishes, the whale has dark-hued flesh, for good rea-son. It seldom needs to escape predators, and it travels for ex-tended periods. Moreover, its muscles contain an unusually largequantity of the red-hued myoglobin because the whale must storeas much oxygen as possible in its body for sustained dives. (Amammal, the whale cannot breathe underwater.)

Frogs, with their light-hued leg flesh, are on the other end ofthe spectrum. They seldom move their legs except to flee a threat,so their legs don’t need that many slow-contraction muscle fibers.What they require, and indeed have, is a predominance of the fast-contraction muscle fibers.

Incidentally, the flesh of a salmon is pink for more reasons thanmyoglobin. Diet is a major influence. Salmon eat generous quanti-ties of crustaceans and other creatures that contain a carotenoidpigment that “stains” the salmon’s muscle tissue.

Which is better gastronomically, the darker or lighter flesh?

The dark areas (which are sometimes individual muscles) oftenhave a higher fat content than the predominant lighter-coloredflesh and therefore have more flavor.

On the negative side, the flavor of the dark-hued flesh can betoo pronounced and oily for some tastes. Moreover, since thisflesh is high in myoglobin, which turns brown when heated or

seafood . . 87

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 87

Page 107: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

overexposed to oxygen, it can detract from the lily-white appear-ance of the rest of the fish. The high proportion of fat normally as-sociated with these dark areas also shortens storage life. On thesegrounds, the consumer sometimes chooses to remove the darkareas.

What are the tiny, dark red spots I sometimes see on fish fillets?

Typically, they are bruise marks and indicate that the fish was han-dled roughly. This could happen if, for example, the fishermanhurled the fish into the boat’s storage bin or the fishmonger fil-leted the fish in a hasty, slipshod manner. The fillet could also havebecome battered if the fish-store clerk flung, rather than gently returned, it to the display case after showing it to a customer. (Oneway to judge a fishmonger is to notice how tenderly he handlesfish.)

The bruises do more than ruin the fillet’s aesthetic appeal.These defects can also affect the flavor of the fish, especially if theyare numerous or if they were created more than several hours be-forehand, because they accelerate the deterioration of the sur-rounding flesh.

Why can’t I store fish as long as other animal meat?

After an animal dies, some of its digestive enzymes erode the ali-mentary canal walls and invade the flesh. The flesh of an unguttedfish spoils faster under this assault than that of a land animal, par-tially because a fish’s digestive enzymes are generally more effica-cious. Remember, those biological catalysts that labor in the fish’sdigestive tract must chemically break down swallowed whole fish,bones and all. Compounding the disintegrating effect of the fish’spotent digestive enzymes is the fact that fish flesh is easier to digestthan terrestrial animal meat.

Glycogen also plays a role in storage. Fish (and other animals)store this carbohydrate in their muscle tissue as an energy source.At the animal’s death, this supply is converted to lactic acid, an ef-fective preservative. Unfortunately, the amount of lactic acid inthe flesh of a dead fish is usually scant because a fish burns up

88 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 88

Page 108: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

most of its glycogen store struggling to escape from the fisher-man’s net or hook.

Another problem is that the potentially pathogenic bacteriathat lie in wait on the outside of the fish or in its digestive tract are,unlike those of land animals, psychrophilic. That term means thatthese microorganisms can thrive in relatively low temperatures. Atone degree above the freezing point, the bacteria that typically at-tack fish can thrive, whereas the action of those that normally as-sault beef is retarded. Even at temperatures below 32°F, the bacte-ria in fish are more active than those in beef.

Freezing the fish at an exceedingly low temperature (minus100°F, for instance) is not a flawless solution because, though thebacterial growth may be impeded at such hypo-Siberian ther-mometer readings, freezing ruins the fish’s texture — even morethan it does the cell structure of red meat. Even dried fish does notstore as well as dried red meat. Using any preservative method, fishis more perishable than meat from warm-blooded vertebrates.

Unsaturated fatty acids are more apt to oxidize than saturatedones. Since the ratio of unsaturated to saturated fatty acids ishigher for fish than it is for mammals, it follows that fish will oxi-dize, and therefore become rancid, more quickly than beef, pork,or lamb.

What is the best commercial method of freezing fish?

Most modern oceangoing fishing ships have the necessary equip-ment to freeze a just-caught fish quickly and individually to minus60°F or lower. Many other ships slowly group-freeze their fish toonly around 0°F. (And sometimes they do not start the processuntil hours after the fish were caught.) A key advantage of thedeep quick-freeze method is that cellular ruptures are minimized,which decreases the amount of flavorful and nutritional liquidsthat drain from a thawing fish.

Can the provenance of a fish affect its wholesomeness?

Most fishermen know that it’s risky to eat fish caught in rivers andlakes polluted by industrial wastes. Few realize that it’s risky to eat

seafood . . 89

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 89

Page 109: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

fish caught off one of the most popular fishing spots — a bridge.Auto exhaust fumes and the rubbish people dump in the middleof the night can pollute the waters near a bridge.

Fish caught in coastal waters (particularly if near an urban cen-ter) are exposed to far more contaminants than deep-water deni-zens. This is why the flesh of a deep-water, 300-pound tuna is lesslikely to be contaminated than that of a shore-hugging, 8-ounceporgy.

A large fish (and the people who eat it) maynot be as fortunate if it lives near an industrialmetropolis. Its flesh will likely have a higher con-centration of toxic mercury than that of smallerfishes. Here’s why. Bottom-dwelling shellfish in-gest mercury waste that settles to the oceanfloor. The mercury in these crustaceans is trans-ferred to the fishes that devour them, then trans-ferred in turn to the fishes that eat them. Eventu-ally, some of the mercury reaches the top of thefood chain — fishes such as tuna, sharks, and swordfish. Theselarge fishes live longer than smaller fishes and thus eat more fleshin a lifetime. Because mercury is difficult to expel from the body, alarge fish living in coastal waters may become a repository of anunsafe quantity of mercury before it’s caught.

Is it safe to eat sushi?

The flesh of healthy fish living in unpolluted ocean water is free ofpathogenic bacterial contamination. If such flesh comes from anonpoisonous fish, is properly stored for not more than half a dayor so, and is correctly cleaned and prepared, eating sushi poses nomore threat to your health than consuming a wholesome raw oys-ter or clam gathered from uncontaminated waters.

Unfortunately, many Japanese sushi bars in America (and somein Japan) serve less than perfectly fresh fish, and the seafood is notalways hygienically handled. And to make matters worse, many ofthose sushi bars do not teem with customers during peak hours in

90 . . the new kitchen science

Few realizethat it’s riskyto eat fishcaught offone of themost popularfishing spots—a bridge

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 90

Page 110: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

the middle of the week. This increases the chances that the chefdoesn’t replenish his inventory on a daily basis. Our recommenda-tion is to enjoy sushi only at a quality Japanese restaurant that isbusy every day and has a conscientious sushi chef with impeccablestandards. You will pay more, but it is worth it.

Why doesn’t fish have to be cooked to tenderize it?

Unlike red animal meat, the flesh of fish has meager connectivetissue, the muscle component that can make raw red meat rela-tively tough and dry. The small amount of connective tissue in theflesh of a fish is more easily gelatinized by moist heat than the kindfound in the flesh of landlubbers. Excess cooking (and it doesn’ttake much) is inappropriate because it toughens the muscle fibersunnecessarily without tendering any meaningful payment in re-turn.

Then why is fish cooked?

Cooking helps destroy any existing pathogenic microorganismsand — if not excessively done — develops and distributes flavorand coagulates the protein muscle fibers, a chemical process thatgives the flesh pleasing firmness and opaque color. This coagula-tion can be accomplished with nonheat methods, too. Tahitiansand Peruvians, for example, have for centuries marinated freshlycaught and dressed fish in lemon or lime juice, calling their cookedspecialties, respectively, 1’ota and ceviche. French Polynesians calltheir version of the first dish poisson cru (literally “raw fish”).

Does it make a difference to a cook whether the flesh of a fish is fat or lean?

Yes, very much so. A fat-fleshed fish is better suited for grilling orroasting because of the extra oil it contains. A lean-fleshed fish isbest cooked in an oil or liquid; if grilled or roasted, it tends to dryout unless the flesh is frequently basted.

seafood . . 91

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 91

Page 111: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Is the flesh juicier and more flavorful if a fish is cooked with itshead and tail on?

Without a doubt. Decapitation and tail removal allow the juices inthe flesh in the main part of the body to leak out during cooking.The head and tail also add flavor and nutrients to the cookingflesh, as well as to the developing sauce or stock. Serving the wholefish with head and tail intact also is prudent because the fish stayswarmer on the serving platter, loses fewer juices, and makes amore dramatic presentation.

Is a fillet less flavorful than an unboned piece of fish?

Yes. Bones impart a rich flavor to the surrounding flesh.

Should I sever the gills before cooking a whole fish?

Your decision should largely depend on the freshness of your fish.If yours is freshly killed, don’t go to the bother of removing them.If it is more than a day old, extricate them; as we pointed out ear-lier, the gills spoil more quickly than the flesh, and they may im-bue the cooking flesh with an off-flavor.

When poaching fish, is it necessary to add wine, lemon juice, or another acidic ingredient to the liquid?

Without acid as a counterbalance, the alkali that is probably in thepot’s contents would chemically react with the flavone pigment inthe flesh, giving the pigment, and therefore the flesh, an unattrac-tive, yellowish, off-white hue.

If just enough acid is added, the pH factor of the contents of thepot will be 7.0. (That number denotes the neutralization of the op-posing effects of the acid and alkali.) If yet more acid is mixed inwith the poaching liquid, the pH factor will fall below 7.0 (signify-ing acidic ascendancy). When that happens, the flavone pigmentbecomes even whiter than it was when you procured the fish.

Why shouldn’t broiling fish fillets be turned?

For openers, they do not usually need to be turned. The under halfof a thin fillet is cooked by a combination of heat penetrating

92 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 92

Page 112: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

through the upper half of the fish and heat emanating from thehot pan below.

A fillet is also delicate, and the act of turning it is likely to breakit apart, particularly if the flesh adheres to the grate or pan.To minimize the sticking tendency that can make removing thecooked fish difficult, butter or grease the cooking surface beforeplacing the fish on it.

How long and at how high a temperature should a fish be cooked?

Time and temperature are two inversely related variables of thecooking equation.

Temperature should be about 180°F if you are poaching the fish;in the low-moderate range (300° to 350°F) if pan-broiling, pan-frying, or baking; 375°F if you are deep-frying; and about 450°F if you are broiling. Lower temperatures than our suggested guide-lines would prolong the cooking time too much, which would inturn needlessly sap some of the fish’s delicate flavor. Higher tem-peratures than our recommended figures would develop more fla-vor, but that gain would not compensate for the resulting drynessand toughness of the flesh.

The second coordinate—time—should be as short as the cook-ing method allows, just long enough to coagulate the protein.Prolonged cooking — even if you use the right temperature — robsflavor and toughens the protein, and the flesh will fall apart at theslightest provocation.

Most American cooks, be they the restaurant or home variety,nearly always overcook their fish. The element of error is usuallyin the time rather than the temperature.

What are the tests for doneness in fish?

In most instances, as soon as the translucent flesh turns opaque,the protein has adequately coagulated. Another test is to probe thethickest portion of the flesh with a fork. As soon as it flakes, thefish is properly cooked. Flaking occurs after heat has gelatinizedthe collagen in the myocommata, a type of connective tissue that

seafood . . 93

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 93

Page 113: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

holds the thin, parallel sheets of muscle fiber together. These sepa-rated sheets give the properly cooked fish flesh a flaky texture.

Why does fish suffer more than red meat from a delay in serving?

Cooked fish flesh loses its flavor, aroma, and texture more quicklythan warm-blooded animal meat principally because these threequalities in fish are more delicate and subtle to begin with. Pro-crastination when serving meat is a misdemeanor; when servingfish, a felony.

What are the subclassifications of seafood?

Below is a basic, somewhat simplified biological classificationchart.

Fishes and shellfishes can be classified in dozens of ways, in-cluding by environment (for instance, surface- or bottom-feed-ing, fresh- or saltwater, Temperate or Tropical Zone); size; shape(round or flat); price; flavor; or popularity. They can be classified

94 . . the new kitchen science

Seafood

Fish Shellfish

Mollusk Crustacean

CephalopodUnivalveBivalveclam

musseloysterscallop

crabcrayfishlobstershrimp

abaloneconchsnail

octopussquid

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 94

Page 114: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

as anadromous (those, such as salmon, that migrate from the sea tospawn in freshwater rivers), catadromous (those, like eels, that mi-grate from fresh water to spawn in the sea), or neither (if the fishspends its entire life exclusively in fresh or salt water). Last but notleast, seafood can be categorized by its fat content.

Why do crustaceans taste sweeter than fish?

Crustaceans like lobsters have a higher proportion of glycogen, apolysaccharide that converts into the simple sugar glucose. Gly-cogen is aptly named: It is derived from the Greek words glukus(sweet) and gen (a suffix meaning “capable of bringing forth”).Other substances, including the amino acid glycine, influencesweetness intensity, too.

Among the three most widely eaten crustaceans, lobster is thesweetest, followed by crab and shrimp in that order. Fish flesh,though less sweet than crustacean meat, is sweeter than land ani-mal muscles. Whatever the flesh, sweetness starts to diminish no-ticeably after a day or two of storage time.

Are lobster claws secured with wooden plugs or rubber bands forreasons other than the benefit of the cook’s fingers?

Lobsters are cannibals, and unless their claws are disabled, thesecrustaceans will devour each other while they are held in captivityin lobster tanks or shipping crates.

How can lobsters stay alive out of water?

Unlike fish, they can extract oxygen from the moisture that clingsto their gills. For optimum out-of-the-water storage, the environ-ment should be about 50°F and damp. Surrounding the lobster inwet seaweed helps.

Why is it preferable for a lobster to still be alive at the time it iscooked, or to have expired only shortly before?

The enzymes in a lobster’s (or crab’s) digestive tract are quite po-tent and can quickly start decomposing the flesh once the creaturedies. Unlike the digestive system of fishes, mammals, or birds, that

seafood . . 95

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 95

Page 115: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

of lobsters (or crabs) is difficult to remove before they are cooked.Another reason for a cook to insist on a living lobster is that live

crustaceans are far more likely to harbor pathogenic microorgan-isms (such as hepatitis-carrying viruses) than are live fish. Andwhen they do, the microbe count in the lobster will also likely bemuch higher. Those disease-causing agents, given a head start, willmultiply at a much faster pace in a crustacean. Your best defense,therefore, is absolute freshness.

Even if you could safely cook and eat a lobster that has beendead for 24 hours, there would seldom be a way to ascertain be-yond a shadow of a doubt that the uncooked lobster displayed inyour local fish store had died a recent death. You can, on the otherhand, determine whether the lobster is dead: Pick it up by its back.Unless the tail curls under the body, the lobster is dead or close to it.

What is the best way to kill a lobster?

Plunging a lobster (or crab) headlong into a pot of boiling water isnot one of the best options because it is not exactly a humanemethod. Witnessing the doomed lobster’s one- or two-second-long spasm should prove this point to any doubting Thomas. Theshock of this convulsive death does more than inflict pain on thelobster. It toughens its muscles and therefore your meal.

A more compassionate alternative to the plunging method:Sever the lobster’s spinal cord before putting the lobster in theboiling water. This deadens its sense of pain. To sever the spinalcord, place the lobster right side up on a flat surface. Then, thrustthe tip of a knife downward into the natural breach where thehead and front abdomen shells converge.

If you want to sever the spinal cord but are apprehensive aboutthe thought of scuffling with an energetic lobster, you can use amethod we discovered through experimentation in the 1970s.Place the live lobster in a dishwashing tub in a sink. Turn on boththe hot and cold taps (be sure overflow water can pass through thesink’s drain). When the tub is filled, turn off the cold water whileincreasing the flow of hot water until the water in the tub is very

96 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 96

Page 116: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

hot. Soon you’ll see the lobster “go to sleep.” Lift it out (it will be insensate and unaware of your presence). Now’s the time to per-form your culinary surgery before your boil the lobster. This hot-tap-water method can also be used to tame feisty live crabs.

We know of some cooks who submerge the lobster (or crab) ina container of beer or wine. The crustacean becomes inebriated,relaxes its muscles, and reacts less spasmodically when dumpedlive into the seething cauldron of water. This method has validity,but today’s wine and beer prices place it beyond the budget ofmost people. A lobster costs enough as it is.

Why does a lobster turn red when cooked?

Heat liberates a yellowish-red carotenelike pigment in the shell.This chemical reaction changes the color of the lobster’s carapacefrom (typically) bluish seaweed-green to ruddy red. Cookedshrimp shells also turn red. Even the surface of crustacean meatacquires a pinkish-red hue, though not as pervasive or intense asthat of the shell.

Are there left-handed lobsters?

Yes — and there are right-handed lobsters as well. Unlike humansand most other creatures, the “Maine” lobster (or more properly,the Northern or American lobster, Homarus americanus) is notsymmetrical — that is, its left and right sides are not mirror im-ages of each other. A close examination of any whole Maine lob-ster will reveal that its two claws are different in both size andfunction. The larger claw has coarse teeth for the heavy-dutycrushing jobs, whereas the small claw has fine teeth for lighter rip-ping and tearing tasks. A lobster is left-handed or right-handeddepending on which side has the larger claw.

Which lobster tastes better, a right- or left-handed one?

Both are equal in this department, despite what some lobstersnobs aver. Which claw tastes better? The flesh from the smallerclaw is sweeter and more tender and therefore superior, but the

seafood . . 97

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 97

Page 117: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

large claw contains more meat and provides a taste contrast — sowe are lucky that Mother Nature designed lobsters with one ofeach.

Why the rule “Never cook a clam that refuses to close its shell before it is cooked”?

It is quite natural for a healthy clam (or mussel or oyster) to openits shell if it feels relaxed as it rests on a bed of ice or in a bucket ofcold water. However, it is unnatural for one of these bivalves not toclamp its twin shells tightly shut if you frighten it — say, by givingit a firm flick with your finger. Closing its shell in response to suchan external stimulus is the shellfish’s only meaningful defense.Should your threat not evoke the safety mechanisms designed bynature, the bivalve is dead or dying and may therefore be contami-nated with pathogenic microorganisms or toxins.

Why the rule “Never eat a cooked clam whose shells don’t partupon cooking”?

When a healthy clam, mussel, or oyster expires, so does the hold-ing power of the muscle that keeps the two shells tightly closed. Ifthe shells do not open after the bivalve is cooked (and hencekilled), it wasn’t alive in the first place. Something other than theabductor muscle — perhaps an oily mass of mud — was keepingthe shells closed.

How does a scallop differ from a clam, oyster, or mussel?

Unlike the other popular mollusks, which do not travel throughthe water during their adulthood, a mature scallop jet-propels it-self through its briny environment by rapidly snapping togetherits twin shells. To perform this feat, the scallop has a comparativelysizable and powerful abductor muscle, the only part of this mol-lusk that we normally buy and eat. In contrast, one consumeseverything inside the shell of a clam, oyster, or mussel, intestinesand all.

98 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 98

Page 118: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Why are scallops not sold in the shell?

A clam, oyster, or mussel can remain alive and healthy for days,and sometimes a week or two, out of its natural seawater environ-ment because it can tightly clamp its shell. By doing so, the mol-lusk maintains its own liquid eco-environment within its pro-tective case. A scallop, on the other hand, cannot snugly shut its two shells. Once pulled from the water, its juices run out andthe coming of the three Ds — death, desiccation, and diseaseagents — is imminent. Professional scallop gatherers, therefore,usually shuck the bivalve on the boat, discarding the quick-spoil-ing viscera.

Can a crab (or lobster) regenerate a claw?

Yes. In Florida, a mini-industry that was once threatened by deple-tion has revived by taking advantage of a crab’s regenerative capa-bility. Formerly, gatherers of stone crabs killed the crustacean toobtain its two claws, its only marketable body parts. To save the di-minishing crab population, and hence their own enterprises, thecrab hunters adopted the practice of breaking off only one ofthe stone crab’s two claws and tossing the creature back into thesea. With one claw left to defend itself and forage for food, the crab survives, grows a new appendage, and — if unlucky — suffersthrough the ordeal again.

What is a soft-shell crab?

It is not an individual species, as some believe. In order to grow acrab (or lobster) must periodically shed its shell and grow a new,larger one. Immediately after undergoing this process (called“molting”), the crab has a soft exterior. It takes days, or longer, forthe crab’s exposed surface area to ossify. Until it does, the crab ishighly vulnerable to predators (including two-legged diners) andis known as a soft-shell crab. The nonpareil soft-shell crab, from aseafood buff ’s perspective, is a young blue crab that has moltedwithin the hour.

seafood . . 99

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 99

Page 119: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Are the prawns served in restaurants really shrimp?

In all probability, yes. A true prawn is biologically different from ashrimp; the prawn has lobsterlike pincer claws. The best eatingspecies are the Dublin Bay prawns of Ireland and the scampi ofthe northern Adriatic Sea. Both are larger than an average-sizedshrimp but smaller than a lobster. When a restaurant serves youprawns or scampi in America, odds are that you are eating jumboshrimp, a cheaper and less succulent substitute.

Why do some shrimp taste less of iodine than others?

A marine shrimp caught near the mouth of a river smacks less of iodine than one caught in unadulterated seawater because theseawater has a higher iodine content. Even marine shrimp that livefar away from rivers can differ in flavor because iodine content in seawater and the food shrimp eat vary geographically. Shrimpacquire an iodine flavor when they eat algae. (These plants are iodine-rich because they concentrate within their cells the iodinein seawater.) In addition, shrimp get iodine by eating sea creatures,such as sand-dwelling worms, that also eat the algae. Once di-gested, a fair portion of the iodine remains in the shrimp’s bodies.

Sometimes the iodine flavor is intensified when processors use the additive sodium bisulfite. This chemical can amplify theiodine’s effect on your taste buds. Although its use to prolong thestorage life of shrimp is prohibited in the United States, it is no secret that some foreign processors surreptitiously taint theirshrimp with it before exporting them to America.

Is the rule “Oysters are unsafe to eat in any month that does notcontain the letter ‘R’” obsolete?

From a medical authority’s viewpoint, this advice is archaic foroysters harvested along the Atlantic and Caribbean coasts. It wassound, however, decades ago when the lack of refrigerated trucksand trains made the shipment of any type of oyster hygienicallyprecarious during the warm-weather, no-“R” months — May,

100 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 100

Page 120: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

June, July, and August. Even so, the rule wasn’t quite accurate be-cause September is normally warmer than May.

From a discriminating palate’s perspective, the “R”-less monthdictum still has meaning. Oysters tend to be more watery and lessmeaty during the summer months when they spawn.

seafood . . 101

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 101

Page 121: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

When and why must you scald milk for use in a recipe?

To scald milk means heating it to just below the boiling point. Usea thick-bottomed saucepan or a double boiler to prevent scorch-ing the milk.

Scalding has two primary purposes: to kill path-ogenic microorganisms and to destroy certain en-zymes that would keep emulsifying agents in themilk from doing their thickening job. Since thosetwo goals are accomplished when milk is pasteur-ized at the dairy, scalding need only be done when you use raw(unpasteurized) milk. Many cookbook writers do not know thisfact and therefore direct their readers to scald the milk eventhough it is usually unnecessary today.

What causes milk to stick to a pan?

Any one or more of the following mistakes can scorch milk andcause it to stick: heating milk at too high a temperature; heatingfor too long; infrequent and incomplete stirring; heating in a thin-bottomed pan. And the staler the milk, the more likely it willscorch. Scorched milk gives preparations a burnt off-flavor and

102 .

The stalerthe milk, themore likelyit will scorch

5dairy products

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 102

Page 122: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

human dishwashers a time-consuming chore. What burns andtenaciously sticks are the milk’s protein and lactose (milk sugar).When lactose caramelizes, it imparts an unwanted flavor and colorto your heated milk.

What is the film that forms on the surface of milk while it is being heated?

The film is milk protein that has been coagulated by the heat. Itsexistence is undesirable because it gives your final preparation alumpy texture and a burnt taste, even if you remove and discard it.This film can also create another problem (see next Q&A).

What causes this film to rise so suddenly (and overflow the pot)?

Normally, as steam bubbles emerge from the milk, they quicklyburst, well below the pot’s rim. However, if a film forms, the milkbubbles are trapped between this skin and the milk. As these bub-bles grow in number, they push the skin upward until eventuallythe skin and some of the bubbles may overflow the pot.

The first rule of avoiding a time-consuming cleanup chore is tonever turn your back on the pot for even a short duration — thetrapped steam can suddenly begin expanding. And don’t forget tostir the milk frequently and thoroughly, particularly if you areheating it above 140°F, the approximate temperature at whichsome of the milk protein begins to coagulate. Unless you have agood reason to do otherwise, keep the milk comfortably below thesimmer point.

Even better, use a microwave to heat your milk because it re-duces the cleanup chore. Milk can easily scorch in a pot set uponthe range; even if the burner is set to low, the pot’s bottom canreach 300°F or higher. Milk is less likely to scorch in a microwavebecause no portion of the milk gets hotter than the boiling pointand the container never gets hotter than the milk. (Tip: The bestcontainer for heating milk in a microwave is a Pyrex-style cup be-cause it lets you monitor the liquid and is easy to transport andclean.)

dairy products . . 103

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 103

Page 123: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Why doesn’t homogenized milk separate?

Dairies use high-pressure equipment to force the milk throughfine openings. This breaks up the milk fat into tiny, well-dispersedglobules that cannot recombine into larger fat globules because oftheir minute size and the movement of the water molecules in themilk. This anticombining action is furthered by the milk’s caseinprotein, an emulsifying agent. If the fat globules were allowed tocombine, they would float upward to form a distinct layer over thefat-free milk.

How and why is milk pasteurized?

The dairy heats the milk to either 145°F for at least 30 minutes or,more often, to 161°F for at least 15 seconds. Either temperature-time combination kills pathogenic bacteria in the milk. Pasteuriza-tion (as well as homogenization) also makes milk more digestible.

Pasteurization accomplishes another mission. Whether or notmilk is pasteurized, it will eventually spoil when nonpathogenicbacteria multiply sufficiently. The heat treatment stalls this in-evitable process by significantly reducing the original number ofnonpathogenic bacteria in the milk.

Contrary to statements by the dairy industry, pasteurizationdoes give milk a slight cooked flavor. However, this flavor short-coming is noticeable only to educated palates and is more thancompensated for by the fact that pasteurized milk is, on balance,much safer to drink than raw (unpasteurized) milk, a potentialsource of diseases, among them tuberculosis. If you do drink rawmilk, be certain that the product came to you from a reliable dairy,distributor, and merchant. If your source is a healthy pet cow inthe pasture within view of your window, all the better.

What is lactose intolerance?

A baby produces the enzyme lactase, which helps break down theotherwise hard-to-digest lactose (milk sugar) in the intestinaltract.

If children or adults stop drinking milk for an extended period

104 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 104

Page 124: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

of time, they may lose the ability to produce lactase in sufficientquantities. Such people are lactose-intolerant and will suffer fromintestinal discomfort and other ill effects if they consume verymuch milk. The symptoms usually occur because the afflicted per-son’s small intestine does not produce enough lactase to digest thelactose. The person feels bloated because the undigested milk sug-ars pull extra water into the stomach. He is also apt to suffer fromdiarrhea and flatulence because the undigested lactose passes intothe large intestine, where bacteria convert it into acids and gases.

By gradually reintroducing his body to milk, a lactose-intoler-ant will eventually be able to produce more lactase, but never inthe quantity that was possible before he went on the “milk wagon.”

Most lactose-intolerant people can eat cultured-milk foods(cheese or yogurt, for instance) or drink cultured milk, such asbuttermilk. Lactose is virtually nonexistent in those products be-cause as bacteria transform the milk into a cultured product, theydigest the lactose, turning it into lactic acid. Lactic acid plays alarge part in giving cultured-milk products their characteristicsourness.

Is there a correlation between race and lactose intolerance?

The incidence of lactose intolerance is quite high among Asiansand blacks and low among Caucasians (especially for those ofnorthern European extraction).

Is milk allergy different from lactose intolerance?

People with lactose intolerance have an enzyme deficiency. Thosewith milk allergy have an adverse immunological reaction to ca-sein, a milk protein. Lactaid-like products will not help these al-lergy sufferers. And even cultured dairy products are on theirnever-eat list.

Why is cow’s milk often diluted with water and sweetened withsugar before it is fed to a baby?

The percentage of casein protein in cow’s milk is much higherthan that in human milk because a calf has greater nutritional

dairy products . . 105

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 105

Page 125: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

needs than a human baby — its growth rate is about twice that ofits human counterpart. Because its casein content is higher, cow’smilk is harder to digest than human milk. If the milk weren’tstretched with water and the baby’s intake of the milk (and its ca-sein) thereby reduced, it would put a strain on the baby’s delicatedigestive system.

Sugar is added to the cow’s milk to make the infant’s formulataste more like human milk, which is naturally sweeter. Speakingof sugar, a parent should not let a baby get into the habit of fallingasleep with a milk bottle. This beverage (as well as sugary fruitjuices) is laden with bacteria that can cause tooth decay. If a parentfeels the child needs a nightcap, the bottle crutch should containplain water.

Is adding chocolate to milk a good way to entice children to drinkmilk?

Though the chocolate flavoring is often an enticement, it is un-sound from a nutritional standpoint. The oxalic acid in choco-late inhibits the digestive system’s ability to absorb the calcium in chocolate milk. Theoxalic acid chemically reacts with the cal-cium, producing a new compound, calciumoxalate. The intestines cannot absorb thiscalcium oxalate because it is insoluble. Thisloss of the essential mineral calcium is nutri-tionally detrimental, especially for growingchildren.

What is the difference between 96.5 percent fat-free milk andwhole milk?

There is none. The phrase “99 percent fat-free” on skim milk con-tainers has misled many a shopper into thinking that whole milkis 0 percent fat-free. Most of the whole milk sold in the UnitedStates is 96 to 97 percent fat-free. Here is a breakdown of typicalwhole milk from a cow, stated in percentages.

106 . . the new kitchen science

The oxalic acidin chocolate in-hibits the diges-tive system’sability to absorbthe calcium inchocolate milk

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 106

Page 126: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Contents of Whole Milk

Fat 3.5%nonfat components

Water 87.3Carbohydrates 5.0Protein 3.5Minerals, etc. 0.7Subtotal 96.5

Total 100.0

Figures for a typical 99 percent fat-free skim milk or buttermilk areas follows:

Contents of 99 Percent Fat-Free Skim Milk

Fat 1.0%nonfat components

Water 89.6Carbohydrates 5.1Protein 3.6Minerals, etc. 0.7Subtotal 99.0

Total 100.0

Does low-fat milk have the same nutrients as whole milk?

Low-fat milk has all the nutrients that whole milk contains exceptfor the fat removed by the dairy. Although low-fat milk is a smartchoice for those on low-fat diets, it lacks the richer, fuller-bodiedtaste and mouth-feel of whole milk.

How does sweet milk become sour milk?

About 5 percent of fresh milk’s content is lactose, a milk-sugarcarbohydrate that gives the liquid a slight but noticeable sweettaste. As the milk ages, certain bacteria devour some of the lactose,converting it into lactic acid. Result: The milk sours.

dairy products . . 107

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 107

Page 127: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Why doesn’t today’s buttermilk taste like yesteryear’s?

True buttermilk is made from whole milk and is the directbyproduct of butter making. Virtually all of the buttermilk mar-keted today is artificially soured skim milk and thus not authenticbuttermilk. Dairies produce it by adding harmless bacteria to themilk. This thickens the milk and creates a tangy flavor.

Real buttermilk — which is nowadays difficult to find — is pref-erable for cooking and drinking because it has a richer taste, fullerbody, and higher nutritive value than the imitation.

Why do canned milks have an unpleasant taste?

Evaporated milk is heated in its can to a temperature well above200°F in order to sterilize the milk. A cooked or burnt flavor is theoutcome. The metal of the can also imparts an off-flavor.

Another canned product, condensed milk, does not have to besterilized because its high sugar content (over 40 percent) serves asa preservative by hindering bacterial growth. Of course, that muchsugar does not make condensed milk all that appealing either.

Why should nonfat dry milk be reconstituted the day before it is tobe used?

Nonfat dry milk is whole milk minus its fat and water. About 35percent of the dried powder is protein (mainly casein), and about50 percent is carbohydrate in the form of lactose, a milk sugar. Al-though sucrose (the common table sugar derived from sugar beetsor cane sugar) dissolves rapidly, lactose does not. Unless you giveyour reconstituted dry milk a rest in the re-frigerator, it is apt to taste grainy. The instantdry-milk powders eliminate most, but notall, of the solubility problem.

Is heavy cream heavier than light cream?

Contrary to what the senses in our mouthstell us, heavy cream is actually lighter thanlight cream, and light cream is lighter than

108 . . the new kitchen science

Heavy cream isactually lighterthan light cream,and light creamis lighter thanwhole milk,which is lighterthan skim milk

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 108

Page 128: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

whole milk, which is lighter than skim milk. Skeptical? As proof,consider that cream invariably rises to the top of nonhomoge-nized milk. This phenomenon can be easily explained because fathas a lower specific density than water. Now, consider that the fatand water percentages for heavy cream are, respectively, about 40percent and 55 percent, whereas those for milk are, respectively,about 4 percent and 87 percent. The figures for skim milk areabout 1 percent and 90 percent.

What fools our senses is primarily the fact that fat has a higherviscosity than water. Having been taught at a very early age themisleading phrases “heavy cream” and “light cream” biases our in-terpretations, too.

What is the difference among light cream, light whipping cream,heavy cream, and heavy whipping cream?

Butterfat content determines the classification of a cream. The fatcontent of light cream is 18 to 30 percent, light whipping cream is31 to 35 percent, heavy cream is 36 to 40 percent, and heavy whip-ping cream is 36 to 40 percent. Clearly, heavy cream and heavywhipping cream define the same cream.

Other cream types include half-and-half (a milk and creammixture with 10 to 17 percent fat content), double cream (48 to 54percent), and clotted cream (55 percent and higher). The lattertwo creams are popular in England.

What determines how well a cream will whip?

Fat content has a lot to do with how well your cream whips. Whenyou whip cream, you incorporate air into the mixture in the formof tiny bubbles. These air pockets are what give the whippedcream its light, fluffy texture. Whipped cream, an emulsion, is adelicate structure: The watery nonfat portion of the cream thatencloses the bubbles is supported by the fat. The more fat there isin your cream (up to a point), the more effectively the encasedbubbles will be supported.

Heavy whipping cream (also called heavy cream) increases

dairy products . . 109

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 109

Page 129: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

more in volume than light whipping cream, which does a betterjob than light cream, a feeble whipper. Buying heavy whippingcream is no assurance that you are buying the ideal ingredient:The fat content of some is at the lower end of the 36 to 40 percentrange, while others reach the higher end or exceed it.

The temperature of the fat is almost as critical as its quantity.You want it to be cold enough to be firm. If you wish to whipcream to its maximum volume, be sure it has been sitting for atleast several hours in your refrigerator. For best results, also chillyour whipping bowl for 30 minutes in the freezer compartment.Do the same for the beater (just the detachable metal beaters if your beater is electric). Reason: Used at room temperature,the bowl and beater can raise the cream’s temperature by 5° to10°F.

As cream ages, certain bacteria transform lactose (milk sugar)into lactic acid. Since excess acid can disrupt emulsification, thecream should be as fresh as possible.

Ultrapasteurized cream has a longer storage life because it ispasteurized at a higher temperature than the standard store-bought cream. A cook pays for this convenience in ways otherthan money: Ultrapasteurized cream has poorer whipping quali-ties. One reason is that the higher pasteurization temperature de-natures the proteins to the point where their jelling capabilities arereduced. Other drawbacks are that ultrapasteurized cream has acooked flavor and is a less effective thickener for sauces, soups, andthe like.

If you are flavoring your whipped cream with sugar or vanilla,incorporate these ingredients near the end of the whippingprocess. Adding them too early hinders the bubble development.If you mix them into the cream after it has reached maximum vol-ume, you will have to overwhip the cream in order to disperse thesugar and vanilla uniformly. Overwhipping is an irreversible culi-nary blunder. You are, in effect, churning the cream. Before yourvery eyes, some of the whipped cream will metamorphose intobutter.

110 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 110

Page 130: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Why are aerated creams poor substitutes for homemade whipped cream?

An aerated cream has a cooked flavor because it was heated to atemperature high enough to sterilize it. Natural flavor is furtheraltered by preservatives, and texture is too foamy and unstable.Even worse than aerated creams are the pseudo-whipped creamsthat are marketed under banners such as “dessert topping.” Thesefakes smack of their nondairy ingredients: hydrogenated vegetableoils, artificial flavoring, and preservatives.

Why does homemade cream of tomato soup sometimes curdle?

Acid can curdle cream (or milk). The tendency to curdle increasesas the ratio of acid to cream, the temperature of the mixture, orthe salt quantity increases. Since three of the star ingredients ofcream of tomato soup are cream, acid-rich tomatoes, and salt, thethreat of curdling lurks in your kitchen whenever you prepare thesoup.

To thwart the curdling tendency, heat the liquefied tomato mix-ture and cream separately, then slowly add the acidic liquid to thecream near the end of the cooking process. Once mixed, do notheat the cream of tomato soup for very long or at a temperatureabove 180°F. Add the salt just before serving.

Another pointer is to use the freshest cream possible. The morea cream ages, the more susceptible it becomes to curdling becauseits lactic acid content increases.

Why does cream sometimes curdle when poured into a cup of coffee?

Again, acid is the troublemaker. Chances are the cream was not asfresh as it should have been. As cream ages, its lactic acid contentincreases. Your coffee, too, has acid — and the stronger your brewor the more acidic the beans, the more acid-rich your cup of java.Any acid in sufficient quantity, especially with the help of the cof-fee’s heat, will curdle cream.

dairy products . . 111

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 111

Page 131: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

How is soy milk made?

Pure soy milk is produced by straining the liquid of mashed soy-beans cooked in water. Often soy milk is doctored with a sweeten-ing agent, infused with flavoring agents like almond, and fortifiedwith calcium, other minerals, and vitamins. Soy milk is a mis-nomer — it does not contain any milk and does not even vaguelytaste like genuine milk. Soy milk is popular with people who sufferfrom lactose intolerance (soy milk has no lactose) or milk allergy(it has no casein). Vegans — and other vegetarians who abstainfrom dairy products — are also soy milk drinkers.

What is the composition of butter?

Despite the efforts of the American dairy industry to standardizebutter, its composition can differ from batch to batch because offactors such as the cow’s breed and feed, season, local legislation,and dairy policy. If we take an across-the-board average, the com-position by weight percentages is as follows:

Sweet Butter Salted Butter

Fat 81% 81%Moisture 18 16Salt 0 2Other 1 1

Salt is used to extend storage life. “Other” comprises — in de-scending order of weight — protein (mainly casein), carbohydrate(mainly the milk sugar lactose), and minerals other than salt. But-ter’s calorie count is approximately 100 per tablespoon.

Is butter color a reliable indicator of quality?

Natural butter can vary from the palest of yellows to a deep yellow,depending on the cow’s breed and feed. Certain breeds, such asthose from the Channel Islands (Jersey and Guernsey), producedeeper yellow butters. All cows produce their deepest-colored but-ter in the springtime and early summer, when the grass they eat is

112 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 112

Page 132: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

particularly rich in orange-yellow carotene. When winter comes,so does a paler butter.

Because the average American consumer wants consistency,butter manufacturers try to give their products year-round uni-formity by using dyes such as annatto seed extract or carotene. Abutter made with winter or Holstein cow milk, for instance, cantherefore be made just as rich in color as one from springtime orJersey cow milk.

Color is a quality indicator, however, when it comes to unifor-mity in a particular sample. White streaks or multiple shades of yellow indicate a defect in the cream ingredient, productionprocess, or storage.

Why is salted butter a bane to cooks?

The salt content of salted butter can vary from brand to brand,and from region to region. One batch of butter may have 11/2 per-cent salt and another twice as much.

Even if you stick with one brand and know its exact salt con-tent, it is a headache to calculate the amount of salt you must subtract from a recipe that calls for a given quantity of sweet (un-salted) butter. Since the recipes from virtually all serious cook-books are based on the use of sweet butter, people who cook withsalted butter create an extra complication for themselves (unless,of course, one’s religious code dictates its use).

Why is standard stick butter better for cooking than whipped butter?

Whipped butter is merely standard butter inflated with air. A dis-advantage of whipped butter is that almost all recipes are basedupon standard butter measurements. You must increase the vol-ume of butter called for by one-third if you use whipped butter,because that product is approximately 25 percent air. The situa-tion becomes even more complicated if you use tub butter, whichcannot be measured as easily and exactly as units of stick butter.

Whipped butter’s advantages lie beyond the stove. Because it is

dairy products . . 113

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 113

Page 133: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

airier, whipped butter spreads more readily on bread and meltsmore quickly when used as a topping for warm foods like waffles.

How do I keep butter from scorching?

Butter begins to scorch when the heat changes the character of theprotein. One way to help prevent or minimize this problem is touse clarified butter, from which the protein has been removed. An-other is to use a 50–50 mixture of butter and vegetable oil, whichhas a higher smoke point than pure butter. Whether you employthe clarified butter or the 50–50 method, do not expect yourcooked foods to pick up the full, rich flavor of whole butter.

Why does butter go rancid?

Oxygen is the chief culprit. Off-tasting and -smelling compoundsare formed when oxygen comes in contact with the unsaturatedfats in butter. You can slow down this chemical reaction by lower-ing the temperature (frozen butter lasts longer than refrigeratedbutter, which lasts longer than room-temperature butter) and bytightly wrapping the butter (to minimize surface exposure to air).Another method for fighting rancidity is to change the butter intoclarified butter (see p. 117).

Just because a butter goes rancid doesn’t necessarily mean it hasbecome unwholesome. In fact, butter’s vulnerability to bacterialspoilage is lower than most people think because butter is a water-in-oil emulsion. Consequently, each water particle is sealed in anenvelope of fat. This means that the bacteria dispersed in the waterand in the butter cannot spread freely.

What are the advantages of clarified butter?

Clarified butter is superior to regular butter in two salient ways.You can fry with it at a higher temperature, and you can store itlonger. These benefits are not won without a sacrifice: Clarifiedbutter lacks most of the characteristic buttery flavor that mainlycomes from one of the removed substances, the protein casein.

You can fry with clarified butter at a higher temperature be-

114 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 114

Page 134: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

cause you raise its smoke point from about 250° to 350°F whenyou remove the butter’s protein, which is the component thatscorches first.

Clarified butter has a longer storage life because it is primarilythe protein in the butter that makes butter vulnerable to spoilage.If it is superclarified, as is the fabled ghee of India, you can storeclarified butter at room temperature for months without ill ef-fects.

What are the principles of clarifying butter?

To clarify butter, you must separate the fat from the nonfat ingre-dients. The more completely you remove the nonfats, the moresuitable your clarified butter will be for frying and storing. Manyotherwise intelligently written cookbooks detail unnecessarilyburdensome procedures for doing this. Our method is less com-plicated. Moreover, it eliminates the risk of scorching even onemolecule of butter, a threat posed by the frequently recommendedtechnique of melting it in a pan over a flame.

When butter melts, its emulsion breaks down. The butter thenbegins to separate into three distinct strata: a thin, whitish upperlayer of foam; a thick, yellow middle layer of fat (your clarifiedbutter); and a medium-thin, whitish bottom layer of water infusedwith carbohydrates and, especially, proteins, casein being the mostimportant.

The protein-carbohydrate water solution that makes up thebottom layer contains no fat because the fat, having a lower spe-cific density than the bottom layer, has followed the immutablelaw of nature by rising. (Or you could say with equal logic that theprotein-carbohydrate water solution has sunk.)

The foamy upper layer is often erroneously referred to as animpurity-based scum. This layer is principally made up of water,proteins, and carbohydrates and is thus similar to the bottomlayer. It is prevented from dropping through the fat layer becausethe trapped air in the frothy structure literally keeps these particu-lar nonfats floating on top of the fat layer. By the time the bubbles

dairy products . . 115

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 115

Page 135: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

burst, the fat layer will have solidified, preventing the denser upperlayer from settling to its natural level.

The air bubbles form chiefly because, as the butter melts, bacte-ria attack some of the carbohydrate lactose, fermenting that milksugar and thereby producing carbon dioxide gas (as well as somealcohol). Another source of the gas in the bubbles is the air con-tent of the butter. (Most American unsalted butters are about 4percent air by volume.)

When your melted, de-emulsified butter is refrigerated, the fatlayer solidifies. Refrigerator temperature is not cold enough tofirm the watery bottom layer.

Why can you make yogurt, crème fraîche, and other cultured milkproducts at room temperature without fear of harmful bacterialdevelopment?

Lactic acid inhibits the growth of certain bacteria that assault thehighly perishable protein in the milk. As the milk sours, its lacticacid content increases. Thus, the developing yogurt, for instance,can be safely kept in a 110°F environment for a half-day or so.However, if left too long at that temperature, certain molds willfeed on the lactic acid, thereby eliminating the yogurt’s defenseagainst spoilage-causing bacteria.

Why does commercial fruit-flavored yogurt have so much sugar?

As makers of fruit preserves, jams, and jellies know, if enoughsugar is used, it helps preserve fruits. Yogurt manufacturers alsotake advantage of this storage-extending ability. Often, though,even more sugar than needed is added to satisfy the sweet tooth ofthe typical customer.

It is a sad fact that many lovers of fruit-flavored yogurt thinkthey are eating a particularly healthful food. If you offer the samepeople bread smothered with jam, they probably wouldn’t give ittoo high a nutritive rating. Yet, fruit-flavored yogurt is essentiallyyogurt with jam or preserves.

What tricks people into thinking that they are consuming a

116 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 116

Page 136: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

dairy products . . 117

Principle-Illustrating RecipeCLARIFIED BUTTER

Before diving into this procedure, read the preceding principles on pp. 115–116.

1. Cut up a stick (1/4 pound) of unsalted butter into small chunks.The smaller the chunks, the more quickly the butter melts.

2. Place the chunks in a cup-sized bowl.An ovenproof glass bowl is best because it allows you to monitor theclarifying process.

3. Cover the bowl and place it on the warm spot, such as over a stove’spilot-light area. In this step and in step 4, do not stir the butter.Alternatively, place the covered bowl in an oven set at its lowest possi-ble heat.

4. When the butter has completely melted (30 to 60 minutes), store thecovered bowl in the refrigerator for at least 1 hour.Do not disturb the bowl until the middle (fat) layer has solidified.

5. Lift out the solidified fat disk. Scrape off as much of the foam and slimybottom layer as you can without damaging the disk. Finish the clean-ing step by quickly rinsing the disk under cold running tap water. Pat itdry with a paper towel.If kept covered and in the refrigerator, clarified butter of this sort canbe stored for weeks, and often longer.

To Make a Superclarified Butter:

Keep repeating steps 3 through 5 until no traces of the nonfats remain.Ideally, you will end up with 100 percent butter fat (technically, milkfat). ◗

healthful product is the phrase “100 percent natural” printed onthe container. Sugar is an empty calorie food. It has virtually nonutritive value and can harm teeth and other parts of the body, yetthe manufacturer can use the phrase because the sugar is “100 per-cent natural” by definition. So is a rotten apple.

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 117

Page 137: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

If you enjoy yogurt (as we do), eat it plain or add your ownfresh fruit. Unless you plan to store your yogurt mixture for a fewdays, there is no need to add sugar to preserve the fruit.

Is it safe to eat a cheese with mold?

There are two types of cheese molds: desirable and harmful. De-sirable molds create the crust on brie, camembert, and other softcheeses — and the veinlike mold inside Roquefort and other bluecheeses. Without these beneficial molds, the cheeses would notproperly ripen or taste as good.

Harmful molds are virtually everywhere and attack both softand hard cheeses. Their high toxicity level can make you sick, orworse. They normally arrive airborne, landing uninvited on thecheese at the factory, on the truck, at the store, or in your home.These harmful molds quickly multiply on the cheese surface andbore into the cheese with their threadlike filaments called hyphae.

A contaminating mold’s hyphae penetrate considerably fasterin a soft than a hard cheese, owing to less physical resistance andmore moisture, which aids the mold’s growth. Hyphae are not al-ways easy to spot, so it is wise to discard a soft cheese that showsany sign of contamination.

You can usually save part of a hard cheese if the mold coversjust a small surface area and there is no evidence of hyphae pene-tration. Cut away the afflicted area to a distance of 1 inch in all di-rections (including down) from the mold. Do not let the knifeblade touch the tainted area.

Should I buy a cheese that has an ammonia scent?

Many a cheesemonger has convinced uninformed customers thatthe ammonia scent of a surface-ripened cheese such as camembertindicates that it has reached its peak of maturity and that Frenchgourmets love eating their cheese in this condition. Not so. Onceyou can smell more than a trace of ammonia, the cheese is overthe hill because it is sensory confirmation that certain enzymes areattacking countless amino acids, a process that spoils the cheese.

118 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 118

Page 138: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Why can I store a hard cheese longer than a soft cheese?

A hard cheese has a lower water content. Since water is a mediumconducive to the growth of spoilage-causing bacteria and mold, ahard cheese like Cheddar (about 37 percent water content) willlast much longer than cottage cheese (between 70 and 80 percentwater content).

Once any cheese is opened, however, you want it to retain mois-ture for the sake of texture. To minimize moisture loss, keep ittightly wrapped in your refrigerator. This shield also helps keepthe cheese and its storage mates from exchanging odors.

Taking a cheese back and forth from refrigerator to diningroom table robs it of moisture and hastens decay. If you have apiece of cheese too large to eat all at once, cut off and bring toroom temperature only what you plan to eat and leave the remain-der tightly wrapped in the refrigerator.

Why does a cheese sometimes refuse to melt in a sauce?

Chances are the cook heated the cheese at too high a temperatureor for too long. Such treatment separates the protein from the fatand makes it tough, rubbery, and stringy. A cook who continues toheat the sauce in the hope of melting the unsightly protein lumpsis pursuing an impossible dream. Once the damage has been done,further cooking only makes matters worse.

A cook’s two primary goals therefore are to minimize the levelof heat and the length of time that will be necessary to melt a par-ticular cheese. The first goal is reached by keeping the heat sourceat a low setting and, for even heat distribution, using a thick-bot-tomed pan or double boiler. To achieve the second goal, bring thecheese to room temperature and cut it into small pieces. If thecheese is dry — as, for instance, a Parmesan — it should be finelygrated. Add the cheese just before you have finished cooking thesauce, stirring all the time.

Different types of cheeses have different melting characteris-tics. Processed cheeses like American cheese melt more quicklyand easily than most natural cheeses because they have low melt-

dairy products . . 119

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 119

Page 139: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

ing points. Among the natural cheeses, the driest ones — if finelygrated — tend to melt better than their moist counterparts be-cause their protein is less likely to separate from the emulsion andcoagulate into tough, chewy strands that diminish the appearanceand texture of the dish. This is why knowledgeable cooks prefer touse “cooking cheeses” like Parmigiano-Reggiano (authentic Par-mesan) for preparations like sauces, where the cheese must be-come well integrated. The longer this cheese has been aged, thebetter its cooking qualities.

For some culinary specialties, a cheese’s tendency to becomestringy is a sought-after quality. A case in point is mozzarella, aprotein-rich cheese. Can you imagine eating the typical Italian-American–style pizza without having to bite off those strands ofmelted cheese that stretch between your mouth and the slice?

Can I judge the relative quality of an unknown brand of ice creambefore opening the container?

Understanding the concept of overrun will let you easily deter-mine the relative quality of a container of ice cream in a super-market. “Overrun” is the measurement of the volume of air that is whipped into a given volume of ice-cream mix (cream, sugar,flavoring agents, etc.). If the air is equal to one-half the mix, theoverrun is 50 percent. If it is equal to the volume of the mix, theoverrun is 100 percent. If it is one and a half times the volume ofthe mix, the overrun is 150percent.

Quality ice creams havelower overruns (roughly 80percent) than those of low-quality ice creams (100 per-cent or more) and thereforejustifiably cost more than thesubstandard products, which— quite literally — are a lot ofcold air.

120 . . the new kitchen science

Go to your supermarket. Take twoquart-sized containers of ice cream(one expensive, one inexpensive) to thecustomer-use scale in the produce de-partment. The ice cream with larger air,smaller cream content will be the“lighter” of the two.

Try This Ice Cream Experiment

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 120

Page 140: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

There is another way to judge overrun before taking the firstbite, but this necessitates purchasing the ice cream and taking ithome. Place a small sample in a bowl at room temperature. Themore quickly it melts in comparison to a high-quality ice cream,the higher its relative overrun is likely to be. A good ice creamtakes its time to melt and will not as readily run down the side of acone on a hot summer day.

Many producers use stabilizers like gelatin to help retard themelting speed of high-overrun ice creams. If the stabilizers areused with abandon, the ice cream may melt even more slowly thanquality ice cream, though that sight will not hoodwink aficiona-dos. They will spot telltale signs, such as the tiny air bubbles thatemerge on the surface as the ice cream melts and the chalkiness orgumminess of its texture.

Does ice cream contain more sugar than my taste buds tell me?

Ice cream contains far more sugar than most people think. Cross-taste a bite of melted and frozen ice cream. The latter will taste sig-nificantly less sweet because the coldness of the ice cream numbsyour taste buds, diminishing their sensitivity. In order to make theice cream taste suitably sweet, the producer must use twice asmuch sugar as it would if the ice cream were meant to be served atroom temperature. Sugar serves another purpose: It lowers thefreezing point of the ice-cream mixture and therefore decreasesthe possibility that ice crystals will form.

Why do ice crystals form in ice cream?

If the ice cream journeys unhurriedly from store to home freezer,makes too many trips in and out of the home freezer, or is kept ina typical home refrigerator frozen-food compartment (which isnot cold enough), some of the ice cream’s water content, in theform of minute ice crystals, will separate from the fat content andeventually re-form into larger ice crystals. These new crystals givethe ice cream an icy, and therefore grainy, texture. As long as thewater remains in an emulsion with the fat, the original ice crystals

dairy products . . 121

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 121

Page 141: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

will not change their form or the ice cream’s texture, unless the icecream is stored for a prolonged period or at a temperature wellbelow 0°F.

Should I scoop ice cream with a circular, horizontal motion, asmany ice cream parlors do?

Not if you want to retard melting, which is usually a must whenserving the product at home meals. Many ice cream parlors usethe circular motion because slow melting is not their top priority.Profits are. An employee would get fewer servings per tub if hepressed the scoop downward into the ice cream than if he draggedthe scoop in an arc on the ice cream’s surface. With the firstmethod, the ice cream compacts, creating a denser, slower-meltingscoop. With the second method, the ice cream curls, creating airspaces. The customer ends up with a faster melting, poorer-valueproduct.

122 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 122

Page 142: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

How can I tell whether an unopened egg is raw or cooked?

Spin the egg on its side on a flat surface. If your egg rotatessmoothly, with effortless grace, it is hard-cooked. If your egg wob-bles noticeably, it is uncooked. The wobbling occurs because cen-trifugal force continuously changes the raw yolk’s position insidethe egg and so keeps altering the egg’s center of gravity.

Can I tell whether a raw egg is fresh without breaking it?

Yes. Place the suspect egg in at least several inches of water in abowl or pot. If your egg sinks and lies on its side, you have a freshegg. If it sinks but stands partially or fully erect on its tapered end,your egg is over the hill, though technically still edible. If it floats,you are looking at a rotten egg, more suitable for a garbage heapthan a stomach. An egg acquires buoyancy as it ages because, whileits yolk and albumen (egg white) are gradually losing moisture tothe outside world through the porous shell, the size of its airpocket is increasing.

How do eggs fare in the cholesterol department?

The American Heart Association’s dietary guidelines once recom-mended eating a maximum of three eggs a week. New research on

. 123

6eggs

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 123

Page 143: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

eggs has changed that rule. The AHA guidelines now permit anegg a day. An egg yolk contains 11/2 grams of cholesterol-raisingsaturated fat. This is not a high number, especially when you con-sider that a yolk is packed with many essential nutrients and hasonly 75 calories.

Are brown eggs more nutritious and flavorful than white eggs?

No. Though some chickens that lay brown eggs produce more nu-tritious and flavorful eggs than the breeds that lay white eggs, theopposite is true just as often. Therefore, shell color is not an indi-cator of quality.

Eggshell color marketplace preference is regional: In Boston thebrown egg is more popular, whereas in most other areas of ourcountry the white is the top choice.

Are fertilized eggs more nutritious than unfertilized eggs?

Many health food stores make this claim. However, the chicken’sembryo in a fertilized egg is so small that the amount of extra nu-tritional value it offers is inconsequential.

Why do some egg yolks have blood spots?

A yolk membrane can pick up blood spots as it travels down thehen’s reproductive tract before the surrounding albumen (eggwhite) and shell have been formed. If the tract is bleeding, some ofthe blood can attach itself to the yolk. The blood spots are harm-less blemishes and, contrary to some food books, do not indicatefertilization.

Which is better, a week-old egg or one fresh from the coop?

It depends. A week-old egg is preferable for preparing a hard-cooked egg because the shell is easier to peel.

On the other hand, as an egg gets older, its yolk protein mole-cules gradually lose their binding abilities. This means that freshereggs are the first choice when frying or poaching because theyhave a thicker egg white and firmer yolk, qualities that increase the eventual compactness and attractiveness of the cooked egg.

124 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 124

Page 144: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Fresher eggs are also superior when you use the yolk to leaven,thicken, or emulsify a preparation. Moreover, the recently laid eggis easier to separate because as an egg ages, the membrane of itsyolk weakens. Finally, an egg fresh from the coop has more flavorand nutritional value.

For the record, the egg nestled in a box in the supermarket dis-play case is usually three to ten days old, though two- or three-week-old eggs are not rare in municipalities that do not requireopen dating. Some firms extend the storage life of their eggs to sixmonths by coating the shells with a light mineral oil that helpskeep harmful bacteria out and beneficial moisture and carbondioxide in. Another method of giving whole eggs superlongevity isstoring them in carbon dioxide chambers.

What are the chances of being exposed to salmonella from a raw egg?

Salmonella is a food-borne bacterium that can make people seri-ously sick with intestinal flu-like symptoms. Thanks to improvedfarming and storage procedures, the chance of an egg containingsalmonella is rare — about 1 in 10,000.

Those odds are trifling compared to the oddsof a store-bought chicken being infected with sal-monella. (Research estimates range from 1 in 3 to 1 in 20.) What this tells us is that peopleshould be hundreds of times more concernedabout eating undercooked chicken than under-cooked eggs.

Should raw eggs be frozen in their shells?

No. Always shell the eggs first, because freezing expands the con-tents of the eggs more than the shells’ capacity. Result: crackedeggs. You can freeze the yolks and whites separately or together.The relatively high fat content (32 percent) of yolks gives them ashorter freezer life than whites. Since freezing deteriorates textureand flavor, freeze eggs only when necessary.

eggs . . 125

The chanceof an eggcontainingsalmonella israre—about1 in 10,000

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 125

Page 145: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Why were many older refrigerator models designed with the eggstorage compartment on the swinging door?

Accessibility, rather than storage life, is the prime reason for theegg compartment’s traditional location. The door is one of theleast sensible locations because the eggs are jarred each time youopen and shut the door. Moreover, the eggs are repeatedly exposedto temperatures well above the ideal. That perfect temperature, bythe way, is about 30°F, just above an egg’s 29°F freezing point.

Whether or not you have such a refrigerator, keep eggs in theiroriginal carton (if it’s clean) at the rear of the coldest shelf. Notonly does this technique minimize jarring and temperature fluc-tuation, it saves you the transferring chore — and helps shield eggsfrom refrigerator odors.

Why should eggs be stored upright?

“Upright,” in egg-storing terminology, means with the larger endup (tapered end down), as shown by egg A in the illustrationabove.

Upright storage helps retard spoilage because it maximizes thedistance between the yolk and the egg’s natural air pocket. Thatgaseous space is potentially the egg’s most prolific breeding envi-ronment for airborne pathogenic bacteria, and the yolk is moreperishable than the albumen (egg white). It stands to reason there-fore that you must keep the yolk as far away as possible from theair pocket.

126 . . the new kitchen science

A B

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 126

Page 146: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

One reason the separation between the yolk and air pocket isless in the egg B pocket is because the air pocket arches upward (asdoes any air bubble rising through a liquid), whereas the pocket in egg A is flatter because it is already above the liquid’s surface.

The second reason is more complicated. The egg yolk is lighterthan the albumen and will rise to its surface unless restrained,which nature does with chalazas. These are the two cords attachedon either side of the yolk designed to keep the yolk anchored inthe center of the egg. The cord connecting the yolk to the smallerend is tauter than the cord tethering the yolk to the larger end ofthe egg. Consequently, the yolk does not float up as high when theegg is stored small end down.

Why are refrigerated eggs easier to separate than room-temperature ones?

The viscosity of the egg white (albumen) and the surface tensionof the yolk membrane are noticeably greater at refrigerator tem-perature than at room temperature. This means that the albumenwill more readily slide away from the yolk — and that the yolkmembrane will be less likely to rupture during the separationprocess when the cook moves the egg back and forth between thehalves of the eggshell.

At what temperature should egg whites be whipped?

Although egg whites separate from yolks better at refrigeratortemperature (see previous Q&A), they whip to their maximumvolume at room temperature. One reason is that the surface ten-sion of the albumen is lower at room than at refrigerator tempera-ture. Thus, small air pockets can be more easily incorporated intothe albumen to form a foam.

A foam is a superstructure of bubbles. Each bubble is made upof a pocket of gas trapped inside a spherical film of liquid. Typi-cally, the gas is air (as is the case with soap bubbles and beaten eggwhite) or carbon dioxide (think of a beer head). The liquid cannotbe pure water because its surface tension is so great that it’s diffi-

eggs . . 127

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 127

Page 147: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

cult to disperse pockets of gas within the water. Not so with albu-men. Although it consists chiefly of water, it has enough othersubstances dissolved into it that its surface tension is sufficientlylow to allow foaming.

Do egg whites whip better in a copper bowl?

Yes, a copper bowl reduces the time and energy needed to whipegg whites. (The precise reason this phenomenon occurs is stillbeing debated by scientists.) Though this advantage is a welcomerelief when you are using the arm-tiring, old-fashioned whiskmethod, it is of slight value with a manual or electric mixer. Theseefficient modern contraptions do their whipping chores almost aswell in a stainless steel bowl.

A copper bowl also helps stabilize the beaten egg whites. If youare using a noncopper bowl, a pinch of cream of tartar whippedwith the egg whites will stabilize your creation.

Next to copper, stainless steel should be your first choice. Alu-minum grays the eggs. Plastic is too porous, and fat can easilylodge in it (see next Q&A). Porcelain and glass have relatively slicksurfaces that can slow down the whipping process because the eggwhites tend to slip down the walls of the bowl with too much ease.

Whatever the bowl’s material, it should be round-bottomed.This increases the likelihood that all the albumen will get its fairshare of time in contact with the mixing blades. If you use an elec-tric rotary mixer, be sure its blade moves around the bowl, at leastto some degree. Fixed rotary blade mixers whip foam unevenly.

Why does even a speck of yolk make it difficult to whip egg whites?

Egg whites cannot be whipped to their maximum volume if theycome in contact with any fat beyond the trace amount they al-ready contain. Even a speck of yolk will cause a problem becauseone-third of a yolk’s composition is fat. So separate your eggs dili-gently, and if a speck of yolk happens to taint the egg whites, re-move that yellow villain with one of the sharp, jagged edges of anempty eggshell. Yolk, however, is not the only potential source of

128 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 128

Page 148: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

volume-reducing fat. Grease in the whipping bowl or on the whip-ping instrument is just as bad.

Why should egg whites be beaten slowly at the beginning ofthe whipping process?

Vigorous beating at the start tends to create air bubbles that aretoo large. Large bubbles are less stable than the small ones thatform when you begin by whipping the liquid for a few minutes ata low to medium speed. Once the egg whites (or cream) are half-whipped, a medium to fast speed is appropriate.

When whipping egg whites, why should I wait to add ingredientslike sugar or cream of tartar until midway in the preparation?

While salt and sugar lend flavor, cream of tartar and other acidshelp stabilize the foam. However, if you add these substances at thebeginning of the whipping process, your beaten egg whites willtake longer to whip and will never achieve their maximum vol-ume. If you add the extra ingredients near the end, you would nothave enough time to incorporate them uniformly into the eggwhites before the stiffened mixture starts to become unstable from overwhipping. Not only would the foam begin to collapse,it would become increasingly drier because protein moleculeswould begin to lose their ability to bind with water molecules.

When making a meringue, which sugar is preferable:confectioners’ or granulated?

Confectioners’ sugar more thoroughly distributes itself throughthe beaten egg whites. Moreover, when heated, the granulatedsugar particles tend to tunnel through the beaten egg whites, pop-ping some of the essential air bubbles in the process. They can alsogive a meringue an undesirable gritty texture.

Why do simmered or boiled eggs sometimes crack?

Once an egg is laid, its yolk and albumen (egg white) cool and, as aresult, contract. This shrinkage creates an air pocket at the egg’s

eggs . . 129

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 129

Page 149: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

larger (nontapered) end. Our illustration indicates that space withcrosshatching.

The air in the pocket can cause the shell to crack when youplace the egg in simmering water (or, if the cook insists, in boilingwater). The reason is that the heat of the water expands thetrapped gas (air) in the pocket, creating an atmospheric pressuremany times greater than exists in either the water or your kitchen.This built-up pressure easily cracks the fragile shell, releasing thetrapped gas and, unfortunately, allowing some of the albumen toooze into the water.

The problem can be overcome simply by piercing the egg’slarger end with an ordinary pushpin. Its metal pinpoint is shortenough not to rupture the membrane that separates the trappedair from the albumen but thick enough to make a convenient holefor the air to escape through as it expands while being heated inthe simmering water. Result: no cracked shell.

So from now on, remove your egg from the refrigerator, pierceit, and gently ease the cold egg into a waiting pot of boiling water.(Adjust heat and simmer for 5 to 7 minutes for soft-cooked eggsand 12 to 15 minutes for hard-cooked eggs, depending on prefer-ence. However, always use the 15-minute timing if you plan toslice the eggs for use as a garnish.) If you do not have a pushpin orother suitable piercing device, then you must bring your eggs toroom temperature before adding them to the hot water. This tech-nique is not as foolproof as the pushpin method, but it is more re-liable than the begin-in-cold-water method (see next Q&A).

130 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 130

Page 150: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

What’s wrong with the popular begin-in-cold-water method forboiling eggs?

Timing is iffy, at best. You cannot get consistent results even if youtime the cooking process with split-second accuracy — several in-fluential variables exist. The tap water temperature usually variesaccording to the outdoor temperature and time of day by as muchas 15°F. Even if you use the same pan, the quantity of water youput in it will vary daily unless you measure the volume carefully.Finally, your range probably doesn’t have the precision controlsthat would allow you to set the same exact cooking temperatureeach day.

How can I prevent the yolk of a hard-cooked egg from becominggreen-tinged?

That unsightly surface color is produced when extreme heat orprolonged cooking chemically combines the sulfur in the egg withthe iron in the yolk to form a harmless substance called ferroussulfide. You can eliminate the problem by following three rules.First, use fresh eggs. (Ferrous sulfide develops more readily inolder eggs.) Second, never cook the eggs longer than 15 minutes.Third, once cooked, bring a halt to further cooking by quicklycooling the eggs in cold water.

Why is a hot hard-cooked egg easier to peel than a cold one?

As the cooked egg white cools, it begins to stick to the shell’s in-nermost membrane. Two other egg-peeling tips are to start at thelarger end (the one with the air pocket) and, if the shell is givingyou a difficult time, to remove it under cold running tap water.

If you want to slice the egg, chill the whole peeled egg in the re-frigerator for at least 15 minutes. By so doing, the yolk is less likelyto crumble or break away from the white.

Why should eggs be poached in vinegar-spiked water?

Vinegar helps give your poached eggs a more compact shape be-cause its acid content lowers the cooking liquid’s pH factor. This

eggs . . 131

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 131

Page 151: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

precipitates the setting of the egg whites before they have had achance to spread too far in the simmering water. Vinegar alsoblanches the egg whites, enhancing their snowy luster. These bene-fits are overshadowed, however, when the cook uses other than aquality vinegar or pours the vinegar into the pan with a heavyhand, a bad habit common among short-orderchefs. A proper ratio is about 1 teaspoon of vin-egar (or 2 teaspoons of lemon juice) per quartof water.

Salt also helps speed the coagulation process,but like vinegar, you must use a sparing amountlest you overpower the egg’s flavor. A pinch ortwo of salt per quart of water should suffice.

What makes a fried egg rubbery?

Frying an egg at too high a temperature or for too long causes theprotein in egg whites to coagulate excessively and lose internalmoisture. If you want a perfect fried egg, we advise cooking it asslowly as possible over low heat — and removing it from the panas soon as it is done. As a bonus, your egg will absorb less fat.

Technically, it is impossible to fry an egg in the classic sense andsimultaneously have a perfectly cooked egg white and a firm yolk.If you cook the yolk to its just-right coagulation temperature(about 156°F), you will overcook the egg white (which begins set-ting at about 145°F).

People who do not like runny yolks should turn the eggs “overeasy” rather than wait for the yolks to firm as they cook “sunnyside up.” Or you could braise the eggs by covering the pan with alid — the trapped steam hastens the cooking of the yolk tops. Besure to cook over very low heat and keep the lid closed (no peek-ing) to prevent steam from escaping.

The hue of a “sunny-side up” yolk is a bright orange-yellow.However, a thin milky-white layer appears on the top of the yolk ifyou use any of the three egg-cooking methods mentioned in theprevious paragraph. What you see is a thin layer of albumen that

132 . . the new kitchen science

If you want aperfect friedegg, we ad-vise cooking itas slowly aspossible overlow heat

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 132

Page 152: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

naturally coats the egg yolk membrane. You don’t notice it at thebeginning of the cooking process because at that stage it is trans-parent.

Why does the portion of the egg white that lies nearest the egg yolkset more slowly than the outer portion?

An obvious reason is that it is thicker. Another one is that it doesn’tcome in direct contact with the pan — the portion of the egg whitethat lies nearest the egg yolk sits on top of the second type of albu-men, the one that constitutes the entire bottom layer of the cook-ing egg. A third reason is less known. The inner albumen layer co-agulates at a temperature about 5°F higher than does the secondtype of albumen.

Why do I add a liquid to scrambled eggs?

Your cooked scrambled eggs will be fluffier and more tender ifyou beat 1 or 2 teaspoons of water per egg into the raw eggs. Thisliquid steams as your egg mixture cooks, giving the scram-bled eggs a lighter texture. Theeggs will also be moister be-cause the cooked protein mol-ecules can bind with morewater molecules than can un-cooked ones.

Milk produces the same ef-fect as water and has the extraadvantage of enriching yourpreparation. For even betterresults, use cream.

eggs . . 133

In bowl A, beat two eggs with 2 tea-spoons of cream (or milk or water). Inbowl B, beat two eggs without addingthe liquid. Cook each batch separately.Which method produces lighter, fluffierscrambled eggs?

Try This Scrambled Egg Experiment

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 133

Page 153: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

What is the difference between a fruit and a vegetable?

From the botanist’s viewpoint, a fruit is the ovary of the plant —that is, the section of the plant that houses the seeds. By that defi-nition, tomatoes, eggplants, cucumbers, and pumpkins are fruits.Except for seeds and spices, the other edible parts of the plant areclassified as vegetables.

In the lingo of cooks, produce merchants, and officials of theU.S. Department of Agriculture, a plant food is a vegetable if youusually eat it as part of a meal’s main course, and a fruit if you nor-mally enjoy it as a dessert or as a sweet between-meal snack. Bythese guidelines, tomatoes, eggplants, cucumbers, and pumpkinsare vegetables. But unless you are a botanist, we suggest you eitheropt for the common usage or call the foods in question “fruit-vegetables.”

What is heirloom produce?

An heirloom fruit or vegetable is genetically the same as it was be-fore 1951. This purebred tastes appreciably better than its modernhybrid counterparts, the ones that fill the produce bins and frozenvegetable units in today’s supermarkets.

134 .

7fruits and vegetables

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 134

Page 154: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Why is 1951 considered the cut-off date for defining heirloom produce?

That was the year when the food industry began in earnest to cul-tivate hybrids that would resist pests and diseases, grow in a vari-ety of climates with consistency, be uniform in size and appear-ance, ship with minimum damage, and havelong shelf lives.

What’s the downside of cultivated hybrids?

Although the industry succeeded in accom-plishing the goals mentioned in the precedingQ&A, it did so with a considerable sacrifice intaste and nutrients. Another problem is thatonly two or three hybrids of a specific fruit orvegetable are normally planted by the large-scale farm industry. This lack of genetic diversity increases the riskof widespread crop wipeouts caused by an influx of new pests anddiseases or by old ones adapting to a hybrid’s defenses. Faminecould result in developing nations, perhaps in a more devastatingmagnitude than Ireland suffered from the potato blight of the1840s.

Heirloom fruits and vegetables offer a treasure trove of geneticdiversity that may well someday help avert famine. There are moresubvarieties of heirloom fruits and vegetables than most individu-als realize. For instance, there are hundreds if not thousands ofdistinct heirloom tomato varieties, which come in numerousshapes, sizes, and colors. Each has its own DNA code and distinctflavor profile.

The people largely responsible for safeguarding heirloom fruitsand vegetables are small farmers and home gardeners who passthe seeds down from generation to generation. Good sources forbuying heirloom produce are quality produce stores and roadsidestands. Look for “heirloom” signage. Alternatively, grow some inyour kitchen garden — many are easy to grow.

fruits and vegetables . . 135

Heirloom fruitsand vegetablesoffer a treasuretrove of geneticdiversity thatmay well some-day help avertfamine

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 135

Page 155: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Are there edible plants that humans do not eat?

We eat only a tiny fraction of the estimated tens of thousands ofedible plants on earth. Wheat, rice, and corn account for over 50percent of the volume humans consume.

Why do most raw, unprocessed fruits and vegetables tend to deteriorate so quickly?

Attack by microorganisms is one obvious answer. Deteriorationalso occurs because of enzymatic action within the fruit or veg-etable. In addition, the decomposition process generates heat,which accelerates the rate of microbial and enzymatic damage,and moisture loss withers the food.

Why are produce items like apples and cucumbers sometimescoated with wax?

The food industry does it for its own sake, not yours. A coating ofwax helps seal in moisture and therefore extends storage life, aswell as minimizing costly weight loss. It also gives the fruit or veg-etable a sheen, which in the eyes of some customers is a sign ofquality. Informed shoppers, however, know that it is an impossiblechore to wash off all the wax. Even if food industry spokespersonsare correct in their claim that the wax is safe to eat, it does givefood an off-flavor. It also thwarts your efforts to scrub off pesti-cides that may have been sprayed on the fruit before it was waxed.The list of fruits and vegetables that are falling victim to the waxtreatment is lengthy, and growing: Apples, cucumbers, oranges,lemons, grapefruit, bell peppers, pears, cantaloupes, plums, andyams are among the casualties.

How important is cellulose content in determining how long tocook a vegetable?

Cellulose, a complex carbohydrate, is the chief constituent of thecell walls of vegetables (and fruits). The higher its proportion inthe cells, the firmer the raw vegetable will likely be. To tenderizethe cellulose, and therefore the vegetable, the cook generally uses acombination of heat and moisture.

136 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 136

Page 156: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Some foods present a special problem. Consider broccoli andasparagus. The stems have a higher cellulose content than the tipsand will therefore still be undercooked by the time the tops aretender unless remedial action is taken. Suitable solutions includecooking the stems and tips separately or cooking them togetherbut giving the stems a head start. You can also shorten the cookingtime required for the stems by paring them (a significant percent-age of the cellulose resides on or near the surface) or by cutting thestem into smaller pieces.

The difference in cellulose content is the principal reason brownrice has to be cooked approximately twice as long as white rice tomake it palatable and digestible. Unlike white rice, brown rice stillretains the outer bran layer, which has a high cellulose content.(The endosperm — the white inside part of the cereal grain — hasfar less cellulose.)

Apples like Red or Golden Delicious are unsuitable for cookingbecause, lacking sufficient cellulose, they become mushy and losetheir shape. In addition, they do not contain enough acid to bal-ance the sugar often added by the cook. York Imperial, RomeBeauty, and crab apples are among those that cook well.

How necessary is moisture for the softening of cellulose?

The need for moisture can be demonstrated by trying to cook abeet with dry heat (baking, for instance) rather than with moistheat (simmering, for example). The beet does not contain enoughmoisture to soften its high cellulose content. Near the other end ofthe cellulose-and-moisture spectrum is a tomato, which has so lit-tle cellulose and so much moisture that its structure will collapse ifoverbaked.

What other roles do heat and moisture play in tenderizing vegetables?

Heat destroys the osmotic capability of the cells and therefore di-minishes the food’s structural firmness. Heat in conjunction withmoisture also tenderizes by dissolving some of the pectic sub-stances that help glue the individual cell walls tightly together.

fruits and vegetables . . 137

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 137

Page 157: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Does acid affect the cooking time of vegetables?

Acid slows down the cooking process, which helps explain whybeans cooked in a casserole made with tomatoes require 10 to 20percent more cooking time than a nonacidic baked bean dish. Al-kali has the opposite effect of acid: It shortens cooking time.

What other factors determine the cooking time of vegetables?

Dozens of other variables enter the equation, including individualpreference, piece size, cooking method, degree of heat, and atmos-pheric pressure — factors that we discuss elsewhere in this book.

Is it advisable to cook vegetables in as little water as possible?

Water can leach water-soluble vitamins (B and C) out of food. Theless water you use, the fewer vitamins you lose. Many leafy vegeta-bles, including spinach, need no water because the moisture thatclings to the leaves after you have washed them is ample for thefirst minute of cooking. As the leaves cook, they contributeenough water of their own for the pot. However, cooking in a gen-erous pot of water is called for when you want to reduce the strongflavors of some vegetables.

Does prolonged cooking bring out the flavor of either cabbage or turnips?

Too many homes reek unnecessarily with objectionable odors be-cause the cook has been misled by a recipe or by grandmotherlyadvice into believing vegetables like cabbage and turnips shouldbe cooked for a long time. For your nose’s sake, and for the sake oftexture, don’t overcook such vegetables.

Another way to avoid the disagreeable qualities sometimes as-sociated with cabbages and turnips is to buy them young andfresh. As these vegetables mature or spend time in storage, theirflavor and odor strengthen. If you are forced to use some that areovermature or have been stored for a while, you can still minimizethe potent taste and smell. Cut them into small pieces and cookthem in an uncovered pot with plenty of water. Each of these three

138 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 138

Page 158: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

steps encourages the leaching out of unwanted flavor and odorcompounds into the water.

Interestingly, cooking onions and garlic for prolonged periods(just as long as you don’t burn them) has an opposite effect. Theybecome mild-flavored.

Is it better to boil a vegetable covered or uncovered?

Whether or not you use a cover depends on your priorities. Whenyou cover a pot, you reduce the number of nutrients that dissipateinto the air. A covered pot also cooks at a higher temperature thana lidless one, so the vegetable cooks more quickly, and nutrientshave less time to leach out of the food. Without a lid, the vegeta-bles better retain their vivid green (see the next Q&A).

What causes a green vegetable to turn muddy green when cooked?

Acid, coupled with heat, is the villain. In combination, they dena-ture chlorophyll, the chemical compound responsible for givinggreen fruits and vegetables (aswell as the leaves of the forest)their characteristic pigmenta-tion.

By cooking without a lid,you minimize the discolora-tion caused by acid (which isgenerally volatile and dissi-pates into the air).

Should raw green salad vege-tables be added to salad just before serving time?

A strong vinegar-based saladdressing can turn green salad vegetables, like green peppers, amuddy green in a matter of a half-hour or so, for the same reasonmentioned in the previous Q&A. Solution: Add the acidulousdressing just before serving.

fruits and vegetables . . 139

Buy a standard-size package of frozenpeas. Defrost it. Flavor the peas with 1/2 teaspoon of vinegar (or 1 teaspoonof lemon juice). Divide the peas intotwo equal-portioned batches. Call them batch A and batch B. Cook batchA in a lidded saucepan (to trap theacid in the pan). Cook batch B in an uncovered saucepan. Which batch has a brighter, more appealing hue?

Try This Acid-DiscolorationExperiment

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 139

Page 159: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Why do green vegetables cooked with baking soda have a brightercolor?

Baking soda helps maintain the vivid green because it is an alkaliand therefore neutralizes the discoloring acid in the vegetable andcooking water. However, we strongly advise against using bakingsoda for this purpose. It destroys vitamins (particularly vitamin Cand thiamin) and, by softening the hemicelluloses of the veg-etable’s cell walls, gives the food a mushy texture.

What causes red cabbage to turn bluish purple when cooked?

The principal pigment in red cabbage is the chemical compoundanthocyanin. Acid turns it red, and alkali a bluish purple. The cab-bage is red to begin with because of its high acid content. When itis cooked for more than a brief period, much of its acid escapesinto the air with the steam. When enough of the acid has dissi-pated, the alkali in the pot becomes predominant and turns thecabbage bluish purple. The harder the water, the greater its alka-linity, and therefore the more the cabbage discolors.

What gives carrots and other yellow-orange fruits and vegetablestheir color?

Carotene. Besides adding a colorful excitement to foods, thischemical compound — unlike the other major fruit and vegetablepigments — is a valuable nutrient. Because it is a provitamin A, itcan be converted by your body into vitamin A.

If you’ve ever seen a vegetarian with a yellow skin tone, he maybe suffering from hypercarotenum. It is often caused by consum-ing vast amounts of carrots or carrot juice. Some of the caroteneoverdose is deposited in the fatty tissue beneath the skin.

Is the color of an orange an unreliable indicator of ripeness?

A series of cold nights can change the color of a ripe orange rindfrom orange to green. A series of warm nights can change thecolor of an unpicked unripe orange from green to orange.

140 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 140

Page 160: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Moreover, some naturally green rinds are orange because theyhave been dyed orange.

Why does lemon juice prevent discoloration of avocado and potatoslices?

The discoloration of the exposed flesh is largely caused by oxida-tion, and ascorbic acid in the lemon juice slows down that process.Another technique is to cook the food, because heat inactivatesthe enzymes in the food that would otherwise bring about discol-oration in the presence of oxygen. (However, don’t cook avocados,for the reason we explain in the next Q&A.)

Why should I not cook avocados?

When heated, avocados undergo a chemical reaction that pro-duces unwanted, bitter-tasting compounds. That’s why you sel-dom see hot avocado dishes on menus or canned avocado prod-ucts on supermarket shelves.

Can a mushroom be too white?

The common supermarket-variety mushroom is bright whitewhen harvested. By the time it reaches the produce bin or saladbar table, it will have developed a light-to-medium brown discol-oration. This is natural. What is not natural is for the mushroomto have a bright lily-white hue at this stage. That would indicatethat the mushroom was treated with the chemical sodium bi-sulfite to retard discoloration. This type of preserving agent cancause allergic reactions.

What causes boiled white onions or potatoes to turn yellow?

The whiteness of these vegetables, as well as that of salsify and cau-liflower, is due to the pigment flavone. When this chemical com-pound is subjected to prolonged heat or alkali, a brownish-yellowtint develops.

Several countermeasures can help keep your vegetables white.First and foremost, do not overcook them. Also, buy young, fresh

fruits and vegetables . . 141

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 141

Page 161: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

vegetables in good condition. If your pipes carry hard water, tryadding a touch of cream of tartar or lemon juice to help neutralizeits alkalinity. The more of these acids you add, the whiter yourboiled vegetables will be, but do not add so much that the flavor ofthe whitener becomes undesirably obvious.

Why is the onion family so widely used in cooking?

Onions, scallions, shallots, and other clan members do more thanadd flavor of their own. Just as their volatile oils can irritate youreyes, they can irritate your taste buds and olfactoreceptors — aplus if kept within bounds because when slightly teased, these or-gans tend to be more sensitive to flavors and scents of foods.

Why are onions cooked in butter more flavorful than those cookedin water?

The butter not only contributes its own distinct flavor but lets youcook at a temperature higher than 212°F. This increase helps expelsome of the raw onion vapors. It also chemically converts some ofthe onion molecules into new, sweet-tasting ones. Butter, being afat, also captures more of the desirable onion essences that wouldotherwise dissipate into the air.

When a recipe calls for sautéing both onions and garlic, why is itessential to add the garlic near the end of the sautéing process?

If you sauté the garlic for as long as is required for the onions, youwill certainly burn the garlic, producing a bitter flavor. If youshorten the sautéing time of the onions to accommodate the gar-lic, your onions will be insufficiently cooked, giving your dish araw, unsweet, oniony flavor.

What brings tears to my eyes when I chop onions?

When you chop or slice an onion, you release a gas, the lachryma-tor agent propanethiol S-oxide. It wafts upward and chemically re-acts with the water in your eyes to form sulfuric acid. Your bodyreacts defensively: Tears are produced to expel the irritant.

142 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 142

Page 162: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Sweet onions cause fewer tears than standard cooking onions.Their higher moisture and sugar content lessens the quantity oftear-causing gas that is formed.

Some people are innately more susceptible to the tear-produc-ing chemical reaction than others. However, the more frequentlyyou cut onions, the greater your tolerance. That’s why the “crier” ismore apt to be a person who cuts onions only occasionally.

Why does the inside of a whole onion sometimes pop out when I boil it?

The force that pushes the inside section of the onion out throughone of the polar openings is pent-up steam. To avoid this, give thesteam one or more extra escape routes by piercing the onion witha thin skewer before you add it to the water or stew. Another pop-ular countermeasure is to make a 1/4-inch-deep, X-shaped incisioninto the root end. Whatever technique you employ, simmer theonion, because boiling increases the chances of onion-pop bybouncing the bulb around the pot.

What causes garlic to become bitter during storage?

Moisture hastens sprouting, which imparts a bitter flavor duringboth the storage and cooking periods. Keep your unpeeled garlicin a dry, well-ventilated, and cool (but not refrigerated) place.Remember: Botulism easily develops in garlicstored in a sealed container, especially at roomtemperature. If you store peeled garlic in a jar,steep it in oil and keep it refrigerated. Make sureyou periodically open the jar. Discard the con-tents within ten days.

What should I look for when buying garlic?

Avoid heads if they have started to sprout or have exterior softspots. The fresher the garlic, the keener the flavor and the less bit-ter any internal green sprouting will be. Buy large garlic heads (rel-ative to their variety) because you will have fewer garlic cloves to

fruits and vegetables . . 143

Botulism eas-ily develops ingarlic storedin a sealedcontainer

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 143

Page 163: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

peel per volume of chopped garlic and chopping will be easier.Even more important, your stored garlic supply will not dry out asfast.

If you buy elephant-type garlic because you do not relish astrong garlic flavor, consider buying regular garlic and using lessof it. This will save you money and reward you with a more entic-ing garlic aroma and flavor.

Should green-tinged potatoes be left in the supermarket’s produce?

Yes. The green surface blemishes are caused by overexposure tolight. The tainted areas will taste bitter and contain at least somelevel of toxic solanine — not enough to kill you, but enough tomake you think twice about eating one of these tainted taters.Potato sprouts contain this same chemical — avoid them.

Why shouldn’t a raw whole potato be stored in the refrigerator?

The cold environment of the refrigerator encourages excessiveconversion of the potato’s starch into sugar. This chemical processmakes the tuber uncharacteristically sweet.

Why are the McDonald’s and Burger King French fried potatoesthinner than the norm?

More than consumer preference is involved. Since the raw, precutpotatoes are shipped and stored frozen, much of the starch in thevegetables converts to sugar. That extra sugar means that theFrench fries brown faster when cooked. If fast-food establishmentsserved the 50 percent thicker, normal-sized American French fries,their product would be either too brown on the outside or under-cooked on the inside.

Why are new potatoes better than Idaho and other mature potatoes for making potato salad?

Because new potatoes have more moisture and a lower starch con-tent, they will absorb less of the cooking water, as well as less of the

144 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 144

Page 164: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

mayonnaise or vinaigrette dressing. Therefore, new potatoes willbe less likely to break when the salad is mixed and served. Just asimportant, because it is not so thoroughly absorbed, the sauce hasnot as much opportunity to overpower the more delicate flavor ofthe potatoes. When less of the sauce is absorbed, we consumefewer calories.

Why are Idaho and other mature potatoes better than new potatoes for baking and frying?

Mature potatoes are drier, starchier, and mealier than new pota-toes, so they will become fluffier and lighter-textured when baked.And since mature potatoes contain less water, there will be lesssplatter when they are fried in hot oil.

What causes a “hollow heart” to form inside some baking potatoes?

The empty space in the center of a baking potato is usually the re-sult of a potato growing too fast. The cells in the center of the po-tato move outward, leaving a hollow. Not to be confused with hol-low heart is internal blackish rot or fungus growth, which shouldbe completely removed.

Why should potatoes be pierced before they are baked?

A pierced baked potato will have a better texture — mealy ratherthan soggy — because more of its moisture can escape. Even peo-ple who prefer soggy-textured baked potatoes should pierce thepotato deeply at least in one spot. Otherwise, the trapped steamcan explode the potato.

Why is it imperative not to overcook or overwork mashed potatoes?

Both excesses rupture many of the potato’s cell walls, allowingmany starch granules to escape from their cellular prison. Thesegranules, which have become gummy during the cooking process,

fruits and vegetables . . 145

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 145

Page 165: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

give your finished mashed potatoes a pasty, rather than a fluffy,consistency. Your potatoes will be airier if you mash them in a ver-tical rather than stirring motion — and if you don’t perform thattask until just before serving time.

Whatever you do, don’t try to mash potatoes in a food proces-sor. Its sharp and fast blades can rupture the cell walls so quicklyand effectively that you’ll end up with gluey potatoes in practicallyno time.

Why are leftover potatoes better than fresh ones for making pan-fried potatoes?

You can’t cook raw potatoes at as high a temperature as you canpreviously cooked potatoes. If you did, the outside of the potatopieces would be burnt before the interior was properly cooked.This problem doesn’t exist for leftover potatoes because their inte-riors don’t need cooking. The advantage of pan-frying potatoes ata fairly high heat is to minimize the development of a sticky filmof starch on the surface of the potatoes. This substance can causethe individual potato pieces to stick to the pan and break apartwhen you try to dislodge them.

Why should I soak potatoes before French-frying them?

If the surfaces of the cut potatoes are too dry, a sticky layer of ge-latinized starch will develop on the exposed flesh soon after thepotatoes are put in the hot oil. This can cause the potatoes to stickto each other and the pan. For best results, soak the freshly cut po-tatoes for several minutes in ice-cold water. Rinse them brieflyunder a fast stream of cold tap water and drain them in a sieve or colander. This step removes some of the surface starch. Patthem dry with paper toweling — you don’t want any waterdroplets clinging to the potato surface lest the hot oil splatterwhen you lower the pieces into the pan. Promptly add the pota-toes to the preheated oil before their surfaces lose their remain-ing moisture.

146 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 146

Page 166: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Why do fruits like apples, pears, and peaches sometime have mealytextures?

Such fruit was likely harvested before ripening and stored in a coldwarehouse environment for weeks, if not months. This extendsthe fruit’s availability but degrades the fruit for the customer.

Why should corn be eaten as soon as possible after it is picked?

A chemical reaction converts the sugar in the corn into starch —and the longer the corn is off the stalk, the greater the conversion.Corn connoisseurs can detect the drop in sweetness within anhour after harvesting, which explains the rationale for this seem-ingly snobbish recipe: Don’t pick the corn until a pot of water, notmore than a minute’s run from the cornfield, is boiling.

Heat also affects the conversion process. The higher the tem-perature of the ear, the faster the chemical reaction occurs. For thisreason, unless you intend to cook the corn immediately, refriger-ate it as soon as it enters your kitchen.

Why shouldn’t I boil corn in salted water?

Table salt is not pure sodium chloride. It contains traces of othersubstances, including calcium, an element that can toughen theskin of corn kernels during cooking. That is why it’s generally agood idea to let your guests salt their corn on the cob at the table.Not only can they suit their individual preferences, but the cornwill be more tender.

In any event, the toughening effect of table salt is not as pro-nounced today as in decades gone by. Modern salt-processingtechniques remove much of the calcium before the productreaches the supermarket shelf.

Why does popcorn pop?

As the popcorn kernel is heated, its internal moisture converts tosteam. The steam pressure increases gradually until the kernel’sstructure is no longer capable of restraining the pent-up steam. At

fruits and vegetables . . 147

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 147

Page 167: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

that split second, the kernel explodes, forming the characteristicfluffy morsel. Ordinary corn doesn’t explode like popcorn becauseit has a lower internal moisture content and a weaker structure, sothe steam pressure cannot build up as much.

For obvious reasons, popcorn must be popped in an enclosedcontainer. However, once the corn is popped, the lid should be re-moved or the popcorn bag opened promptly lest the popcorn re-absorb some of the released steam trapped in the chamber. If thishappens, the popcorn will lose some of its crisp texture.

Another rule for successful popcorn is to store the unpoppedpopcorn in an airtight container. Otherwise, the kernels will loseinternal moisture and, hence, popping power.

Why do cookbooks recommend soaking carrot and celery sticks inice water?

If these vegetables are less than fresh, they may have lost some oftheir crispness. Soaking them in ice water returns some of thiscrispness because the food cells regain some of their lost waterthrough osmosis. The water absorption re-swells the individualcells, causing them to press against each other and once againmake the entire structure of the food more rigid and thereforecrisper. The fact that its temperature is lowered by the ice wateralso helps crisp the tired vegetable, but to a much lesser extentthan osmosis.

If the vegetables are fresh — as they should be — soaking willhave the opposite effect: They will lose a bit of their crispness be-cause of water buildup between the walls of the already plumpcells. For some relatively dry vegetables like carrots, however, thatscant loss is more than compensated for by the pleasant textureimparted by the extra moisture.

Is tofu fat-free?

Many diners are under that impression, but tofu (bean curd) hasseveral times more total fat and twice as much saturated fat as theequivalent weight in skinless chicken breast. To be fair to tofu, letus point out that it has only half the total fat and saturated fat con-

148 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 148

Page 168: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

tents of a skin-on chicken leg serving of the same weight. Comparetofu to red meats and it seems like a fat-watcher’s dream food.

What is textured vegetable protein?

TVP, as it is known, is a meat substitute. More often than not, theproduct is manufactured from soybeans, because this Asian staple— unlike the other popular legumes — contains all eight essentialamino acids and can be easily molded into any desired shape.

Compared to meat, TVP has fewer calories and less saturatedfat. On the negative side of the coin, the color and flavor additivesin TVP-based products, like artificial bacon bits and meat exten-ders, can produce unpleasant tastes, smells, and textures. Soybean-based TVP can also foster flatulence.

Why are young zucchini, cucumbers, eggplants, and other fruit-vegetables better than those that are larger and more mature?

Most fruit-vegetables reach the first stage of maturity before theyhave completed their growth. If harvested then, they are more ten-der than if allowed to grow to their maximum potential size. Be-cause of changes that occur in cellular structure as the cell wallsbegin to thicken, the food toughens appreciably. At the same time,the woody cellular substance lignin, which cannot be softened bycooking, becomes more abundant. Fully mature fruit-vegetableshave another undesirable quality: more seeds.

Despite the superiority of young mature fruit-vegetables, su-permarkets usually stock the fully grown ones. Profit is the motive.On a pound-per-pound basis, it costs less to grow the biggies be-cause of labor savings. The fully grown specimens sell better, too,because most American shoppers associate largeness with quality.

Why do most of the mass-marketed tomatoes have inferior flavorand texture?

These tomatoes have a relatively bland flavor and a cottony texturebecause commercial growers harvest their produce prematurely,and so the tomatoes are still very green, immature, and unripewhen picked. This practice reduces spoilage losses because the

fruits and vegetables . . 149

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 149

Page 169: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

tomatoes are less fragile and are therefore better shippers — andbeing less perishable, they are marketable longer.

The tomatoes are red when they reach the store because thefood industry artificially turns them red by gassing them with eth-ylene. If they had been left on the vine to ripen naturally, theywould have generated their own ethylene gas in time enough totrigger the color change. Though both artificially ripened andvine-ripened tomatoes are red, those that are reddened by naturehave significantly better flavor, aroma, and texture.

How can I use the ripening effect of ethylene gas to my own advan-tage at home?

Sometimes your produce merchant’s entire supply of fruits suchas apples, avocados, and peaches is unripe. This is not an intolera-ble problem as long as the fruit is not more than slightly unripeand you give it time to ripen further. The additional ripening willmake the fruit taste sweeter because some of the starches will bechemically converted into sugar. In addition, the fruit will likelylose acidity, making it taste comparatively sweeter. But if you letthese fruits finish their ripening process at home, you run the riskof having them spoil before they become fully ripe. Your best solu-tion is to hasten the ripening process by harnessing the ethylenegas that the fruit naturally generates. Rather than letting the gasdissipate into your kitchen air, trap it by placing the fruit in apaper bag. The ethylene gas becomes concentrated and thereforeaccelerates ripening.

Be sure to pierce the bag with a half dozen or so well-distrib-uted pencil-sized holes, for in order to stay sound, your fruits —like you — need to “breathe.” Like animals, they take in oxygenand expel carbon dioxide (though the nonfruit part of the plantsdoes the exact opposite).

Why shouldn’t you serve tomatoes cold?

They won’t be as aromatic and savory because cold hinders theconversion of the vegetable’s linolenic acid to Z-3 hexenel, the

150 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 150

Page 170: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

compound that accounts for much of the desirable ripe-tomatoscent and taste. Cold also reduces the volatility of molecules andtherefore the number of Z-3 hexenel molecules that will reachyour olfactory receptors.

Another way to foster Z-3 hexenel development is never toplace store-bought tomatoes in the refrigerator when you returnhome from the market (as most shoppers do). Instead, allow thetomatoes to ripen at room temperature for several days. They willbe considerably more delicious.

Do apple seeds contain poison?

Apple seeds do contain cyanide, a deadly poison. But this shouldn’tstop you from enjoying apples, because the quantity of cyanide inthe seeds is minute. Even if you were to swallow hundreds of seeds,the cyanide would pass through your digestive tract intact becauseit is encased by the seed’s hard shell, which is impervious to the ef-fects of both normal cooking and gastric juices.

Certain other seeds, including those of apricots and peaches,also contain traces of cyanide in their kernels. Since these seeds dooccasionally split open, the eater is often exposed to the cyanide.The quantity of poison in one split seed, however, isn’t a seriousthreat to a healthy person.

Is one end of a fruit sweeter than the other?

The blossom end is generally sweeter than the stem end because itusually develops more sugar. Prove this phenomenon to yourself:Cross-taste opposite ends of an orange segment.

Are people fantasizing when they claim they can tell the sex of atomato or an eggplant?

We have met many shoppers who brag that, by examining the sizeof the scar on the blossom end of the fruit, they can tell the “boys”from the “girls” and therefore determine which tomatoes and egg-plants have more seeds. Though there tends to be a positive corre-lation between the smallness of the scar and successful seed devel-

fruits and vegetables . . 151

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 151

Page 171: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

opment within these fruit-vegetables, the scar size cannot haveanything to do with their sex because these foods are botanicallyperfect. The term “perfect” signifies a life form that can self-polli-nate. Scar size can relate to the number of seeds in the food be-cause when self-pollination occurs under less than optimum cir-cumstances, seed development is below par and the scar size islarger than usual. A few fruit and vegetable buyers also erro-neously claim that they can ascertain the sex of other perfectplants such as pineapples.

Some fruits and vegetables, however, are either male or female— the asparagus is an example. Nonetheless, the difference is notreadily apparent to the naked eye at the marketplace because thetelltale sexual characteristic (pistil, as opposed to stamen, develop-ment) is not conspicuous at the stage of the food’s maturity whenit is harvested.

152 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 152

Page 172: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

What are the basic ways to thicken sauces and other liquids?

The cook can thicken them by raising the ratio of solids to liquids,by cooling them, by using a thickening agent, or by employing acombination of these alternatives.

How do I raise the ratio of solids to liquids?

You can accomplish this in several ways. One procedure, whichchefs call “reduction,” is to boil the liquid for a period of time so that some of it evaporates. (Many recipes, especially those ofthe classic French cuisine, advise the cook to reduce the liquid toone-half or less of its original volume.) Reduction does more than thicken. It concentrates existing flavors. And the Maillard reaction (see p. 33) precipitated by heat chemically creates new flavors.

Another popular technique for thickening a sauce is to intro-duce a quantity of minute solids, such as puréed vegetables, intothe preparation; the more water-absorbent these food moleculesare, the thicker your sauce becomes.

. 153

8sauces andthickeners

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 153

Page 173: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Why does cooling thicken a sauce?

An increase in viscosity occurs because, as a liquid cools, its watermolecules lose kinetic energy and become less mobile. If youfreeze the liquid (at 32°F or 0°C for pure water), the moleculescease frolicking about altogether, transforming your preparationfrom a liquid to a solid.

What are the most widely used thickening agents?

The list includes emulsifying agents, which, for instance, makehollandaise sauce possible; egg protein, which helps set custard;starches like wheat flour; gelatin extracted from bones and sea-weed; and pectin from fruits. Each of these categories is discussedin ensuing Q&A’s.

What is an emulsified sauce?

In the simplest terms, an emulsion is a stable mixture of two liq-uids — such as oil and water — that normally separate from eachother. Emulsions can be temporary (measured in seconds or min-utes), semipermanent (hours), or relatively permanent (days,months, and sometimes years).

Mayonnaise is the best known and most widely consumedemulsified sauce. Basically, it is an emulsion comprising oil, eggyolks, and either lemon juice or vinegar. Related sauces includechantilly (mayonnaise mixed with whipped cream), gribiche (a pi-quant mayonnaise made with hard-boiled yolks), and rémoulade(mayonnaise plus chopped pickles, mustard, and other flavoringagents).

Hollandaise is the most celebrated emulsified sauce. It is anemulsion consisting of butter, egg yolks, and lemon juice com-bined with a little water, salt, and cayenne pepper. (You will find itsrecipe on p. 158.) Well-known derivatives include béarnaise (hol-landaise enlivened with shallots, tarragon, and vinegar), choron(flavored with tomato), maltese (infused with orange), and mous-seline (combined with whipped cream). Other world-renownedemulsified sauces include beurre blanc and sabayon (zabaglione).

154 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 154

Page 174: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Sauces are not the only emulsions. Whole milk, for example, isone, too. If milk fresh from the cow is left to stand, the emulsionbreaks down and the cream (butterfat) rises to the top. Homoge-nization, a process that creates a relatively stable emulsion, pre-vents this separation.

How and why does a sauce emulsify?

To understand the emulsifying process, we must first accept the scientific principle that oil and water do not naturally mix.Quite literally, they find each other’s presence repulsive. A good il-lustration of this aversion is homemade oil-and-vinegar saladdressing.

When you shake or beat your salad dressing, you do more thandisperse the oil throughout the vinegar: You also break down theoil into droplets minute enough to remain temporarily suspendedin the vinegar (which from now on we will call water, because thattart condiment is, in effect, mainly water). The second you stopagitating the dressing, the oil droplets start to combine into unitstoo large to be suspended in the water and thus slither their wayupward, separating from the water in the process. The oil rises tothe top and the water sinks because oil has a lower specific densitythan water.

If you want a stable emulsion, you need an emulsifying agent,which prevents the oil droplets from combining into larger units.Emulsifying agents occur naturally in many animal substances, in-cluding egg yolks, milk, and blood.

An emulsifying agent helps to keep the oil particles from com-bining in three basic ways. First, the agent coats the oil, serving asa physical barrier between the droplets. Second, it reduces thewater’s surface tension, thereby reducing, in turn, the water’s ability to repulse oil. Third, the agent gives the surfaces of the oil droplets identical electrical charges; since like charges repeleach other, the oil droplets repulse each other. The stability of anemulsion is undermined when the sauce is subjected to one of thefollowing:

sauces and thickeners . . 155

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 155

Page 175: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

• Temperature extremes: For example, mayonnaise separateswhen frozen, and hollandaise curdles when heated close to190°F.

• Excess agitation: Overbeating destabilizes both mayonnaiseand hollandaise sauce.

• An opposite electrical charge: A hollandaise sauce or may-onnaise sometimes does not properly emulsify during athunderstorm, a phenomenon of nature replete with posi-tive and negative electrical charges that neutralize some ofthe emulsifying electrical charges in the sauce.

Are eggs essential for making hollandaise?

Lecithin, the emulsifying agent in egg yolks, is not the only emulsi-fier that can be used with butterfat. You can substitute the milkprotein casein, for instance, if emulsion is your only goal. (In fact,the small quantity of casein in regular butter does, to a slight de-gree, help emulsify your homemade hollandaise sauce.)

Hollandaise sauce, however, needs egg yolks because they per-form other functions. They contribute flavor, color, and nutrientsand provide some water; if they did not, you would have to in-crease the amount of tap water called for in the recipe. Yolks sup-ply a little fat, which supplements the butterfat.

Finally, some of the ingredients in the yolk work as a team to enhance the stability of the sauce by increasing the sauce’s vis-cosity.

Why should unheated raw egg yolks never be added to a hot sauce?

The sudden change in temperature will curdle the egg yolks. Thiscurdling does more than ruin the visual and tactile appeal of yoursauce. It also prevents the beaten yolks from becoming uniformlydistributed throughout the sauce, an essential for optimal thicken-ing. Solution: Before adding the beaten yolks to your sauce, gradu-ally raise their temperature by quickly blending into them smallamounts of the heated sauce. Then you can add the yolks to theheated sauce without repercussions.

156 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 156

Page 176: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

What are other ways to stabilize an emulsion?

Acid (if used sparingly) is one of the most effective emulsion sta-bilizers. It is principally for this reason, and not because of flavor,that you add lemon juice (or vinegar) to your hollandaise sauceand mayonnaise. Think of lemon juice’s tart taste as a delightfulbonus. Other natural emulsifier-stabilizers include mustard, cay-enne pepper, and onions, which explains why they are commoningredients in vinaigrette sauces.

At the expense of flavor and texture, commercial sauce manu-facturers give their products hyperstability by throwing into theirmixing vats such stabilizers as monoglyceride and diglyceride.Many restaurant chefs also scuttle flavor and texture by indiscrim-inately adding gelatin or starches such as arrowroot.

Can I make an emulsified sauce in a blender or food processor?

Our answer is a guarded yes for mayonnaise and “not recom-mended” for hollandaise sauce.

Although blender mayonnaise cannot rival the hand-whiskedvariety, it can be good if properly made. Blenders are slightly supe-rior to food processors for making sauces like mayonnaise becausetheir thinner, sharper blades produce a smoother texture and in-corporate more air into the developing sauce.

Some cookbooks have recipes for blender or food processorhollandaise sauce. If you follow these recipes, the egg yolk will beinsufficiently cooked and the sauce’s texture will lack the silkinessof authentic hollandaise. Why go to all the bother of preparing apseudo-hollandaise sauce in a blender or food processor when ourrecipe for the real McCoy is almost as easy and yields markedly su-perior results?

Why should salad greens be dried before adding a salad dressing?

The water molecules form a surface layer, keeping the salad dress-ing from properly clinging to the salad greens. Result: Much of thesalad dressing slides off the leaves and sinks to the bottom of thesalad bowl.

sauces and thickeners . . 157

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 157

Page 177: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

1 cup: 4 to 8 servings

No other sauce has created more fear among cooks than hollandaise.Based on their sad but true experiences, they envision this emulsioncurdling or separating as their guests gather around the dinner table.

Consistently preparing the perfect hollandaise sauce is not as diffi-cult as most cooks imagine. If you understand the principles of emul-sion and faithfully follow the steps and tips in our recipe, the task willbe a snap—unless a thunderstorm is at hand.

Buttery and rich, hollandaise sauce has an affinity for fish, vegeta-bles (particularly artichokes, asparagus, and broccoli), and eggs, theclassic example being eggs Benedict.

158 . . the new kitchen science

Principle-Illustrating RecipeHOLLANDAISE SAUCE

3 yolks of large eggs1/2 cup unsalted butter

1 tablespoon fresh lemon juice

1/4 teaspoon salt, or to tastepinch of cayenne pepper

1 tablespoon water

1. Bring eggs to room temperature.You may want to include an extra egg in case your sauce curdles. (Thisremedial action is described later.)

2. Cut up 1/2 cup (1 stick) of butter. Put in glass measuring cup, and placeover pilot-light area or in pan of hot water. When melted (roughly 30to 45 minutes), stir to blend.Melt butter slowly. If butter becomes too hot, allow to cool to luke-warm before using.

3. Mix together lemon juice, salt, and cayenne in small bowl. Reserve forstep 8.

4. Prepare an improvised double boiler. The bottom part is a large, thick-bottomed skillet (or sauté pan) in which 1/2 inch of water is brought to a near-simmer (170°F). The upper part is a small, thick-bottomedsaucepan.You can use a standard double boiler, but our improvised boiler is ad-vantageous because, if necessary, you can more quickly determine theheat level and then regulate it.

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 158

Page 178: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

5. Into the upper part of the improvised double boiler put egg yolks and1 tablespoon of water. Beat ingredients together until just blended.Use a stainless steel, tin-lined copper, or heat-proof glass saucepan.(The lemon juice reacts chemically with aluminum, carbon steel, oriron, creating an off-flavor and -color.) A stainless steel whisk is a moreefficient beater than a wooden spoon.

6. Place saucepan in skillet. Constantly beat egg-water mixture with mod-erate strokes until it thickens slightly to a batterlike consistency (ap-proximately 1 to 2 minutes).The skillet water must be hot, but not so hot that the sauce curdles. Theideal temperature for this step and step 7 is about 170°F (or 160°F ifyour saucepan is not thick-bottomed). If water starts to become toohot, quickly lift saucepan, stir mixture, and adjust temperature setting.Beating the mixture too energetically or too long in this step will impairthe yolks’ ability to emulsify.

7. Slowly pour lukewarm butter into saucepan. Start with about 1 table-spoon (1/2 liquid ounce) of the butter, then—when thoroughly blended—add 2 more tablespoons and blend. Gradually add increasingquantities until all the butter has been incorporated. This step takesseveral minutes.In order to break the butter into tiny droplets that can be coated withthe yolks’ emulsifying agent, you must beat the sauce constantly andsomewhat vigorously. Consistently scrape all surfaces so that no partof the sauce overcooks or becomes lumpy.

8. The sauce is cooked when it falls off your whisk or spoon in thickdrops. At this point, remove saucepan from skillet water and promptlybeat in the premixed lemon juice, salt, and cayenne.Should the sauce prove to be too thin, return to heat and continue tobeat. If you overcook the sauce, it might thicken (or worse, curdle). If itbecomes too thick, beat in approximately 1 tablespoon of hot water. Ifyou do not have cayenne, substitute finely ground black or, preferably,white peppercorns.

9. Serve immediately, while warm (not hot).The sauce may curdle if served on top of an extremely hot food, suchas one just removed from the broiler or deep fryer.

sauces and thickeners . . 159

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 159

Page 179: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

If Your Sauce Curdles or SeparatesA hollandaise sauce has a mean streak: If you give it an opportunity tocurdle or separate, it will.

If the sauce is just beginning to curdle, remove the saucepan from the skillet water and quickly lower the temperature of the sauceby swirling in an ice cube, which you should keep handy for such anemergency. After several seconds, discard the ice cube and vigor-ously beat the sauce.

If this remedy fails, you must begin the emulsification processagain. In a clean saucepan, lightly beat one egg yolk with 1 table-spoon of water, as you did in step 5. When thickened as in step 6,gradually add to the new egg-water mixture the curdled sauce, as instep 7.

Of course, because you have altered the balance of ingredients,your resurrected sauce will not be as stable an emulsion as one madewith the basic recipe.

If you cannot save the hollandaise sauce, go ahead and serve thecurdled version. Just name it after your favorite aunt, particularly if shehas a French-sounding name — sauce Georgette, for example, soundsimpressive. As long as your guests do not know that your botchedcreation was supposed to be a hollandaise sauce, they will prob-ably enjoy it. Despite its curdled state, it will still have a pleasing taste.

If Serving Must Be DelayedYou can keep the sauce lukewarm (110° to 120°F) for approximately1 hour by placing it in a covered container within a larger container ofhot water (about 150°F). Fluff with whisk or spoon before serving.

If it is necessary to store the sauce for more than an hour, cover itand refrigerate, then bring to room temperature before reheating to110° to 120°F. The sauce should not be stored this way longer thantwo days. Hollandaise does not freeze well; the emulsion is partiallydestroyed because the oil freezes more slowly and thaws morequickly than the other ingredients. ◗

160 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 160

Page 180: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Why should a vinaigrette sauce be emulsified even if the saladgreens have been dried?

Salads suffer from non-emulsified vinaigrette sauces. Some biteswill taste too vinegary, some too oily. If the cook merely stirs theoil and vinegar together with a few fork strokes, he has formed anoil-and-vinegar sauce, not an emulsion. Even if the cook does agood job of drying the leaves, their surfaces will retain their natu-ral water content. Since oil and water repel each other, the wateron the leaves’ surfaces will “push away” the oil, diminishing theoil’s chances of sticking to the leaves.

In contrast, the oil in an emulsified sauce will not be repelled bythe water on the leaves because the oil in this sauce doesn’t comein direct contact with the leaves. Rather, the oil exists as minutedroplets sheltered within the vinegar. Each droplet is separatedfrom the other droplets by the surrounding water. Think of thou-sands of discrete, evenly scattered beads of oil in a glass of water.

What else can break down an emulsified vinaigrette sauce?

A homemade emulsified vinaigrette sauce does not have thechemical stabilizers found in commercial sauces. The emulsioncan break down in short order. This would be the case if the cookonly lightly emulsified the vinaigrette sauce, or made it too farahead of time, or let the dressed salad sit around too long beforebeing eaten.

Is there more than one type of emulsion?

Two basic types of emulsions exist: oil-in-water and water-in-oil.A vinaigrette sauce is the oil-in-water variety. (We use the term“water” because vinegar is about 95 percent water.) Its oil is dis-persed in the form of tiny droplets in the water. Milk and mayon-naise are also examples of an oil-in-water emulsion. Butter, incontrast, is an example of a water-in-oil emulsion. Its water is dis-persed as tiny droplets in the oil.

To see firsthand how a true vinaigrette sauce and a so-calledvinaigrette sauce differ, try the recipe that follows.

sauces and thickeners . . 161

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 161

Page 181: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

162 . . the new kitchen science

Principle-Illustrating RecipeVINAIGRETTE SAUCE

1/4 cup olive oil2 tablespoons red wine vinegar

1/2 teaspoon finely minced onion1/8 teaspoon mustard

pinch of dried thymepinch of cayenne pepperpinch of ground peppercornspinch of salt (to taste)

1/4 cup

This salad dressing recipe produces a genuine vinaigrette sauce, onethat is emulsified. To see the striking difference between the emulsifiedand non-emulsified sauces, prepare one of each, then compare themside by side. Begin by making the non-emulsified version. Put all the in-gredients in a small glass bowl, then lightly mix them with a few swirlsof the fork, as many home cooks do. Next, make the emulsified sauceusing the same ingredient list, but this time, follow the recipe steps.

Visually analyze the two sauces— look for dissimilarities in color,consistency, and so on. Then sample the sauces—notice that the emul-sified sauce tastes less oily. Now, dribble some of each sauce on driedlettuce leaves — observe how much better the emulsified version clings.

1. Put all the ingredients in a small jar.Oil and pure water won’t emulsify—you need an emulsifying agent tocreate a negative electrical charge around the tiny oil droplets that youcreate in step 2. Since like charges repel, the rate at which the oildroplets recombine into larger units will be slowed down. This recipehas a number of emulsifying agents, including onions, mustard, andthe acid in the vinegar.

2. Vigorously shake the jar vertically for 5 seconds.You are creating an emulsion by breaking the oil pools into minusculedroplets. A vertical shaking motion works best. You know you’ve beensuccessful when the oil and vinegar appear to be a single substance—and when the mixture thickens and becomes opaque.

Serving Tips

1. A homemade vinaigrette sauce is unstable. It will soon begin to de-emulsify. This underscores the wisdom of waiting to make your vinai-

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 162

Page 182: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

grette sauce until just before you’re ready to dress and serve the salad.

2. The higher the temperature, the less stable the emulsion. So, for alonger-lasting emulsion, consider prechilling the oil, vinegar, and, es-pecially, the salad leaves and salad bowl.

3. Our recipe calls for a 4-to-1 oil-to-vinegar ratio. You could increase theemulsion’s stability by lowering the ratio to 3-to-1, if you don’t mind in-creasing the dressing’s tartness. A 2-to-1 ratio would increase the sta-bility even more, but the resulting dressing would be too acidic formost sophisticated palates.

Variations

1. You can also emulsify the sauce using a whisk and a round-bottombowl. Cooks with quick wrist movements can even use a fork. How-ever, you may have to incorporate the oil gradually to create the emulsion.

2. Experiment by substituting ingredients — a vinaigrette sauce is a cre-ative cook’s dream. Remember, though, that the sauce will be only asgood as the quality of the individual ingredients.

3. We specify red vinegar so that you can easily distinguish the vinegarfrom the oil in the non-emulsified mixture. For your regular vinaigrettesauce, use white vinegar if you prefer.

4. There is no one perfect oil for a vinaigrette sauce, but a delicate onelike walnut oil is more suitable for a salad dressing than a richer, fuller-flavored one. ◗

sauces and thickeners . . 163

Why do eggs thicken a custard?

When heated, the protein in egg whites, and more particularly inthe yolks, cooks and coagulates. Ideally, the solidifying protein si-multaneously thickens the liquid (for example, milk) in which it issuspended.

Under ideal conditions, which are discussed both in this sectionand in the Maltese Falcon custard recipe that follows, there is anoptimal proportion of egg protein to other ingredients. For thestandard milk-based custard, use one large egg for every 2/3 cup

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 163

Page 183: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

164 . . the new kitchen science

of milk. If the egg size is small, medium, extra large, or jumbo, ad-just the ratio accordingly. Since egg white also contains protein,you can use the whole egg, counting each egg white as about the equal of one egg yolk. (Your finished custard, however, will notbe as rich and smooth-textured as one thickened strictly withyolks.)

Milk itself contains proteins that thicken, so if you substitute aliquid such as water in a recipe, you will need to increase the num-ber of eggs.

Extra egg is also necessary if you add sugar, and even more so ifyou add acid, because these ingredients reduce the thickeningability of protein.

For the sake of simplicity, we and other writers generally speakof protein in the singular. Technically, however, there are manytypes of protein. Since each type solidifies at a different tempera-ture in a zone ranging from slightly below 140°F to slightly below180°F, we must temporarily switch to the plural to draw attentionto their different properties. Your custard mixture reaches its fullglory when it is heated to slightly below 180°F, the temperature atwhich all the proteins have finally coagulated. Above 185°F, someof the proteins lose their coagulating effectiveness and your cus-tard starts to “weep.” Prolonged cooking, even below 180°F, doesthe same damage.

How do you make a soft custard?

Unlike a standard custard, a soft custard has a loose consistencyresembling that of the so-called soft custard ice cream served oncones. This supple property makes a genuine soft custard ideal forfilling pastries and topping desserts.

The secret of making the preparation soft is to reduce theamount of binding that occurs between the egg protein moleculeswhile you cook the custard. This requires stove-top (not oven)cooking because the mixture must be stirred constantly.

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 164

Page 184: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

sauces and thickeners . . 165

4 servings

Maltese Falcon is a fitting name for this special custard. In culinaryparlance, Maltese usually implies the presence of oranges. The imageof a soaring falcon suggests the heights this dish can reach if preparedproperly.

We feature this rather than the standard, somewhat unexciting egg-and-milk custard recipe found in most cookbooks because MalteseFalcon custard is considerably richer and more delicate. Granted, ourselected recipe requires a bit more skill and effort to prepare than thestandard custard, but we think you will find that the gustatory gainmore than compensates. Our recipe is also a better learning devicefor you, because it better illustrates the relationship between eggs andother ingredients, such as acidic foods, that you might add to yourmixture.

Once you have successfully prepared Maltese Falcon custard andmastered the principles on which it is based, you will be in a good po-sition to create at will thousands of other interesting custards madewith fruits, vegetables, liqueurs, or what have you.

6 egg yolks11/4 cups whole milk

1/2 cup heavy cream1/4 cup orange juice3 tablespoons sugar

1/2 teaspoon vanilla1 teaspoon finely minced

orange rindpinch of cinnamonpinch of nutmeg

Principle-Illustrating RecipeMALTESE FALCON CUSTARD

1. Bring eggs to room temperature.Our recipe calls for twice the normal proportion of yolks to liquid, pri-marily because the orange juice, which we substituted for part of themilk content, contains significantly more acid and less protein thandoes milk.

2. Preheat oven to 325°F. Bring pot of water to a near-simmer and re-serve for step 6.

3. In saucepan, mix milk, cream, and orange juice. Slowly heat to about150°F.

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 165

Page 185: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

166 . . the new kitchen science

Do not let mixture simmer, or the acid in the orange juice may curdlethe cream. (If using raw milk, scald first.)

4. In mixing bowl, lightly beat yolks, then blend in remaining five ingre-dients.If orange is waxed, scrub it well. Use only the outermost (orange-col-ored) layer of the rind, as the subsurface white rind is objectionablybitter.

5. Gradually stir the heated liquid into the egg mixture.The yolks may curdle if the liquid is much hotter than 150°F or if youadd the liquid all at once.

6. Pour mixture into a 1-quart soufflé or other suitable ovenproof dish.Place this dish in a wider, high-rimmed pan. Fill the pan with approxi-mately 1 inch of hot water, prepared in step 2. Place entire unit in pre-heated oven. Bake for about 50 to 60 minutes, or until a sharp-pointed knife inserted into the custard comes out dry and clean.Do not open the oven door prematurely— this will lower the oven tem-perature, delaying cooking time. Because retained heat will continue tocook the middle of the custard after the dish is removed from the oven,test for doneness halfway between the center and rim of the dish. Thereason this custard takes a little longer to bake than an all-milk-basedone is partly due to its higher acid content. Generally, the wider thedish and the fresher the milk and eggs, the shorter the cooking time.

7. Cool by placing dish on rack at room temperature for 30 minutes.Cover and chill before serving.The yolks in the custard make it vulnerable to bacteria attack, so donot leave it at room temperature longer than necessary.

Variations

1. Before pouring the custard into its baking dish, coat the bottom of thedish with a layer of caramel (melted sugar). Just before serving thechilled custard, invert and unmold it onto a serving dish.

2. Prepare the custard in individual-sized, ovenproof dishes. Because ofthe smaller size of these dishes, the baking time will be cut by as muchas half, and the probing test should be done in the exact center of thecustard. ◗

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 166

Page 186: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

How does starch thicken a sauce?

In two ways. First, the physical presence of the starch — a solid —lowers the proportion of the liquid in the sauce and therefore in-creases the sauce’s viscosity.

The second way is more complex and more significant. Each ofthe minute starch granules traps water molecules and, in theprocess, reduces the proportion of free-flowing water in the sauce.When the starch is heated, the molecular structure of each granulestretches, thereby increasing water retention.

What determines the viscosity of a starch-thickened sauce?

There are several variables that, collectively, will dictate the thick-ness of your finished sauce. For the sake of simplicity, we will re-strict ourselves to the use of white wheat flour as the starch in theensuing discussion. (See the next Q&A for details on differenttypes of starch.)

quantity of flour

This variable is the most significant and can be easily determinedby a formula, as the following examples indicate. The standardequation for a medium-thick sauce is 2 tablespoons each of butterand flour per cup of liquid. If you want a thin sauce, decrease thebutter and flour to 1 tablespoon each. For a thick sauce, use 3 ta-blespoons each. To make an extra-thick sauce for purposes such ascoating food for deep frying, use 4 tablespoons each. Any higherratio of flour to liquid produces a goo more suitable for mendingbroken crockery than satisfying empty stomachs. Butter quantity,incidentally, can be varied with some flexibility. If you want tomake the sauce richer, use more butter. If you want to do the op-posite, use less.

quantity and type of other ingredients

If you add other solids, such as cheese, to a sauce, your mixture willbecome thicker because the solids lower relative water content.Ingredients like dry rice or pasta not only take up space but if usedin sufficient quantity may even absorb most or all of the liquid.You

sauces and thickeners . . 167

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 167

Page 187: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

168 . . the new kitchen science

will need to use slightly more starch if you are adding sugar, or anacid such as wine or lemon juice, since these ingredients chemi-cally alter a starch’s thickening power. One solution is to add partof the sugar or acid near the end of the sauce making. The type ofliquid matters, too. Cream produces a sauce of denser consistencythan an equivalent volume of milk, which in turn yields a thickerproduct than does stock.

how the flour is incorporated into the sauce

You have three basic alternatives. You can add the flour in the formof a slurry (typically, cold water and flour), beurre manié (smallballs of softened butter blended with flour), or roux (a cooked,heated mixture of butter andflour). Of the three alterna-tives, the roux is best in termsof dependability, smoothnessof texture, and maximum vis-cosity with minimum use offlour. The slurry is the mosttroublesome because it tendsto lose thickening power ifkept over a warmer for a pro-longed period.

types of roux

Roux are classified traditionally by their color: white, blond,brown, or black. The color is a function of cooking time — thelonger you cook a roux, the darker and more flavorful it becomes.These are desirable attributes for some dishes, but there’s a trade-off. The more you cook a roux beyond the white stage, the weakerthe thickening power of its starch molecules. Thus, you need to usemore blond roux than white, more brown roux than blond, andmore black roux than brown to thicken a given quantity of sauce.

how the roux is cooked

One of the prime purposes of the roux step is to separate the indi-

Make ready two separate cups ofchicken stock. Call one stock A and the other stock B. Thicken stock A withthe roux method, stock B with the slurry method. Keep them warm over a low heat source for 20 to 30 min-utes. Which sauce loses a noticeableamount of its desired thickening power?

Try This Sauce-ThickeningExperiment

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 168

Page 188: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

vidual flour granules. If the granules were allowed to combine,they would form lumps, dry inside and surrounded by a water-resistant membrane that would eventually hinder water absorp-tion and therefore thickening capacity. This lumping would alsolessen the appeal of your finished sauce. Another purpose of theroux step is to begin stretching the molecular structure of the in-dividual flour granules. You must cook the roux at least three tofive minutes if you want to achieve optimal granule separationand to induce the stretching process. Also, you must stir the rouxfrequently and cook it with low heat because scorched flour thick-ens poorly and scorched butter tastes abominable.

how long the sauce is cooked

As mentioned earlier, you need to cook the flour granules in orderto increase their capacity to retain water. However, there is a pointof diminishing returns. If cooked too long or quickly, the viscosityand stability of the sauce diminish because the starch’s molecularstructure stretches too much, allowing the trapped water mole-cules to escape. The exact critical point varies according to a hostof factors, including the type of starch used.

serving temperature

Starch-thickened sauces increase in viscosity as they cool. Takethis factor into account when you prepare your sauce. If youthicken your sauce to the desired viscosity on your stove, it willlikely become an unappetizing, gummy mass when it cools in thedining room.

length of storage

The longer you store a starch-thickened sauce, the thicker it tendsto become. Reason: moisture loss.

Will substituting a different kind of starch affect the finished sauce?

Very much so. Viscosity, stability, texture, and translucency are allaffected because the molecular structure differs with each type of

sauces and thickeners . . 169

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 169

Page 189: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

starch, be it derived from wheat, corn, rice, rye, oats, millet, barley,or other cereal grain; from cassava, potato, or other root or tuber;from soybeans, peanuts, or other legumes; or from almonds orother nuts.

For example, if you substitute cornstarch for white wheat flour,you will have to alter the formulas given earlier. Use half the quan-tity of cornstarch because it has twice the thickening power ofwhite wheat flour. If you substitute arrowroot, use slightly lessthan half the quantity because arrowroot has slightly more thandouble the thickening power of white wheat flour.

Whole wheat flour is less practical as a thickener than whitewheat flour because the refined product has a higher starch con-tent. Our experiments indicate that cake or pastry white wheatflour is more suitable than its all-purpose counterpart, which in turn is better than baker’s flour. The last type produces a grainysauce reminiscent of the pastes we used in elementary school. Spe-cially processed instant wheat flours, such as the Wondra brand,can be sprinkled directly into sauces but direly lack stability.

Regular white wheat flour is superior to cornstarch and arrow-root in stability; a sauce made with it is less likely to separate andbreak down when subjected to prolonged heat.

Both cornstarch and arrowroot produce a sauce that issmoother and more transparent, desirable qualities for many so-phisticated dishes. Those two starches are generally incorporatedinto a sauce by means of using slurry (a fluid blend of flour and aliquid such as water) rather than the roux or beurre maniémethod, and this addition is usually done near the end, ratherthan at the beginning, of the sauce-making process.

Why does an instant flour dissolve more easily than a regularflour?

Regular flour does not readily dissolve in water because it tends tolump. The outer flour molecules gelatinize soon after they come incontact with the hot water, forming a membrane-envelope that ef-fectively blocks the water’s access to the flour molecules contained

170 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 170

Page 190: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

within. Result: The inside of each lump remains dry, giving yourmixture a grainy texture.

Flour firms have developed instant products designed to mini-mize obstinate lumping and therefore dissolve more easily (thoughat a sacrifice to thickening and staying power). Typically, the in-stant product consists of small granules that have been chemicallyor mechanically processed into irregular shapes. When these gran-ules do adhere to one another, spaces are left through which watercan reach the middle of the lump.

How does gelatin thicken a liquid?

Gelatin is a protein extracted from animal bones and connectivetissue. Another rich gelatin source is seaweed. Irish moss (car-rageen) is usually used whole, but most seaweed-derived thicken-ers are processed into products such as agar-agar.

Gelatin increases the viscosity of liquids because when youmoisten it, the gelatin granules swell up to approximately tentimes their original size, trapping water molecules in the process.This phenomenon is somewhat similar to the thickening action ofstarches, but the final results are different. A gelatin-thickenedpreparation will be finer-textured and will retain its stabilityunder a broader range of temperatures.

The firmness of a gelatin-thickened massdepends on the ratio of gelatin to liquid, thetemperature of the mixture, and the presenceof any other ingredients you may have added.

Use too little gelatin and a limp product willresult. Use too much gelatin and your creationmay be capable of bouncing into your diningroom on its own. The paragon mixture, whenchilled and unmolded, will support its ownweight, yet quiver slightly if shaken.

Firmness varies inversely with the temperature of the prepara-tion. Once thickened, the preparation can be changed back into aliquid simply by heating it. Rechill that liquid, and you once again

sauces and thickeners . . 171

Gelatin gran-ules swell up toapproximatelyten times theiroriginal size,trapping watermolecules inthe process

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 171

Page 191: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

172 . . the new kitchen science

2 tablespoons unsalted butter2 tablespoons white wheat flour1 cup whole milk

1/2 cup grated Gruyère cheese

1/4 cup grated Parmesan cheese1/2 teaspoon salt (or to taste)

pinch of cayenne pepper

11/2 cups; 6 to 10 servings

Mornay sauce, a marvelous topping for green vegetables, was cre-ated by Philippe de Mornay, a political and gastronomical crony ofKing Henry IV of France. This sauce is a derivative of the basic whitesauce, made of butter, flour, seasonings, and a liquid such as milk,cream, or stock. There are as many descendants of the basic whitesauce as there are stars in the firmament—Mornay sauce is one of themost celebrated.

Before following this recipe, please familiarize yourself with the preceding Q&A’s on how a starch such as flour thickens a basic whitesauce.

Principle-Illustrating RecipeMORNAY SAUCE

1. Slowly melt butter in saucepan.Use a thick-bottomed saucepan to prevent scorching butter. If you donot have one, substitute a standard or improvised double boiler (seehollandaise sauce recipe, p. 158).

2. Blend flour into butter with whisk or wooden spoon. Cook mixture overlow heat for 3 to 5 minutes.Eliminate lumps by stirring frequently and scraping sides and bottomthoroughly in this step and in steps 3 and 4. Undercooking leaves araw flour taste.

3. Thoroughly blend 1 ounce of milk into the roux. Repeat the process,gradually adding a little more milk each time, until all the liquid hasbeen incorporated. This step takes a minute or two.Ideally, the milk should be at room temperature; if it is refrigerator-cold, this step will take a little longer. Adding the milk too quickly willcreate obstinate lumps.

4. Continue cooking at below the simmer point for 4 to 10 minutes, de-pending on sauce volume.

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 172

Page 192: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

sauces and thickeners . . 173

If the heat is too low (under 140°F), the flour will not gelatinize (swell)sufficiently to absorb the maximum quantity of water molecules. If youallow the sauce to reach the simmer point, you overstretch the flour’smolecular structure, reducing its water-retaining qualities. Cooking fortoo long also stretches the molecular structure excessively. Your sauceis ready when you notice a marked acceleration in the thickeningprocess, which indicates that the stretched starch molecules are ab-sorbing the water molecules in appreciable quantities.

5. Add the cheese. Stir until melted.Finely grated or ground cheese will melt more quickly and thoroughly.

6. Season with salt and cayenne.The amount of salt needed varies according to the salt content of thecheeses selected. If cayenne is unavailable, substitute freshly groundblack or, preferably (for appearance’s sake), white peppercorns.

If Your Sauce Is Too Thick or ThinIf your sauce becomes too thick, beat in a little extra milk. If too thin,blend in one or more balls of beurre manié (see p. 168).

If Your Sauce Is Too LumpyYou can smooth out the lumps in a blender or food processor. How-ever, there is a trade-off: The agitation will disengage some of thewater molecules trapped by the starch molecules, thereby thinningyour sauce.

Serving TipsServe immediately. If delay is unavoidable, keep sauce warm (about140°F) and stir periodically to prevent a surface film from developing.If the delay has to be for more than approximately 45 minutes, refrig-erate the sauce, though it will never be even remotely as smooth andsatiny as it was originally. For added visual appeal, glaze your Mor-nay-sauced foods under a preheated broiler.

Creative VariationsOur featured Mornay sauce recipe is classic, not de rigueur. Once youhave mastered it and learned why the sauce thickens, be daring: Varythe ratio, quantity, and type of cheese, substitute stock or cream forpart of the milk, or add other solid ingredients such as finely mincedham. ◗

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 173

Page 193: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

have a solid. This alternating process can be done a number oftimes, though not indefinitely because repeated temperature ex-tremes partially destroy the gelatin’s thickening ability.

Some ingredients, including sugar in excess, inhibit gelatiniza-tion. Fresh pineapple is particularly difficult: It contains an en-zyme (bromelain) that severely retards thickening. If you want toinclude fresh pineapple in your mixture, destroy the hindering en-zymes by simmering the fruit pieces for several minutes. If you usecanned pineapple, you can skip the parboiling step because theenzymes have already been deactivated.

Why are veal bones preferable to beef bones for stock making?

Veal bones cost more per pound than beef bones, but they yield amore delicate flavor. Just as important, veal bones have more col-lagen — thicker stocks result.

Why shouldn’t I dissolve dry, unflavored gelatin powder in hot water?

If you pour hot water directly into the dry, unflavored gelatin,some of the granules will lump and not dissolve. This lumping di-minishes the gelatin’s thickening power and produces a detectablegrainy texture in your prepared dish.

First blending the unflavored powder with a little cold watersoftens and wets the crystals. When the hot water is then added,the moist crystals readily dissolve.

If you are blending at least an equal portion of sugar into theplain dry gelatin, you can forgo the cold-water step because sugarcounteracts the clotting effect. For best results, however, the hotwater should be under 180°F.

What causes gelatin desserts to develop a rubbery skin?

There are several possible causes. In some cases, the surface of theprepared gelatin was exposed to air for too long. (The dish shouldbe kept covered.) Sometimes the cause is age — so serve the dishthe day you make it. At other times, the cook used too high a pro-portion of gelatin powder to liquid.

174 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 174

Page 194: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

How does pectin set a jelly?

The essential thickening agent in jelly is pectin, a carbohydratethat occurs naturally in most fruits. If your jelly does not set, youcan safely assume that either too little pectin or an incorrect pro-portion of other ingredients went into it, or that cooking condi-tions interfered with the thickener’s job. Two main factors deter-mine a jelly’s pectin content. The first is the type of fruit used. Forinstance, apples, citrus fruits, cranberries, sour blackberries, andquinces have a high pectin content. The opposite is true for apri-cots, pineapples, sour cherries, peaches, nectarines, raspberries,and strawberries.

The second pectin-content determinant applies to all fruits: thestage of ripening. An almost ripe fruit is more appropriate formaking jelly than a fully ripe or unripe one because useful pectinis at its maximum just before the fruit reaches its peak of ripeness.

To compensate for a pectin-deficient fruit, you can add a com-mercial pectin concentrate in liquid or powder form. Only a smallquantity of this concentrate is necessary; beware of an overdose,which will give the jelly a tough, rubbery consistency, making itdifficult to spread on toast — assuming someone would want toeat such an unappetizing product in the first place. The propor-tion of pectin can also be increased by reducing (boiling down)the fruit juice used in the jelly-making process.

Pectin alone will not set a jelly, for it requires both acid andsugar to thicken properly. Most fruits contain acid, but acid con-tent also changes with the ripening process. Here is one more vari-able that makes an almost ripe fruit preferable to a fully ripe one:higher acid content. If you are using ripe fruit and a commercialpectin, you can supply the necessary acid by adding approximately1 tablespoon of lemon juice per cup of fruit juice. Since jellyrecipes call for fistfuls of sugar, deficiency of it is unlikely to be thecause of any setting problems.

Heating makes the pectin in fruit water-soluble, a conditionnecessary for jelling. However, you must be careful not to destroythe pectin in your mixture by cooking it at too high a temperatureor for too long.

sauces and thickeners . . 175

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 175

Page 195: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Are there other thickening agents?

Hundreds of other thickening agents are used by home cooks andfood manufacturers. They include blood and cream and those twofavorites of Cajun cookery, filé powder and okra. Cheese makersand pudding makers coagulate milk with rennin, an enzyme fromthe stomach lining of certain young animals, notably calves. Gumarabic and gum tragacanth are extensively used, though they aremore likely to be found in commercial food-processing plantsthan in home kitchens.

176 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 176

Page 196: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Do I need to reseason leftover dishes?

Very likely. Almost any leftover dish needs to be reseasoned witharomatic flavoring agents (herbs, especially). Most of the essentialoils of these agents are lost during the storage and/or reheatingprocesses. But do not add more salt. This mineral retains virtuallyall of its original sensory impact.

Why should spices in general not be added untilnear the end of the sautéing process?

Most spices — including peppercorns and cinna-mon — scorch when subjected to very high tem-peratures for more than a short time. This altersthe chemical composition of the spices, givingthem a disagreeably bitter flavor.

When should herbs be added to a long-cooked dish?

An herb is supposed to contribute both taste and aroma to a long-cooked dish. Unfortunately, an herb’s fragrance is ephemeral — itdoesn’t take long for the heat to dissipate an herb’s preciousvolatile oils. That’s why it’s wise to add aromatic herbs in two

. 177

It’s wise toadd aromaticherbs in twostages to along-cookeddish

9seasonings

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 177

Page 197: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

stages to a long-cooked dish. First, coarsely chop half the herbsupply you plan to use. Stir it in the pot at the beginning of thecooking process, but after all the cooking liquid has been added.The delicate aromatics of this batch of herbs will be lost, but theherbs will have an hour or two to interact chemically with otheringredients, creating new flavors that will add taste complexity tothe dish. Fifteen minutes or so before the dish is cooked andserved, finely chop and add the remaining herbs — their flavorand fragrance will be noticeable to the diner.

How does temperature affect taste?

The perceived intensity of salty, sweet, and bitter taste qualities isgreatest in the 60° to 120°F zone. Consequently, when seasoning a180°F preparation that is to be served later at room temperature(72°F), such as potato salad, use less salt than your taste buds sug-gest during the hot test sampling. Do the reverse when you salt-test a room temperature food like a leftover soup that you plan toreheat.

Do in-flight chefs face special culinary problems?

They must use more aromatic seasonings than normal becausefood tastes blander in an airplane than on the ground. First, thecabin pressure decreases the volatility of the odorant moleculesand therefore the passenger’s capability of sensing them. Second,the cabin’s relatively dry atmosphere dehydrates and therefore im-pairs the passenger’s olfactory sensory mechanism.

The cabin’s low humidity also dehydrates the passenger’s entirebody. Consequently, the chef should not season liberally with saltbecause it would increase the body’s need for water. Many passen-gers compound the dehydration problem by consuming quanti-ties of coffee and alcohol (both diuretics), canned tomato juice(extremely salty), and soft drinks laden with thirst-producingsugar. The one liquid that would do them the most good is plainwater, which they seldom imbibe on planes.

178 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 178

Page 198: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Does being nervous alter the cook’s taste perceptions?

The folk wisdom “an unpleasant experience leaves a sour taste inthe mouth” is physiologically valid because tension increases acid-ity in the mouth. A cook who is sampling a dish to adjust the sea-sonings should keep that in mind if, for example, he is anxiousabout the meal’s success or he just had a stressful argument. Foodswill taste tarter than they really are.

Does the phase of the menstrual cycle or a pregnancy affect how acook might season a dish?

The phase of the menstrual cycle or of a pregnancy affects sensi-tivity to odors and therefore could affect how a cook adjusts sea-sonings. The ability of a female cook to taste-test foods is keenestduring the middle of the twenty-eight-day cycle and during thefirst three months of preg-nancy. During the last two-thirds of pregnancy, however,her sense of smell is less acutethan normal.

How does sugar affect the tasteof a bitter, salty, or sour sub-stance?

Sweetness lowers the intensityof a bitter, salty, or sour tastequality. This phenomenonpartially explains why a coffeedrinker adds sugar to a bitterbrew, why a cook adds a pinchof sugar to an oversalted dish,and why a lemonade makeruses sugar to counteract theacidity of the lemon juice. In-terestingly, the reverse is true, too. A bitter, salty, or sour substancelowers the intensity of sugar. That’s why it’s difficult for our taste

seasonings . . 179

See how salt and sugar significantly af-fect each other in your taste perception.Half fill three standard-sized glasseswith room-temperature water. Labelthem A, B, and C. Stir 1/2 teaspoon ofsalt into glasses A and B. Stir 1 tea-spoon of sugar into glasses B and C.Cross-taste A and B. Does A tastesaltier than B even though both containthe identical quantity of salt? Nowcross-taste B and C for sweetness. DoesC taste sweeter than B even thoughboth contain the same amount ofsugar?

Try This Sugar-SaltTaste Experiment

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 179

Page 199: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

buds to detect how much salt and sugar some processed foodscontain.

How can I save an oversalted soup?

Rice, pasta, or raw peeled potatoes will absorb a fair amount of thesalt if you simmer the starch staple in the soup until the ingredientis cooked to your liking. Then remove and use it for another dish.If you use rice or small-sized pasta, cook it in a string-tied cheese-cloth bag for easy removal.

Prohibition-era drinkers knew this salt-absorbing techniquewell. Cooking wines were widely and legally available but wereheavily salted to make them unsuitable for drinking. Many skirtedthe law by steeping potatoes in cooking wine to make it palpable.

Which is better, rock or sea salt?

Most of the salt (sodium chloride) merchandised in America isrock salt. It is mined from existing salt deposits that were laiddown eons ago by now-extinct seas. In contrast, sea salt is har-vested from existing seas by trapping the saline water in tidal basinpools and taking advantage of free solar power to evaporate thewater until only the salt remains. It has a stronger flavor and amore interesting character than rock salt. Understandably, it is derigueur for some food connoisseurs. Sea salt’s alleged nutritionalsuperiority over rock salt, however, is nonsense. The amount ofthe extra trace minerals it contains is too trifling to matter.

Why is kosher salt better than regular salt for sprinkling on foodlike corn on the cob?

Kosher salt crystals are larger and cling better to food surfaces be-cause they have a more jagged configuration. Kosher salt is sonamed because it was specially developed as an aid for Jews whoadhere to kosher dietary laws, one of which requires that as muchblood as possible be removed from meat before it is cooked; thecharacteristics of kosher salt make it better suited for drawing outthe blood.

180 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 180

Page 200: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

What does MSG do?

MSG (monosodium glutamate) highlights the flavor of food, andespecially of salt (sodium chloride). Unfortunately, when thechemical reacts with salt, it creates a peculiar off-flavor. If you havenot already identified the strange, distinct flavor created by MSG,then conduct the accompanying experiment.

Does MSG cause headaches?

There is some preliminary evidence that suggests that more than aslight to moderate consumption of MSG could be unhealthy.However, the widely held belief that even small doses of MSG pro-duce headaches, palpitations, and other physical distresses — andthat one falls victim to theseby eating in inexpensive Chi-nese restaurants — is largelypoppycock (unless one hap-pens to be one of those rarepeople who has a particularlylow tolerance for MSG).

For example, why do somany of the victims seem todevelop those symptoms onlywhen they eat in low-pricedChinese restaurants and notwhen they eat in other budgeteateries? The local corner cof-fee shop is apt to use just as much MSG as a run-of-the-mill Chinese restaurant.Therefore, unless the chef diduse an MSG megadose (an in-frequent occurrence), the so-called Chinese restaurant syn-drome would appear to bechiefly psychosomatic.

seasonings . . 181

Half fill three glasses with tap water.Using separate spoons, stir 1/8 tea-spoon of MSG into glass A; 1/4

teaspoon of salt into glass B; and 1/8 teaspoon of MSG plus 1/4 tea-spoon of salt into glass C. Take a sipfrom glass A and notice that MSG by itself is virtually tasteless. Next, afterrinsing your mouth out with fresh plainwater, take a sip from glass B and makea mental note of the natural taste of thisbriny liquid before sampling the remain-ing glass. Finally, take a sip from glassC. Notice how the natural salt flavorhas been amplified, a direct result ofthe MSG-and-salt chemical reaction.But more important, note the distinctmetallic taste produced by this chemi-cal reaction.

Try This MSG Taste Experiment

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 181

Page 201: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

What is the difference between black, white, and green peppercorns?

All three are produced from the berry of the same tree (Piper ni-grum). Their distinguishing characteristics derive from variationsin harvesting time and processing methods.

The most common of the three, the wrinkle-skinned blackpeppercorn, is picked slightly immature and then dried whole.The relatively smooth-surfaced white peppercorn is picked at fullmaturity. After it is soaked to facilitate the removal of its skin, it isdried skinless. Green peppercorns are picked immature and thenpreserved, skin and all, by pickling.

Some cooks prefer to use white peppercorns in pale prepara-tions such as white sauces and cream-based sauces. If black pep-percorns were used, the black specks of the ground dried skinmight detract from the food’s visual appeal. Other cooks prefer totake advantage of the wonderful intense flavor and fragrance thatthe skin of the dried pepper provides. Green peppercorns, themildest and classiest of the three, are often cooked and servedwhole in dishes like braised duck.

Pink peppercorns, by the way, are not true peppercorns — theycome from a different plant. Although the dried pink peppercornberry resembles the true item in size and shape, it has a differentcolor, taste, and aroma.

What is the difference between green and red chili?

Color indicates how ripe the fruit was when it was picked. Colorhas nothing to do with species. All chilies — and the world hascountless varieties — are green when young. If left on the vine toripen fully, the fruit loses much of its chlorophyll content — andthe previously hidden red (or, in some cases, yellow or orange) be-comes visible.

What is the hottest part of the chili pepper?

The white, spongy ribs contain the greatest concentration of cap-saicin, the compound that makes some of us reach for the nearest

182 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 182

Page 202: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

fire extinguisher. The seeds are the next most potent part, partiallybecause they cling to the ribs. If you discard the ribs and seeds, youwill have eliminated over 90 percent of a chili’s firepower. Parboil-ing the flesh reduces the chili-hotness even more.

Why are some people less affected by chili-spiced dishes than others?

With rare exceptions, the more frequently one eats chili, the moreimmune one’s sensory receptors become to the potential palate-scorching bite of these incendiary capsicums. Chances are youhave already encountered chili snobs who base their gastronomi-cal superiority on their ability to eat hotter foods than you can.Remind those braggarts that their skill stems from previous expo-sure to chili and not from innate talent.

Why is chili generally more popular in tropical than in TemperateZone cuisines?

As with many questions about culinary traditions, the answer ismultifaceted — there are at least six reasons.

First, chili makes living in the scorching tropics more bearablebecause this species of capsicum helps cool the body. Yes, thatseemingly paradoxical statement is true because the consumptionof the essential oils of chili turns the body into, if you will, a walk-ing air-conditioning unit. Chili usually causes the diner to sweat.When the heat of the day or a dry breeze evaporates this perspira-tion, the diner’s skin cools, because as water changes from a liquidto a gas, it absorbs a lot of heat calories from its surrounding envi-ronment.

Second, hot chili perks up the appetite, an important consider-ation because tropical weather does anything but whet the desirefor food. On a hot, muggy day in the tropics, you have as much ap-petite as you would in a steam bath.

Third, hot chili adds needed zest to a diet that would other-wise be, for the most part, comparatively bland. Though trop-ical fruits are ambrosial delights, vegetables and seafood in the

seasonings . . 183

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 183

Page 203: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

tropics are generally much blander than in the Temperate Zone.Fourth, chili is a natural preservative. This makes chili valuable

to people who live in the tropics because the hotter the climate,the faster and the more likely food will spoil.

Fifth, as contemptible cooks have long known, chili can swampthe telltale taste of spoilage.

Sixth — tourists take note — chili tends to reduce, to at leastsome degree, the incidence of diarrhea and some other intestinaldisorders.

Even chilly-climate cuisines can benefit from chili. Besides pro-viding flavor excitement for its own sake, chili aids digestion byaccelerating the flow of gastric juices.

How much difference is there between sugar refined from sugarcane and from sugar beets?

Both are sucrose sugars. The difference between the two in tasteand cooking properties is all but imperceptible to even an expert’spalate. What’s more, few brands specify on their labels whether thesugar was made from sugar cane or from sugar beets. There is,however, a significant difference in sweetness between sucrosesugar and the other leading forms of sugar. Sucrose is only abouttwo-thirds as sweet as fructose, the sugar that is derived fromplants (mainly fruits and honey). Sucrose is about twice as sweetas dextrose, a glucose sugar that is also known as corn or grapesugar. Sucrose is about thrice as sweet as maltose (malt sugar) androughly six times sweeter than lactose (milk sugar).

What is the essential difference between white and brown sugar?

Brown sugar contains molasses, a byproduct of the cane sugar–refining process. It is this dark, sticky substance that gives brownsugar its distinguishing flavor, aroma, and color. Despite theclaims of some health food faddists, brown sugar is practically aslow in nutritional value as white.

184 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 184

Page 204: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Why is high-fructose corn sugar so widely used in the food industry?

This sweet concentrate — processed from corn starch — is an ef-fective sugar substitute for those who produce foods and bever-ages such as soft drinks and sweet baked goods. It is cheaper thansugar and has a longer shelf life.

Which artificial sweetener, Equal or Sweet’n Low, is better forcooking? For dieting?

Equal is unsuitable for preparations like stews and baked goodsbecause heat diminishes its sweetness. Sweet’n Low maintains itssweetness when subjected to heat and has a longer shelf life thanEqual. However, Sweet’n Low has a bitter aftertaste.

Why does a vinegar-based marinade lose some of its sharpnessafter a food has been soaking in it?

An obvious reason is that some of the natural juices of the foodseep out and dilute the marinade. A not-so-apparent reason is theeffect of the chemical reaction that occurs when alkali and acid arecombined in a liquid. (This topic is covered more fully in the dis-cussion of baking powder in chapter 11, p. 201.) More often thannot, at least one of the food ingredients you are marinating has analkaline content that interacts with the acid in the vinegar (orlemon juice or wine), perceptibly diminishing the sharpness ofyour acidic marinating/flavoring agent.

Why should I avoid using the cooking wines found in supermarkets?

A centuries-old maxim says never cook with less than a good winebecause a bad one will impart its inferior qualities to your food.The flavor and bouquet of supermarket products labeled “cookingwine” are, in one word, inferior. If a cooking wine contains alcohol(not all do), the cook must contend with another negative. The

seasonings . . 185

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 185

Page 205: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

manufacturer must by law make the alcoholic cooking wines un-drinkable by infusing them with copious amounts of strong fla-voring ingredients, such as salt or MSG. These additives throwrecipes based on regular wine out of kilter.

Why shouldn’t I be too concerned about serving a slow-cooked,wine-enriched dish such as coq au vin to children?

Wine normally has an alcoholic content of about 10 to 14 percent— the remaining liquid is water. When you cook with wine in anuncovered pot for more than a short time, virtually all of the alco-hol dissipates into the air because alcohol has a relatively low boil-ing point (about 175°F at sea level, as compared with 212°F for water). The scant quantity of alcohol that remains with thewater should not be cause for alarm — after all, traces of alcoholoccur naturally in food; they are widespread and difficult to avoid.Children frequently consume traces of it in fermentable foodssuch as very ripe apples. And a teaspoon of sherry in a bowl ofsoup shouldn’t cause alarm either. The issue is really a matter ofprinciple.

Why should sherry not be added to a soup until just before serving it?

Soup is lightly laced with sherry for the elegant fragrance that itadds. Since much of the sought-after subtle aroma of sherry dissi-pates into the air within minutes after the fortified wine comes incontact with the hot soup, it is essential not to add it too soon.

An even greater cooking transgression than adding the sherrytoo early is to compensate for the expected fragrance loss by usingmore than a teaspoon of sherry per cup of soup. Although the del-icate fragrance of the sherry will escape into the air, the soup willbe overpowered by the not-so-delicate sherry taste, which doesnot dissipate into the air so readily.

Yet another soup-making faux pas is to reach habitually for thesherry bottle. The ability of sherry to add charm to a soup is lostwhen it becomes familiar.

186 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 186

Page 206: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Why should I add soup bones to the pot while the water is still cold?

Your goal is to extract from the bones as much of their taste,aroma, color, nutrients, and thickening agents as you can. A sud-den plunge into boiling water would partially seal these elementsinto the bones, and therefore fewer of them would leach out intothe water.

Why do many flambéed dishes smack too much of alcohol?

Most flambéers — including black-tie restaurant captains — per-form their pyrotechnic magic solely for its oohs-and-aahs value.They are not especially concerned about whether or not they haveallowed enough time for most of the alcohol content in the bever-age to burn away, and unless most of it does, the alcohol’s assertiveflavor will overpower the main ingredient.

When selecting the beverage to be flambéed, remember that thehigher its proof the more readily it will ignite. Don’t dally onceyou pour on the flambéing agent. Set it ablaze before too much ofits alcohol has been absorbed by the food.

Another rule for successful flambéing is to preheat the alcoholto about 130°F before you strike the match, because an alcoholicbeverage — unless it is of exceptionally high proof — will stub-bornly refuse to ignite much below that temperature. Since luke-warm food and sauce, as well as a room-temperature serving dish,can quickly cool the alcohol upon contact, you should also makesure that the preparation has not cooled too much and that thedish is preheated.

seasonings . . 187

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 187

Page 207: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Is an oil a fat?

To a scientist, an oil is a fat. However, it is common culinary prac-tice to use the term “fat” for those fats that are in a solid state whileat room temperature. Those that are liquid at room temperatureare called oils.

Fats from animals are solid and, generally, fats from vegetablesare liquid at room temperature. The notable exceptions are veg-etable oils from the coconut and palm kernel. Chemically speak-ing, there is less difference between animal and vegetable fats thanmost people would suspect. Even though their saturation andcholesterol profiles do differ, both fats are made up of a glycerolmolecule linked with three fatty acids. They share the attributes ofbeing water-insoluble and having a greasy feel.

What is shortening?

Shortening is classified as a fat because it is solid at room tempera-ture. Shortening can be made with animal or vegetable fats, or acombination of them. Those based on vegetable oil are made solidby hydrogenation.

Read the label. If it says “pure vegetable shortening,” the prod-

188 .

10oils and fats

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 188

Page 208: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

uct is exactly that. The phrase “pure shortening” means that eitheranimal or vegetable fats, or both, could have been used. If theword “pure” is missing, the manufacturer has included additivesto lengthen the shortening’s storage life or improve some of itscooking properties. Those additives, unfortunately, lower thesmoke point.

Can baked goods be made with oil?

One of the failings of oil is that, unlike fats such as butter and lard,it is inclined to collect instead of remain uniformly distributedthrough the baking dough. For that and other reasons, your bakedgoods will tend to be too grainy, an effect that is undesirable ex-cept in a few specialties. Fat gives your baked items a fluffy, moisttexture and, as a bonus, a commendable flavor.

We do not recommend the all-purpose oils, the type that havebeen engineered to be suitable for both baking and deep-frying.These products do not give the best of both worlds: good bakingproperties plus a high smoke point for deep-frying. In order togive the oils improved baking quality, the food manufacturer mustuse additives that appreciablylower the oil’s smoke point.An all-purpose oil, therefore,is a compromise, noticeablyinferior both to regular oilsfor frying and to fats for baking purposes. No matterhow hard the food technolo-gists may try, their laboratoryquest for a truly all-purposeoil will be futile.

Why does fat make some meats taste better?

Fat does more than add flavor and keep the cooking meat moist. Itmakes meat more succulent because fat spurs salivation. It also lu-

oils and fats . . 189

Buy two identical steaks. Call them Aand B. Grill or barbecue them. Aminute before they are done, liberallybrush the top of steak A (but not steakB) with butter. Cross-taste A and B.Which has the better flavor? Whichseems more tender?

Try This ButteredMeat Experiment

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 189

Page 209: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

bricates the meat’s muscle fibers, making it easier for your teeth totear the fibers apart.

Butter is the best fat for improving the flavor of steaks, as manyrestaurant chefs know. They brush steaks with melted butter justbefore removing the meat from the heat source.

Is fat consumption unhealthful?

We must eat fat to stay alive. What is unhealthy is over- and under-consumption of fat. Thanks to the barrage of warnings from themass media, most people know the dangers associated with eatingtoo much fat: obesity and coronary heart disease, to name two.However, overcautious people who go to the other extreme (con-suming as little fat as possible) unwittingly risk their health an-other way.

Fat is the vehicle that transports fat-soluble vitamins (A, D, E,and K) through the body. If your body has used up its stored fatsand carbohydrates and does not have a fresh supply of fat as anenergy source, your body is forced to resort to its supply of pro-tein, an organic compound that is far better utilized for other mis-sions, such as building body tissues. However, fat, too, has itsbuilding chores: It is essential for cell development. Besides its nu-tritive value, fat adds flavor and interest to prepared dishes, andbecause it takes longer to digest than protein or carbohydrates, ithelps keep the stomach satisfied between meals.

Authorities say that 30 percent of a normal adult’s caloriesshould come from fat. In practice, the figure is much higher forthe average American. Consequently, mostAmericans need not fret about a fat shortagein their diet. They should worry about theother peril, excess fat intake.

Is cholesterol unhealthful?

Cholesterol, an alcohol, is not a dire threat togood health per se. It is essential for bodilyfunctions, including the building of cell

190 . . the new kitchen science

Cholesterol is essential forbodily functions,including thebuilding of cellmembranes andsex hormones

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 190

Page 210: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

membranes and sex hormones. You can get your necessary supplyof cholesterol from your liver (where it is produced) and by eatingfoods of animal origin: meat (especially fatty cuts and organs),dairy products, and eggs. Although your body needs some choles-terol, an excess amount in your arteries can cause coronary heartdisease and premature death.

If your serum cholesterol level is below 200 milligrams perdeciliter of blood, you probably don’t have to be concerned aboutlowering your level because you’re classified in the “desirableblood cholesterol” group. If your level is between 200 and 239, youshould give serious attention to reducing your level because you’rein the “borderline high blood cholesterol” group. If your level is240 or above, you’re classified in the “high blood cholesterol”group — and failure to go on an immediate and strict cholesterol-lowering diet would be foolish if not ultimately fatal.

Is a vegetable oil or margarine that “contains no cholesterol” idealfor cholesterol watchers?

Many shoppers assume that if they buy a vegetable oil or mar-garine whose label says “contains no cholesterol” they run no riskof raising their serum cholesterol level. For the record, since cho-lesterol comes only from animal sources, these two vegetable-based foods never did contain cholesterol. Therefore, the shoppershouldn’t be paying attention to the manufacturer’s claims aboutcholesterol. He should be minding whether the product contains afat called trans fatty acids, and if so, how much. Trans fatty acidsare a major contributor to heart disease (more on this topic later).

What is the structural difference between saturated, mono-unsaturated, and polyunsaturated fat?

A fat or oil is composed of one glycerol molecule linked with threefatty-acid molecules, hence the umbrella name triglycerides. Afatty-acid molecule is a chain of carbon, oxygen, and hydrogenatoms. The length and makeup of this hydrocarbon chain canvary, but there is a maximum number of hydrogen atoms that

oils and fats . . 191

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 191

Page 211: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

each carbon atom can have. If the molecule has its full capacity ofhydrogen atoms, it is called saturated. The diagram below depictsthe middle of such a molecule:

Otherwise, the molecule is unsaturated (the number of missinghydrogen atoms is always divisible by two). If the molecule has ex-actly two fewer hydrogen atoms than it is entitled to, it is calledmono-unsaturated. Notice the double bonding of two carbonatoms and the corresponding absence of two hydrogen atoms:

If the molecule has room for four or more extra hydrogenatoms, it is called polyunsaturated:

Animal fats contain a lot of saturated fatty acids, some mono-unsaturated fatty acids, and scant amounts of polyunsaturatedacids. Except for the tropical oils, the opposite is true for vegetableoils.

Why is saturated fat unhealthful?

Saturated fat forces the liver to produce more low-density lipopro-tein (LDL), a microscopic vehicle that carries cholesterol throughthe arteries. LDL promotes buildup of atherosclerotic plaque —deposits on the artery walls that inhibit blood circulation. Thisbuildup can cause a stroke or heart attack.

192 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 192

Page 212: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Cholesterol watchers are warned not to buy products with highoil content if the label merely states “pure vegetable oil” ratherthan listing the oil’s specific name. “Pure vegetable oil” is likely tobe made in large part from highly saturated coconut or palm oilbecause they cost less than the widely available mono-unsaturatedor polyunsaturated oils. Nondairy creamers, in general, are an-other source of highly saturated oils parading under the “purevegetable oil” banner.

Why are mono-unsaturated and polyunsaturated fats consideredbeneficial?

Neither fat fosters the production of excess LDL. In fact, both tendto lower the amount of LDL in your body. Keep in mind, however,that since both are fats, they become unhealthful if excessivelyconsumed.

Which fat is better, mono-unsaturated or polyunsaturated?

A couple of decades ago scientists believed that the polyunsatu-rated kind was more desirable. Now researchers are voting for themono-unsaturated variety. Like polyunsaturated fat, it decreasesthe amount of LDL in the bloodstream. Unlike polyunsaturatedfat, it doesn’t decrease the amount of high-density lipoprotein(HDL) in the bloodstream. HDLs are highly beneficial becausethey tend to remove excess cholesterol from the circulatory sys-tem. This helps explain why olive oil has become the pet amonginformed cholesterol watchers — approximately three-fourths ofits oil is mono-unsaturated.

Is a 100 percent peanut or other vegetable oil free of saturated fat?

Just because a vegetable oil is classified as mono-unsaturated orpolyunsaturated doesn’t mean it doesn’t contain saturated fats.This classification is based on the predominant oil. All oils are acombination of saturated, mono-unsaturated, and polyunsatu-rated oils. What’s most important to the cholesterol watcher is thepercentage that is saturated. The worst offenders are the tropicaloils, including the widely used coconut and palm kernel oils. They

oils and fats . . 193

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 193

Page 213: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

contain an even higher percentage of saturated fats than does but-ter (92 percent and 84 percent, respectively, versus 63 percent).

The following chart shows you the percentage breakdown of fattypes in thirteen popular vegetable oils. Figures are averages. (Theexact figures vary by growing region, season, etc.) Oils are listed inascending order of saturation.

Fat Content of Vegetable Oils

Saturated Mono-unsaturated PolyunsaturatedCanola/rapeseed 6% 65% 29%Walnut 9 28 63Safflower 10 13 77Sunflower 12 19 69Corn 14 28 58Soybean 15 24 61Sesame 15 41 44Olive 15 73 12Peanut 18 49 33Cottonseed 27 19 54Palm 54 38 8Palm kernel 84 14 2Coconut 93 6 2Average 28 32 40

Is a margarine made with oils that are high in mono-unsaturatedand polyunsaturated fats good for the heart?

Margarine contains significant amounts of trans fatty acids. Thesehydrogenated fats have a different form than saturated fats but actlike them when it comes to clogging arteries. They pose an equalor greater heart-disease risk to consumers than saturated fats.

Although margarines are generally made with vegetable oilsthat are high in unsaturated fats and low in saturated fats, foodmanufacturers hydrogenate many of the mono-unsaturated fatsin order to solidify a liquid oil into a spread. Margarine makers

194 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 194

Page 214: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

also know that a hydrogenated oil has a longer shelf life because itis less susceptible to oxidation and hence to rancidity.

Hydrogenation changes the form of a mono-unsaturated fat by adding hydrogen atoms to its hydrocarbon molecular chain.This converts the unsaturated fat molecule into a trans fatty acidmolecule.

Therefore, do not be hoodwinked by a company’s sales pitchthat its product is made totally with unsaturated oils. What countsis not the absence of saturated fatty acids in the oil when it enteredthe margarine factory, but the presence of trans fatty acids in theproduct when you melt it over your steaming corn on the cob. Ifyou see the word “hydrogenated” or the phrase “partially hydro-genated” preceding “vegetable oils” in the ingredient list, youknow the product contains trans fatty acids. On the other hand, ifyou do not see the “hydrogenated” qualifier, do not automaticallyassume that the food has not been hydrogenated.

Does a margarine’s firmness indicate the degree ofhydrogenation?

Generally, the harder the margarine, the more trans fatty acids itcontains. Therefore — other factors being equal — pourable mar-garine has less trans fatty acids than tub margarine, which in turnhas less than stick margarine.

Why is Olestra calorie-free?

Olestra (a sucrose polyester) is a man-made product that is usedin products like snack chips as a fat-free and calorie-free substitutefor regular fat. In that respect, it does an effective job. A criticaldifference between Olestra and most regular fats is that the latterare small enough to enter the bloodstream (with their fat andcalories) through the intestinal walls. Olestra is too large anddense to do the same, so it passes through the digestive tract, withfat and calories intact. One issue with Olestra is that it reduces thebodily absorption of fat-soluble vitamins (A, D, E, and K) fromfoods that are eaten during the same period with products con-

oils and fats . . 195

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 195

Page 215: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

taining Olestra. And some people who have consumed Olestra-added products have experienced diarrhea and other gastroin-testinal side effects.

What are omega-3 fatty acids?

Omega-3 (and omega-6) fatty acids are part of a group classifiedas “essential” fatty acids. The human body cannot manufacturerthem, but needs them. Nutrition experts believe they help preventor lessen the effects of various ailments, including heart disease,depression, and swollen joints. They are best obtained fromomega-3 rich foods, including fatty fish like mackerel, salmon,trout, and tuna. Good plant sources include flaxseed and walnuts.Fish-oil supplements are also widely available.

Why do many short-order cooks prefer to deep-fry in used oil?

More than thrift encourages these chefs of the coffee shop circuitto favor secondhand oil. As food cooks, it dyes the oil, graduallyimparting a deep honey pigmentation that can be transferred tothe next batch. This cosmetic benefit comes at the expense ofproper flavor and aroma, as you undoubtedly have noticed if youhave taken a bite of one of those photogenic French fries served atyour neighborhood greasy spoon.

Why is knowing the smoke point of an oil important?

The smoke point of an oil is the temperature at which it starts tosmoke. When an oil smokes, it begins to decompose, and — saysome experts — many of its unsaturated fatty acid molecules be-come saturated. What is known for sure is that the chemicalbreakdown of the glycerol molecules in the fat creates acrolein, anobnoxious-smelling compound that can inflame the cook’s respi-ratory system.

Knowing an oil’s smoke point can also save you money becauseeach time you deep-fry with an oil, you lower its smoke point irre-versibly. If you buy an oil with a smoke point not very far above

196 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 196

Page 216: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

375°F (the normal deep-frying temperature), chances are itssmoke point will drop to below 375° after its first use. If you wantto save money by reusing an oil as many times as possible, selectone with the highest smoke point.

The smoke point for any given vegetable oil varies from brandto brand, but approximate averages for the leading oils are 510°Ffor safflower, 495°F for soybean, 475°F for corn, 440°F for peanut,420°F for sesame, and 375°F for olive. The figure is roughly 375°Ffor vegetable shortening (solidified oil).

What are flash and fire points?

Even higher than the smoke point are two other critical points:flash and fire. An oil reaches its flash point (about 600°F for mostoils) when tiny wisps of fire begin to leap from its surface. If the oilis then heated to its fire point (which averages slightly under 700°Ffor most varieties), its surface will be a blazing inferno.

Why should an oil fire never be put out with water?

Some of the water droplets will find their way into the hot oil andinstantly convert to steam. The built-up pressure will burst the entrapped pockets of steam, splattering the burning oil and en-dangering cook and house alike. Smother the flames with a tight-fitting lid or a sheet of foil wrap (kept handy for such an emerg-ency). If the grease fire has spread outside the pan, suffocate itwith baking soda or the foam of a fire extinguisher that is formu-lated for an oil fire, if you have one.

How can I prolong the useful life of an oil?

First, select the right pot. Opt for a stainless steel rather than aniron pot because the latter will hasten rancidity. For the same rea-son, choose a tall and narrow, rather than a squat and wide, pot tominimize surface area. Oxygen is an enemy of oil.

The longer an oil is heated, the more quickly it will decompose.Therefore, do not preheat the oil any longer than is necessary. If

oils and fats . . 197

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 197

Page 217: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

you are cooking more than one batch of food, add each new batchwithout delay (unless time is needed to adjust the cooking tem-perature). Turn off the heat immediately after removing the lastbatch from the oil.

Some cookbooks recommend heating the oil until a slight hazeappears on the surface. This is poor advice because smoke indi-cates that your oil is decomposing — and it does not reveal theexact temperature, which is the information you want. The bestway to ascertain temperature is with a quality deep-fat frying ther-mometer. We recommend its use even if you have a rheostat on anelectric deep-fat fryer, because such thermostatic controls are sel-dom sufficiently accurate.

Your oil can be tainted by the bread crumbs and other particlesthat are scorched within a minute after they detach themselvesfrom the frying food. Shake off loosely attached crumbs beforeadding the food to the oil. When crumbs do fall off the food intothe oil, remove as many as possible with a small strainer or slottedspoon before they have a chance to burn.

As soon as the oil cools to a safe temperature for handling(about 140°F or so), funnel it through several layers of cheeseclothinto its original bottle or, preferably, into a clean glass jar. Choosea storage container whose volume approximates the volume of theoil, because the more ullage (the air space between the lid and theliquid), the quicker the oil will oxidize, and therefore the quicker itwill become rancid.

Light also damages oil, so keep your supply tightly covered in adark, cool cupboard. Better yet, refrigerate the oil once it has beenopened.

Doesn’t refrigeration cloud an oil?

It is perfectly natural for an otherwise sound oil to develop acloudy appearance (and, for some oils, a solid consistency) whenstored at refrigerator temperature. The oil suffers no damage andshould become clear again when brought to room temperature.

198 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 198

Page 218: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

What are the signs of a deteriorated oil?

Visual clues include changes in color and viscosity, the presence ofimpurities, and a lowered smoke point.

An oil perceptibly darkens with use — and especially with mis-use — because the molecules of both oil and food burn when sub-jected to high or prolonged heat. Because sugar caramelizes,sugar-rich foods can particularly deepen the oil’s color.

The more you use an oil, the more slowly it will pour. This de-crease in fluidity is mainly caused by an alteration of the oil’s mo-lecular structure, but also by the accumulation of loose, absorbentfood particles, which can be seen as sediment or suspended flecks.

When smoke appears on the oil’s surface before the tempera-ture reaches 375°F, your oil will no longer deep-fry effectively.

An oil’s downfall is also indicated by rancidity, primarilycaused by prolonged contact with air. An oil’s rancidity can best bedescribed in sensory terms by comparing it with the taste andsmell of a stale potato chip. (There are plenty of those around.)

If the oil’s natural odor and flavor have been unduly contami-nated by foods cooked in it, the oil should be discarded. The sameis true if it tastes burnt or inordinately oily.

How do virgin and extra-virgin olive oils differ?

An extra-virgin olive has a maximum of 1 percent oleic acid be-cause it comes solely from the first cold pressing of the olives. Vir-gin olive oil has a moderately higher acidity level (between 1 and 4percent). This occurs when the olives are pressed harder or arepressed more than once. This extra processing extracts more oil,but at the expense of drawing out more of the unwanted acidsfrom the olive pits and skins. Olive oils with acidity levels above 4percent were refined with heat or chemicals and cannot use theterm “virgin.” They are simply labeled “olive oil.”

oils and fats . . 199

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 199

Page 219: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

What is yeast?

Yeast (Saccharomyces cerevisiae) is made up of minute one-cellfungi that rapidly multiply if given their favorite foods (sugar orstarch) in a moist environment. Its ideal temperature for growth is110° to 115°F, though for bread-leavening purposes, 80° to 95°Fyields the best product.

How does yeast leaven bread?

When the yeast cells feast on the sugar (or the starch that a yeastenzyme has converted into glucose, a simple sugar), a chemical re-action takes place. The sugar ferments and most of it converts intoalcohol and carbon dioxide. As with baked goods made with bak-ing powder, the carbon dioxide — along with trapped expandingair and steam — leavens the bread.

Are dry and compressed yeast products interchangeable?

Yes. One packet (about one scant tablespoon) of active dry yeasthas the leavening power of one standard cake of compressed yeast.Since compressed yeast contains 70 percent moisture (comparedto only 8 percent for dry yeast), it must be stored in the refrigera-

200 .

11baking

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 200

Page 220: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

tor — and even then it loses its leavening effectiveness in abouttwo weeks. Dry yeast need not be refrigerated, but it must bestored in an airtight container lest it absorb water from the atmos-phere, raising its moisture content. That would reactivate theyeast’s metabolic enzymes, awakening the dormant yeast cells.

How can I test the vitality of yeast?

Just before using the yeast, mix some into 1/4 cup of lukewarmwater that has been enriched with 1/4 teaspoon of sugar, the foodfor the yeast. If the yeast mixture does not start to bubble within 5 to 10 minutes, your microorganisms are dead or enervated andwill not leaven your dough or batter.

How does baking powder leaven baked goods?

Perhaps you recall from your high school or college chemistryclass experiments that carbon dioxide bubbles are generatedwhenever water is poured over a dry acid and alkali mixture. Well,that is exactly what happens when you use baking powder, becausethis cooking ingredient is essentially a blend of acid (calcium acidphosphate, sodium aluminum sulfate, or cream of tartar, to namethree) and alkali (sodium bicarbonate, popularly known as bakingsoda). Add water to this mixture and a chemical reaction results,producing carbon dioxide. The gas generated creates minusculeair pockets — or enters into existing ones — within the dough orbatter.

When placed in a hot oven or on a hot griddle, the dough orbatter rises, primarily for two reasons. First, the heat helps releaseadditional carbon dioxide from the baking powder. Second, theheat expands the trapped carbon dioxide gas and air and createssteam. The resulting pressure swells the countless air pockets,which in turn expand the food being baked.

Does baking powder lose its potency over a period of time?

Yes. Moist kitchen air — which enters the baking powder canistereach time you open it — dramatically lowers a baking powder’s

baking . . 201

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 201

Page 221: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

potency. As the accompanying experiment demonstrates.Always test your baking powder’s potency before using it by

mixing a little of it into a littlewater. The fresher the bakingpowder, the more actively thismixture will bubble. If thechemical reaction is weak ordoes not occur, your bakingpowder will not properly raisewhatever you are planning tobake.

Can I make my own bakingpowder?

Yes. The standard home rec-ipe for making the equivalentof 1 teaspoon of commercialbaking powder is 1/2 teaspoonof cream of tartar, 1/4 tea-spoon of baking soda, and — if you plan to store your supply — 1/4

teaspoon of cornstarch. The cornstarch absorbs moisture in the airand therefore prevents a premature chemical reaction between theacid and alkali. When using homemade baking powder, workquickly, because the carbon dioxide gas is released more quicklyand at a lower temperature than is the case with the commercialdouble-acting powders.

When substituting buttermilk for sweet milk in a baking recipe,why should I substitute baking soda for all, or some, of the bakingpowder in the recipe?

In order for a chemical leavening agent to release the optimalquantity of carbon dioxide gas into the dough or batter, the acidand alkali must be in proper proportion, as it is in the case of bak-ing powder. When you substitute buttermilk for sweet milk, you

202 . . the new kitchen science

Set up two 8-ounce measuring cups (or glass bowls). Call them A and B.Open a new can of baking powder.Transfer 1 teaspoon of it into cup A.Promptly close the can. Then cover cupA with several layers of very damppaper toweling (it should not touch thepowder). Six hours later reopen the canand transfer 1 teaspoon of its powderinto cup B. Into each cup, stir in a half-cup of cold tap water. Which producesthe most bubbles and, therefore, ismore potent?

Try This Baking PowderPotency Experiment

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 202

Page 222: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

incorporate extra acid into the batter or dough, which upsets theproper proportion of acid to alkali that was worked out in theoriginal recipe. That extra acid will reduce the amount of carbondioxide generated, thereby inhibiting the leavening process. Tocounteract the hyperacidity, the cook needs only to substitute bak-ing soda (an alkali) for some or all of the baking powder in orderto maintain the necessary quantity of alkali.

For each cup of buttermilk that you use in place of sweet milk,reduce by 2 teaspoons the amount of baking powder originallycalled for in the recipe and replace it with 1/2 teaspoon of bakingsoda.

Why are high-in-sugar doughs leavened with baking powder,not yeast?

A yeast dough made with a lot of sugar does not leaven well be-cause sugar slows the fermentation process. It also retards thegluten proteins from mutually bonding because many will bondwith the sugar instead.

How do air and steam leaven baked goods?

When heat builds up the pressure of the air trapped within thetiny air pockets in the dough or batter, the pockets expand andtherefore so do the baked goods. Dough- or batter-inflating pres-sure is also generated when heat converts some of the food’s watercontent into steam. Popovers and cream puffs are prime illustra-tions of this process.

What prevents baked goods from collapsing back to their originalsize once their leavening gas escapes or cools?

Baked goods acquire a firm structure principally because the heatof the oven or griddle coagulates the protein and gelatinizes thestarch in the batter or dough. If it were not for this firming action,the weight of the food’s mass would cause many of the air pocketsthat were formerly supported by the pressure of the carbon diox-ide, steam, or hot air to cave in.

baking . . 203

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 203

Page 223: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Why should I use less yeast or baking powder when baking at highaltitudes?

Since the atmospheric pressure is lower at, say, 5,000 feet than atsea level, the carbon dioxide gas generated by the yeast or bakingpowder encounters less resistance from the surrounding air.Therefore, a given quantity of carbon dioxide expands withgreater force, and the dough or batter is leavened more quicklyand to a greater volume at higher altitudes. Unless the baker cutsback the quantity of leavening agent used, the baked goods mayhave a rather coarse texture that would not please many breadconnoisseurs.

Why must I be prepared to vary the amount of flour that I use for aparticular bread recipe?

The flour you use today may have either more or less moisturethan was in the supply you used yesterday, last week, or last year.Flour tends to lose moisture the longer it is stored. Also, moisturecontent usually varies with the brand of flour and the season, anda flour will pick up moisture if you knead it on a humid day.

For these reasons, you must sometimes make adjustments inthe amount of flour (or liquid) you use in order to keep the doughor batter’s flour-liquid ratio in proper balance. If your flour hasmore than an average amount of moisture, use more flour. If it ison the dry side, use less.

What are the pros and cons of whole wheat versus white wheatflour?

Whole wheat flour contains all the edible parts of the wheat berry:the starchy endosperm, the nutritious germ (embryo), and theouter bran layer. To produce white flour, the miller removes mostor all of the germ and bran.

White wheat flour has three principal advantages over wholewheat flour. First, it does not become rancid as quickly and easilyand therefore has a longer shelf life. It is less vulnerable to rancid-ity because it does not contain the germ, the component of the

204 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 204

Page 224: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

wheat berry that contains the fat that causes rancidity. Second,white wheat flour leavens better because it contains more glutenper weight. Third, white wheat flour is more digestible. Finally,from the marketer’s viewpoint, white wheat flour has greater pop-ularity: Most Americans have been conditioned since childhoodto prefer baked goods made with white wheat flour.

Whole wheat flour has its advantages, too. First and foremost, itis significantly more nutritious because nearly all the vitamins,minerals, protein, fat, and fiber of the wheat berry reside in thegerm and bran. One must not be fooled into thinking that en-riched white bread is the nutritional equal of whole wheat bread,because far more nutrients are removed during the milling ofwhite flour than are replaced in the enrichment process. Oneshould also not be hoodwinked by the term “wheat bread” on thelabel. For flour made from the whole berry, look for the term“whole,” or “100 percent whole,” before the phrase “wheat bread.”If the list of ingredients says “whole wheat flour and wheat flour,”the bakery used a blend of whole and white wheat flours.

To discerning palates, whole wheat bread is also superior towhite wheat bread because it has a more interesting flavor and tex-ture.

What is the difference between ordinary whole wheat and graham flour?

The various wheat berry components of regular whole wheat flourare ground more or less uniformly. In the milling of graham flour,the outer bran layer is ground to a coarser texture than are the en-dosperm and germ.

Why do many serious home bakers prefer hard and soft flours overall-purpose flour?

All-purpose flour is a blend of hard and soft wheat flours. Each ofthese flours is ideal for specific tasks. Hard wheat (sometimescalled baker’s) flour is perfect for bread making because of its highgluten content, a substance that provides structure for the ex-panding dough. Soft wheat (also called pastry) flour is the better

baking . . 205

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 205

Page 225: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

choice for baked goods that do not need torely upon a high gluten content — mostbiscuits, pastries, and cakes, for example.When you use all-purpose flour for breadmaking, your bread lacks sufficient gluten.When you use all-purpose flour for mostcakes and other delicate baked goods, theirtexture will be tough because of too muchgluten.

All-purpose flour is not without advan-tages. It is adequate for the needs of the average home baker. Un-like hard and soft wheat flours, all-purpose flour is available inevery grocery store. Mainly for that reason, many cookbooks auto-matically specify it for all their baking recipes. And all-purposeflour is equal or superior to hard and soft wheat flours for makingcertain baked goods, notably popovers.

Does all-purpose flour vary regionally?

The major national flour processors use different blending formu-las to take into account regional baking preferences. Since a south-erner tends to bake more biscuits and the northerner more bread,the southern formula has a larger proportion of soft wheat andthe northern formula has a higher proportion of hard wheat. Thismeans that a recipe in a national publication calling for all-pur-pose flour may yield different results in different regions of thecountry.

Is unbleached flour preferable to bleached flour?

Unbleached flour has a more natural taste because it has not beentainted with the chemicals used to process bleached flour. Millerstreat their bleached product with chemicals for more than onereason. The most obvious is cosmetic: Bleaching agents whiten theflour. But just as important, millers cut their costs with chemicalprocessing. Flour must be aged to strengthen its gluten content,and natural aging of unbleached flour requires keeping the prod-

206 . . the new kitchen science

Soft wheat flour isthe better choicefor baked goodsthat do not relyupon a high glutencontent—most bis-cuits, pastries, andcakes, for example

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 206

Page 226: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

uct in a warehouse for several months. Flour processors discov-ered that they could avoid that storage expense by using chemicalsto age the flour artificially.

When you purchase unbleached flour, look for an establishedbrand, which is your assurance that the flour has been sufficientlyaged.

Is sifting flour necessary?

Unless the recipe says to sift, it is usually wiser not to. Reason:Most modern baking recipes are based on the measured volume ofunsifted flour, partly because the flour sold today is not as com-pacted as it was in our grandparents’ day. But even if the flour ofyesteryear didn’t need sifting for lightness, it probably would havebeen best to sift it anyway to remove insects and other impurities.

How does the choice of liquid affect the dough?

Bread made with water has a chewier texture and crisper crustthan one made with milk. However, milk helps produce a moredelicate texture and, because of its protein and sugar (lactose)content, a deeper-hued crust. Adding milk, potato water, or beerfurnishes the yeast with hearty food and the diner with added nu-trients, calories, and flavor.

Why is a sourdough baguette denser and more acidic than a standard baguette?

The sourdough yeast (Saccharomyces exiguus) multiplies at a sig-nificantly slower rate than does common baker’s yeast. A morecompact and less airy loaf results.

Sourdough bread is more acidic because, unlike baker’s yeast,sourdough yeast cannot digest maltose sugar. Bacteria are, how-ever, willing and able to do it — and a certain type native to theSan Francisco area does. In the process, a highly acidic byproductis formed, one that helps give sourdough bread its characteristicflavor.

baking . . 207

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 207

Page 227: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

What is the function of sugar, honey, and molasses in bread making?

Although these sweeteners are not essential, they can make thebread more tender because they postpone protein coagulation andthus allow the dough or batter to swell to a greater volume beforeheat stabilizes the structure. They can also add flavor, deepen thecolor of the crust, and extend the bread’s shelf life.

On the negative side, they add calories and, if too much is used,their caramelization can discolor the bread. A superabundance ofthese sweeteners can also slow down the yeast’s growth enough tokeep the dough from rising properly.

When substituting molasses or honey for sugar, remember thatyour dough will require a little extra flour to keep the optimal bal-ance between the dry and liquid ingredients.

What function does salt serve in bread making?

Though salt is not an essential ingredient for bread making, itdoes give bread a firmer crumb and crust. This more appealingtexture is due to the salt’s having slowed down the growth of yeast,thereby helping to prevent the dough from expanding too quickly.Salt also contributes flavor to bread.

What is the function of egg in a yeast bread?

Eggs are not required in yeast bread making, though they do be-stow color, flavor, nutrients, increased volume, and an overall rich-ness. However, for baked goods such as popovers — or the pâte àchoux–based cream puffs, éclairs, and profiteroles — egg yolks areessential. Without the support given by heat-coagulated egg pro-tein, these baking specialties could not maintain their steamed-and puffed-up shapes.

Why will bread made with a fat stay fresher longer than one madewithout fat?

When bread dries out, it stales. A bread’s fat content slows downmoisture loss. The French buy their bread supply twice a day be-cause authentic French bread is fatless and therefore stales quickly.

208 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 208

Page 228: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

What else does a fat contribute to bread?

Should a baker want to give a bread a softer and smoother texture,fat can help because it retards gluten development. (The greasedgluten strands have a more difficult time latching on to each otherand therefore are less effective in forming a structural network.) Afat also adds flavor, richness, nutrients, calories, and, if it is butteror lard, saturated fatty acids. Butter and margarine also lend color.

What bread-baking steps produce a soft crust? A hard crust?

For a soft crust, brush butter (or other fat) over the top of thebread before it is baked or while it is in the oven. Reason: Fat re-tards the drying out of the exposed surface.

For a hard crust, brush the top of the baked goods with coldwater, either before placing it in the oven or while it is baking. Al-ternatively, create a steamy baking environment by placing a panof water in the bottom of the oven.

Why does yeast dough need to be kneaded?

The most obvious reason is to distribute the yeast cells and otheringredients uniformly throughout the dough. One result of un-even dispersal of yeast cells is that the dough will rise faster insome places than in others.

It is equally important to develop a firm gluten that will pro-vide a supporting framework for the expanding dough. Gluten is amixture of proteins in the flour that, when kneaded, become a co-hesive network of elastic strands. As the carbon dioxide gas devel-ops, it becomes trapped inside the gluten structure. The trappedgas finds a home in the countless, minute, preexisting air pocketswithin the dough, or it creates its own minuscule cavities. As moregas develops, pressure builds up within these spaces. This pressurestretches the elastic gluten strands, increasing the volume of thedough.

What happens if yeast dough rises too little? Too much?

Both extremes produce a tough-textured bread. In the case of in-sufficient rising, the air pockets in the dough do not expand

baking . . 209

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 209

Page 229: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

enough to give the bread a light, airy texture. When a dough over-rises, the strength and elasticity of the gluten strands are irrepara-bly weakened, and therefore the dough’s structure is doomed tocollapse.

If the yeast bread dough did not rise sufficiently, what went wrong?

One possibility is that the dough was too cold to foster yeastgrowth. (The best temperature range for leavening bread is 80° to95°F.) Another likelihood is that the yeast was “liquidated” whenthe baker mistakenly mixed it with water that was too hot — atemperature of 140°F or more will usually kill yeast. It is also pos-sible that the yeast was DOA.

Why should I slightly underblend my pancake batter and then letit rest for an hour or two before using it?

If you mix pancake batter too energetically or for too long, youoverdevelop the gluten in the flour and your pancakes will betougher than necessary. Excess blending can also cause the prema-ture formation, and escape, of the carbon dioxide that you needfor leavening the pancakes.

A much better strategy is to stop mixing the ingredients just be-fore all the tiny lumps of flour dissolve and then let the process au-tomatically complete itself as the batter sits undisturbed in yourrefrigerator. The cold refrigerator temperature not only retardsbacterial attack and growth but impedes gluten development andhinders the yeast or baking powder activity.

A smooth batter produces more than just desirable texture. Italso helps to brown your morning masterpieces more evenly be-cause a greater area of the bottom surface will rest flat on the hotgriddle.

How does sugar help give pancakes a rich brown color?

As the pancake cooks on the griddle, the sugar melts and thencaramelizes. The more sugar you add to the batter, the greater thebrowning effect of caramelization. Many recipes from popularcookbooks and magazines, however, specify so much sugar that

210 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 210

Page 230: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

the pancakes could almost be better served as a dinner dessertthan as a breakfast food.

Why is the butter of America inferior to that of France for makingpâte feuilletée (puff paste)?

Pâte feuilletée consists of layers of rolled-out, butter-coated, thinsheets of dough. It is used to make such famous pastry as napol-eons and vol-au-vents. When pâte feuilletée bakes, the water in thebutter steams and helps separate the individual layers, raising thepastry to many times its former height.

If the butter contains too much moisture, too much steam willbe generated and the pastry will cook too rapidly and expand toomuch. The result will be misshapen and lack the light, delicate tex-ture of a pâte feuilletée made with a butter that has the propermoisture content. Most French butters have about 10 percentmoisture, and typical American butter has over 15 percent — toomuch for this use.

Some American bakers reduce the moisture by placing the do-mestic butter in a kitchen towel and forcing some of its water con-tent out and into the towel with a rolling pin. Though this tech-nique may solve the excess moisture problem, the pastry will nothave the heavenly flavor of a quality French butter, such as the glo-rious one churned in the Normandy village of Isigny.

Why is solid animal fat superior to butter for making biscuits andcookies?

A biscuit or cookie made with butter is undesirably squatter thanone made with a solid animal fat such as lard. Reason: Butter meltsbefore the oven’s heat can set a biscuit or cookie mixture, which al-lows the cooking item to spread. Solid animal fat does not prema-turely render, resulting in taller and more visually inviting biscuitsand cookies. Moreover, solid animal fat better aerates the cookingmixture, making the biscuit or cookie lighter and fluffier. Yet an-other advantage of solid animal fat over butter is the ease withwhich the former is incorporated into the flour before the liquidingredient is added.

baking . . 211

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 211

Page 231: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

How do I prevent ingredients like nuts and dried fruits from settling to the bottom of a batter or dough during baking?

Sprinkle them with flour before mixing them into the batter ordough. The coating absorbs some of the surface oil and water that exudes from these ingredients during baking and thereforereduces their tendency to slip downward through the batter ordough.

Why do my cakes develop unwanted domes?

Your cake batter probably has too much flour. If your batter werethinner, all its liquid molecules would have more time to circulatebefore the batter near the pan’s edges set. Once that occurs, theamount of heat transferred to the liquid center is reduced becausethe molecules near the pan’s edges are no longer in motion. There-fore, the center takes longer to solidify, giving it extra time to rise,creating the dome effect.

Why do different baked goods require different baking temperatures?

Ideally, these foods should be baked at a high temperature (in the425° to 450°F range) so that the expanding internal gases can ade-quately increase the volume of the dough or batter before the coag-ulating protein sets the food’s structure. Because of their small size,most biscuits can be successfully baked in or near that temperaturerange. However, a lower temperature (about 400°F) is necessaryfor baking bread loaves because the higher temperature wouldburn the outside of the bread before the heat could reach and bakethe inside. Well-sugared breads must be baked at an even lowertemperature (325° to 375°F) because the sugar would caramelizetoo much at a higher temperature and blacken the crust.

Why are black baking pans usually superior to the shiny variety?

A dull, dark, or black surface absorbs more of the radiant energycoming from the oven walls than a bright, shiny, or white surface,which reflects much of it. A black pan (carbon steel, for instance)

212 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 212

Page 232: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

will therefore become hotter and transmit heat more quickly thanan otherwise identical uncoated stainless steel or aluminum panin the same oven. This phenomenon explains why white suits anddresses are popular in hot, sunny weather. (A Harvard Universitystudy in the Middle East found that the surface of an outfit madewith black cloth is about 10°F hotter than one of white cloth be-cause the black cloth absorbs two and a half times more radiantenergy from the sun than the white.)

On the average, a shiny pan is 15°F cooler in a 350°F oven thanits black equivalent, and that 15°F can make a crucial difference.Because the shiny pan’s temperature is lower, you must either ex-tend the cooking time or increase the baking temperature. Neitherof those two alternatives is totally satisfactory. No matter what thecooking temperature or how long the cooking time, chances arethat either the exposed crust will receive too much heat or thecrust that lines the pan will absorb too little heat.

Shiny bakeware is not all that bad. It can be beneficial at times.Some delicate cookies require a very hot oven but are apt to burnon the bottom when baked on a dark, dull cookie sheet. A glisten-ing cookie sheet, on the other hand, reduces the heat reaching thecookies’ undersides.

If you do bake with a shiny pan, it pays to use a scouring pad tokeep its surfaces free of dark stains. When you bake with a stainedpan, the portion of the food resting on a black blotch may burn bythe time the food on a bright area is properly baked.

In one of our experiments, we purposely baked a loaf of breadin a shiny metal steel pan that was tarnished in spots with accu-mulated oven grease stains. The light-and-dark color pattern onthe bottom and side crusts of the baked bread came close to dupli-cating that of the stained pan’s outer surface.

Does food bake more quickly in a glass container than in a metal one?

Yes. This is because the transparency of glass allows radiant heat topass directly through it, absorbing comparatively little of that en-

baking . . 213

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 213

Page 233: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

ergy in the process. Cooks using a recipe based on figures for adark-surfaced pan and baking in one made of ovenproof glassmust either shorten the baking period or lower the oven tempera-ture by 10°F. When the recipe is designed for a shiny pan and youuse a Pyrex container, decrease the temperature 25°F.

Why should a baking pan be at least one and a half inches clear ofthe oven walls and any other pans?

When the width of a river decreases, the speed of its current in-creases. The same phenomenon occurs with currents in youroven, except that, in this case, the flowing substance is air ratherthan water. If there is a narrow gap between a pan and an ovenwall or another pan, the air currents that flow upward through itwill move faster than those that flow upward through less re-stricted areas of your oven. And since a faster-moving hot air cur-rent cooks food faster than one that moves more slowly, unevenbaking results. Air current A, depicted in our accompanying illus-tration, will cook the food on its side of the pan faster than air cur-rent B will cook the food on its side.

Uneven baking also occurs because food on the left side of thepan is bombarded with more of the radiant heat (see relevant dis-cussion in chapter 1, p. 18) that emanates from the oven’s walls.

214 . . the new kitchen science

bakingpan

A B

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 214

Page 234: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

When baking on more than one oven shelf, why should I staggerthe pans?

In the accompanying illustration, the pans in oven A are staggeredso that air can reach the tops and bottoms of both pans. In oven B,the bottom of the food in pan 1, as well as the top of the food inpan 2, will undercook because insufficient hot air currents willreach the area between the two pans.

What is the best temporary filler when baking a pie shell blind?

Some people use beans or rice, and some use metal pellets whenbaking a pie shell blind — that is, before adding the filling. Thoughboth the manufactured and the natural weights are heavy enoughto keep the empty pie dough flat on the pan while baking, themetal pellets are better heat conductors.

Therefore, the upper surface of the pie shell is less likely to beunderbaked. Moreover, you don’t have to worry about servingyour guests an off-scented crust.

Why is it helpful to brush beaten egg on a pie crust before addingthe filling and baking the pie?

This technique helps prevent soggy pie crusts because the egg pro-tein forms a shield between the dough and the moist pie filling.

baking . . 215

A

2

1 1

2

B

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 215

Page 235: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Since the coagulating temperature of the egg mixture is lower thanthe jelling temperature of the filling, you reduce the period inwhich the water in the filling comes in direct contact with thecrust.

Why should quiches made with onions and mushrooms be servedfresh from the oven?

Because these foods have a high water content, they lose an appre-ciable amount of moisture as they cool. This moisture can give aquiche two undesirable characteristics: a weeping surface and asoggy crust.

Why should breads and cakes be unmolded from their pans soonafter they are removed from the oven?

When a bread or cake comes out of the oven, it is permeated withtrapped steam. As it cools, the steam either escapes into the air orconverts to water, which the solids quickly absorb. If too littlesteam dissipates into the air, the bread or cake will become soggy.

To prevent sogginess, first let the baked product rest in the panfor several minutes until it has settled, then promptly unmold itand place it on a cooling rack. This maximizes the surface areafrom which the steam can escape. It also eliminates the possibilitythat moisture will condense and accumulate in the space betweenthe bottom of the bread and the pan.

Why does toast quickly dry out at the table?

A just-toasted slice of bread should be crispy on the outside, softinside. This provides desirable textural contrast. As the hot breadsits on the table, heat converts interior water molecules intosteam, which easily escapes through the pronounced porousstructure of a yeast bread. That’s why it is best to make toast insmall batches as you need it.

216 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 216

Page 236: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Why does bread usually stay fresher in a breadbox than in a refrigerator?

Two reasons. First, the relatively dry refrigerator air draws moremoisture out of foods than does normal room-temperature air.Second, the bonding between the starch and water molecules isweaker at refrigerator temperature than at room (and freezer)temperature. Consequently, bread will turn stale more quickly inthe refrigerator. On the other hand, if the bread is not located in acool, dry place and is not kept in an airtight bag, it might be at-tacked by airborne mold spores. If so, mold could develop on the bread’s surface at such an accelerated pace that the breadwould have been better stored in the refrigerator, despite the stal-ing factor.

For optimal long-term storage, freeze the bread (it freezes well).Wrap the loaf well in plastic or place it in a heavy-duty, zipper-lock freezer bag. Whatever storage medium you choose, be itbreadbox, refrigerator, or freezer, minimize moisture loss by keep-ing the bread well wrapped.

baking . . 217

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 217

Page 237: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

How much more important is water than food for basic survival?

You can survive several weeks without food under normal condi-tions, but only several days without water. Your survival-without-water time drops to one and a half days in a scorching hot desert.Providing you do not exert yourself, you could conceivably last upto ten days without water at a constant 50°F temperature in a sea-level environment.

Am I more likely to become dehydrated in the summer or winter?

Though your body loses more water during warm months, youare more likely to become dehydrated during the cold months be-cause you are less conscious of the need to drink water. You losewater through sweating in the winter, but that loss is less apparent.The sweat doesn’t linger on your skin as long because the moistureis absorbed quickly by the dry atmosphere in heated rooms and byyour absorbent cold-weather clothing.

Is thirst an accurate indicator of my body’s need for water?

Thirst is an imprecise warning system. Your body usually needswater replenishment long before thirst begins and well after it

218 .

12beverages

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 218

Page 238: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

ends. This means that if you are thirsty, you had better make it apriority to drink some water as soon as possible. (Dehydration canbe harmful.) You should also continue to drink water after yourthirst disappears.

Which is better for slaking thirst, plain water or soft drinks?

Water is considerably superior for quenching thirst because regu-lar soft drinks contain sugar. Your small intestine requires extrawater to digest sugar and has to “steal” it from other parts of yourbody. The result is counterproductive: In 30 minutes you end upthirstier than you were before.

Should I drink iced or room-temperature water to quench mythirst?

Even a young child knows that iced water is more refreshing andcools the body better than does room-temperature water. Few ofus are aware, however, that there is another reason to choose icedwater when we are thirsty. Iced water quenches thirst faster becausethe cold water lowers the stomach’s temperature, causing it to con-strict. This action forces the water more quickly into the small in-testine where it can be absorbed rapidly into the bloodstream.

Do we need to drink more water at higher altitudes?

You may have to drink at least several more glasses a day in, for ex-ample, Denver than San Francisco. Water evaporates fasterthrough your skin pores at higher altitudes because the atmos-pheric pressure is lower and the air is drier. We also exhale moremoisture because the thinner air increases our breath rate. (Thebest way to appreciate that we exhale water is to think about thevapor we emit on a wintry day.)

How is carbonated water produced?

Naturally carbonated water is created when acidic subterraneanwater chemically interacts with limestone to form carbon dioxide.This gas is dissolved into the water under high pressure in the un-

beverages . . 219

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 219

Page 239: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

derground environment. Artificially carbonated water is createdby dissolving the carbon dioxide gas into the liquid under highpressure in aboveground tanks.

Why do champagne and soda pop fizzle when opened?

Before the cap is opened, the pressure inside the bottle is suffi-ciently high to keep the carbon dioxide gas that is dissolved in theliquid within the liquid. When the cap is removed, the pressuredrops to the room-temperature pressure level, which is insuffi-ciently high. The carbon dioxide in the liquid begins to escape inthe form of small, rising bubbles. Eventually, the exposed liquidwill go flat.

Why does a person get intoxicated quicker on champagne thanwine?

Carbonation speeds the absorption of the alcohol into the blood-stream.

Is the “white wine with white meat, and red wine with red meat”dictum fallible?

That maxim is an oversimplification because it does not take intoaccount the many exceptions to the rule that stem from themarked differences in the characteristics of both wines and reci-pes. Roast chicken is a case in point. Because of its hearty flavor, itwould be better married to a red wine, as long as the beverage isdry and light-bodied.

Are some ingredients incompatible with wine?

Not all ingredients have an affinity with wine. High-acid liquidssuch as vinegar and citrus juice, for instance, give wine a disagree-able off-flavor. The sulfur content of egg yolks does the same deed.Other enemies of wine include artichokes, asparagus, chocolate,onions, pineapples, and tomatoes. For a detailed exploration of thebroad and complex world of wine-food affinities, see Howard Hill-man’s The Diner’s Guide to Wines (New York, Hawthorn, 1978).

220 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 220

Page 240: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Why are genuine corks essential for wines that require aging?

A wine that needs to be aged in the bottle is “alive” with the mi-croorganisms that help it to mature. Those microorganisms needoxygen, which passes through a porous cork. The maturationprocess should be slow — and it is the amount of oxygen availableto the microorganisms that largely determines that rate. If thecork is too porous (as a result, for instance, of drying out becausethe bottle wasn’t stored in a horizontal position), the wine willsoon sour. If the cork is manufactured from a nonporous metal orplastic, the microorganisms inside the bottle will be denied suffi-cient oxygen. A quality, good-conditioned cork provides a happymedium.

Why are genuine corks not the ideal choice for wines that do notneed aging?

Nearly 100 percent of wines sold do not need to be aged andtherefore their bottle stoppers do not need to let the wine breathe.A nonporous synthetic cork (or a bottle cap made of noncorrosivemetal or plastic) is a better choice because it is cheaper and thesavings can be passed along to the consumer. Another plus forbottles that do not use genuine corks is that you and your winemerchant do not need to store them in a horizontal position.

What are those tiny glasslike particles that sometimes cling to thebottom of a wine cork?

Contrary to the belief of some horrified wine drinkers, these crys-talline bits are seldom, if ever, broken glass. They are, in all likeli-hood, malic acid crystals that have solidified from the wine andare evidence of an inferior, though not necessarily unwholesome,wine-making process.

Is air the greatest enemy of leftover wine?

Yes. As soon as you pull the cork or unscrew the cap of a fresh bot-tle of wine, the bacteria-laden air in the room starts souring thewine. Let us say you have just finished a delightful dinner and

beverages . . 221

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 221

Page 241: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

there, sitting on your table, is a half-empty, standard-sized winebottle. Don’t just cork the bottle for tomorrow’s meal, even if youput it in the refrigerator. Use the popular wine vacuum pump, aninexpensive handheld device that sucks air out of a partially filledwine bottle. Alternatively, pour the liquid into a clean, empty half-sized bottle (saved for this purpose), then cork and store. This willdecrease the ullage, the amount of air space lying between thewine and the cork.

Why is wrapping a bottle with wet layers of newspaper a good wayto cool a picnic wine on a scorching day?

Cooling occurs because, when water molecules change from liq-uid to gas, they absorb heat calories from their surroundings.

In the case of the picnic wine, the day’s heat evaporates thewater in the newspaper, and some of the heat calories from thesewrappings are thus transferred to the air. The newspaper, nowcolder, assimilates some of the heat calories from the glass bottle,which in turn removes some of the heat from the wine. As a result,the wine cools. It works.

Why does beer stay colder in a glass bottle than in an aluminumcan?

The heat from your living room or from your guest’s clutchinghand takes longer to reach the chilled beer through the glass thanit does through the aluminum because not only is the glass con-siderably thicker, it is also a much poorer conductor of heat.

Why do most knowledgeable beer drinkers prefer draft to bottledor canned beer?

All beer is susceptible to spoilage caused by microorganisms. Thisproblem is not often serious for draft beer dispensed from kegsbecause generally it is consumed long before the microorganismscan ruin the brew. Beer sold in bottles and cans, on the otherhand, takes such a slow route from brewery to belly that unless it ispasteurized, it would likely be undrinkable upon opening. This

222 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 222

Page 242: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

pasteurization process — which is not used for genuine draft beer— partially cooks the beer and therefore negatively alters its flavor.Because a growing number of people recognize the difference intaste between pasteurized and unpasteurized beer, you might con-sider buying a suitable-size barrel of unpasteurized beer for yournext party.

Does aspirin affect my alcohol tolerance?

Two extra-strength aspirins taken a half-hour before drinking al-cohol will noticeably lower the stomach’s ability to metabolize thealcohol. Result: More of the imbibed alcohol passes through thestomach walls to the bloodstream, which carries it to the brain.The higher alcohol level could make the difference between pass-ing and flunking a police sobriety test.

Does alcohol affect drinkers more on hot days?

The higher the environmental temperature, the more a givenquantity of alcohol will affect you. However, alcohol is usuallymore dangerous in subfreezing weather. The alcohol dilates theblood vessels under the skin, giving drinkers a false sense of bodilywarmth and increasing the amount of heat escaping from thebody. They are more prone to frostbite and the deadly dangers ofhypothermia.

Does alcohol affect women more than men?

Yes, for several reasons, body weight being number one. The aver-age woman not only has less tissue to absorb alcohol than the av-erage man, she has proportionately less muscle tissue and more faton her frame. Moreover, a woman’s stomach has fewer of the en-zymes that break down alcohol. If she had as many of these en-zymes, more of the imbibed alcohol would be digested instead ofentering the bloodstream. In addition, a woman is most suscepti-ble to the effects of alcohol just prior to her menstrual period,when her metabolic rate slows down.

beverages . . 223

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 223

Page 243: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Why does alcohol lower inhibitions?

Alcohol is a narcotic that “numbs” some of the brain cells that reg-ulate a person’s defenses and sense of propriety. For example, peo-ple with a couple of drinks under their belt tend to take morephysical risks, to be more easily aroused sexually, and to be moreoutspoken.

Does coffee sober up a drunk?

No. Like the cold shower, it simply turns a drunk into a wide-awake drunk. Once the alcohol enters the bloodstream, it must bemetabolized. Sometimes this takes hours, so give a drunk ampletime to sober up before allowing him to drive home.

Can I freely switch drinks without fear of getting a hangover?

Contrary to popular notion, people do not get a hangover simplybecause they switched from a dry martini to a scotch and soda to aglass of wine. What will cause tomorrow’s throbbing headache isprimarily one or more of the following ten factors:

The quantity of alcohol imbibed: Of all ten causes, this is usuallythe chief culprit.

The type of alcohol consumed: Congeners are byproducts formedduring the distilling and aging process. These “impurities” givevarious liquors a distinct flavor, but they also help produceheadaches. Drinks like scotch and brandy have many con-geners, whereas vodka has relatively few. Among wines, Chiantihas far more than average.

The quality of the alcohol drunk: Premium brands are better fil-tered and better processed, and thus have fewer congeners thanlower-quality labels.

The rate at which you pour it down the hatch: The body of an aver-age drinker can comfortably absorb approximately one drinkper hour.

The ingredients of the drink: Lots of syrupy additions will make astomach revolt, with or without the aid of alcohol.

224 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 224

Page 244: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Your level of tolerance to alcohol in general, and to the type of drinkin particular: Steady drinkers have an advantage in this cate-gory over the now-and-then imbiber.

The quantity of food in your stomach: The folk saying “Never drinkon an empty stomach” is definitely true because alcohol stimu-lates the stomach’s secretion of gastric juices. When the stom-ach is empty, these juices have little else to do except irritate thestomach lining.

The quality of food in your stomach: Many merrymakers gorgethemselves with sickening hors d’oeuvres or overeat at the din-ner table — and then blame the next day’s results solely on thealcohol.

Hygiene: Some busy partyhosts recycle the glasswarewith a quick rinse, whichdoes little to wash awaypathogenic bacteria.

Self-fulfilling prophecy: If youthink a hangover will re-sult, chances are it will.

Why should ice cubes berinsed?

As ice cubes rest in their con-tainer in your freezer com-partment, they pick up FO(freezer odor), which can de-base an iced drink. Every re-frigerator has FO. Fortunately,unless your cubes are over acouple of weeks old, most of the damage is only surface-deep be-cause few of the foul-smelling molecules have had enough time topenetrate the ice. A quick rinse of the cubes under cold runningwater just before you use them dispatches the malodorous mole-cules down your drain rather than your gullet.

bevereages . . 225

Remove from your freezer enough icecubes to fill two standard-sized drinkingglasses (name them A and B). Be surethese cubes have been sitting exposedin your freezer for a week or two topick up surface freezer odor. Rinse onehalf of the ice cubes under cold tapwater to remove the surface odor andtaste. Put the rinsed cubes in glass A,the unrinsed ones in glass B. Let theglasses sit at room temperature until allthe ice melts. Cross-taste A and B.Which glass of water has a cleaner,more appealing scent and flavor?

Try This Ice Cube Experiment

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 225

Page 245: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Is coffee drinking addictive?

Caffeine is an addictive drug, though its downside is negligiblecompared to those of hard drugs like cocaine and heroin. Lightand moderate coffee drinking can lift one’s mood, sharpen think-ing, and decrease fatigue. Excessive coffee drinking can inducenervousness and produce drug withdrawal symptoms, includinglethargy and depression.

Which has more caffeine, tea or coffee?

A pound of tea — on the average — has twice the caffeine of apound of roasted coffee. However, since that weight of tea typi-cally yields about 160 cups, whereas the pound of coffee brewsabout 40 cups, the net result is that the cup of tea has roughly halfthe caffeine of a cup of coffee.

The exact amount of caffeine in coffee or tea can vary apprecia-bly according to such factors as the bean or leaf type, grind or leafsize, and brewing time and temperature. Parents who forbid theiryoung children to drink coffee should be aware that a 12-ouncebottle of a typical cola has approximately one-quarter the caffeineof an average cup of coffee — and many times more of it thanfound in a cup of decaffeinated coffee.

Why does a late-night cup of coffee keep some people awake morethan others?

The frequent coffee drinker develops a greater tolerance to thestimulating kick of caffeine than does the occasional java imbiber.Also, people are born with varying degrees of tolerance. Psychoso-matic considerations come into play, too. Chances are you will tossand turn in bed at night if you think that insomnia is the in-evitable consequence of a nocturnal cup of coffee.

Does caffeine affect the taste of coffee?

Caffeine — the best-known coffee component — has a mild bitterflavor. It also contributes new desirable flavors when it chemicallyinteracts with other coffee components.

226 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 226

Page 246: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Should coffee and tea drinkers forgo those Styrofoam cups stockedby some office coffee wagons and fast-food outlets?

At the very least, people shouldn’t be drinking two or three cups aday out of those containers, as some office workers do. The acid incoffee, and especially tea, dissolves some of the cup’s polystyreneinto the brew, a disintegration that doesn’t benefit your taste budsor your health. Cup erosion is most pronounced when hot tea isflavored with lemon, an acid.

Why is hot tap water a poor choice for brewing coffee or tea?

Hot tap water extracts too many of the metals, chemicals, and im-purities embedded in the pipes and boiler. These off-flavors comethrough the cold-water tap, too, but to a much lesser extent. Weknow of some coffee lovers who eschew even cold tap water anduse distilled water. If one’s local water supply has a disagreeableoff-taste (as some do), then this approach would make sense.

Is it always advisable to use freshly boiled water for brewing coffeeor tea?

For best results, the answer is yes. Water that has been boiled, thencooled, and then reboiled has lost enough of its oxygen content togive a slight flat taste to the brewed coffee or tea.

What is the ideal temperature for brewing coffeeand tea?

The ideal brewing temperature for coffee strikesa balance between extracting the maximumamount of caffeol compounds and the mini-mum of polyphenol compounds. Caffeol (notto be confused with caffeine) is responsible formost of the characteristic rich flavor and aromaof coffee, and polyphenols (tannins) give coffeea tang, a desirable quality, if not excessive. Mostcoffee professionals place the optimal coffee-brewing temperature below the boiling point,

beverages . . 227

Most coffeeprofessionalsplace the opti-mal coffee-brewing tem-peraturebelow theboiling point,somewhere inthe 185° to205°F range

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 227

Page 247: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

somewhere in the 185° to 205°F range. If the brewing temperatureis too low, the coffee grounds will not release enough of their caf-feol compounds. If the temperature reaches the boiling point —and especially if it remains there for more than a brief period —the grounds will yield too much of their polyphenol content andthus will likely create a displeasing bitter taste.

Recommended brewing temperatures for tea are more hotly de-bated by the experts. Our experiments show that, in most in-stances, green teas are best brewed between 180° and 200°F, oolongteas between 185° and 205°F, and black teas between 190° and210°F. Also, within each of the three categories, the better the qual-ity of tea, the lower the brewing temperature should be.

Why does percolated coffee taste bitter?

Not only has percolated coffee been boiled, it has been boiled for 7to 15 minutes. Little wonder that the resulting coffee tastes bitter.Another drawback is that the percolator method exposes the cof-fee’s aromatic agents to the air prematurely and excessively, so thattoo much of the aroma escapes into the kitchen air long before thecoffee is ever poured. A coffee scent in the room, though evocative,does not compensate for a deficiency of fragrance in the cup.

Of the most popular coffee-brewing processes, the drip methodis by far the best.

What determines ideal grind size?

Coffee style helps dictate the size of the grind. Beans used for mak-ing espresso should be ground finer than those for American-stylecoffee. Turkish coffee demands an even finer grind.

The brewing method also influences grind size. The ideal grindsize for American-style coffee is what is known as “drip grind” be-cause it has the optimal surface area for making a brew that is richbut not bitter. Despite the taste advantage of using drip-style cof-fee grains, you cannot use them in a percolator because the grainswould fall through the perforations in the basket and into thebrew.

228 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 228

Page 248: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Can the grind size for drip coffee be too small or too large?

Yes. If the coffee grains are undersized, the water takes longer thannecessary to filter through. Also, the increase in the exposed sur-face of the grains allows the water to extract too many polyphe-nols. Result: The coffee is bitter.

If the coffee grains are oversized, the water will pass throughthem too quickly. And because of the limited surface exposure ofthe grains, the water will extract fewer caffeol compounds. Result:Either the coffee will be weak, or the cook will be forced to useextra grains and the coffee will be more expensive than need be.

Why should coffee be brewed soon after it has been ground?

Ground coffee deteriorates noticeably within a few days — as op-posed to two to three weeks for coffee beans — because such alarge surface area is exposed to air. This allows volatile flavoringcompounds to escape easily. In addition, the increased surface areahastens oxidation and rancidification of the coffee’s essential oils.As coffee grains sit around, they also lose some of their carbondioxide, a gas that contributes to the brew’s body and bouquet.

Coffee processors often sell their ground product in so-calledvacuum-packed metal containers in order to keep volatile aro-matic coffee substances in and oxygen and moisture out. Still, timebrings some deterioration in quality because every coffee can con-tains some oxygen, despite the vacuum claim. Once the can isopened, the coffee grains are vulnerable to even more oxygen andmoisture. To minimize flavor loss and delay rancidity, keep out asmuch oxygen and moisture as possible, and cover the containerpromptly after use. Storing the covered coffee in a cool place —such as your refrigerator — also increases its shelf life.

Whole beans are less susceptible to oxidation. However, bewary of coffee displayed in open wooden barrels. Unless the mer-chant does a brisk coffee business and he doesn’t replenish par-tially filled barrels by dumping the new beans on top of the oldones, some of his beans may be overexposed to oxygen.

For the best cup of coffee, buy whole beans from a conscien-

beverages . . 229

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 229

Page 249: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

tious merchant with a fast turnover and grind them at home asneeded. If you must store your coffee bean supply for more thantwo weeks, freeze it in a well-sealed moisture-proof container.Beans can go directly from freezer to grinder to coffee maker.

Why should I serve coffee immediately after brewing?

As the coffee sits on the warming device, its volatile aromatic com-pounds flee the liquid. Moreover, the heat that keeps the coffeewarm simultaneously develops a bitter flavor in the coffee’s essen-tial oils.

Why can I sip coffee that is hot enough to burn my skin?

In sipping a very hot cup of coffee, you probably suck in more airthan you normally do when sipping a not-so-hot cup. This streamof room-temperature air lowers the liquid’s temperature throughconvection and evaporation. Also, the saliva that coats yourmouth partially insulates your oral tissue from the hot coffee.

What is the difference between an Italian, French, and Americancoffee roast?

These roast classifications refer to the length of the roasting periodand not to different kinds of beans. American roasts get the leasttime in the coffee roaster, while those labeled Italian (or espresso)are given the most time. A French roast falls between the two.

Italian and, to a lesser extent, French roasts brew a stronger-fla-vored and slightly more bitter cup of coffee than an Americanroast because of their longer roasting period and finer grind.

What is the rationale for the mocha-java blend?

The java coffee beans that are cultivated on the Indonesian islandof that name have a rich, mellow flavor and aroma but lackenough acid to give balance to a cup of coffee. Just the oppositeoccurs with mocha coffee beans, a product transported from theMiddle Eastern port of that name. Mocha beans are deficient inrich flavor and aroma but have surplus acid. Centuries ago some-

230 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 230

Page 250: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

one came up with the idea of blending the two types of beans toproduce a balanced cup of coffee, and the idea was a success.

Nowadays what is sold as “mocha-java” is really mocha-java–style coffee because few beans come from the Yemen port ofMocha and many of the “java” beans in the mix come from landsbeyond Java.

What is the essential difference between a black and a green tea?

All tea is plucked from the same botanical species, Thea sinensis,and is classified black or green depending on how the harvestedleaves are treated.

Black tea leaves — the type that is most popular in America andGreat Britain — are first partially dried (withered). This is done byspreading them in layers on racks for about a day. Then the leavesare passed through rollers that rupture their cells in order to re-lease some of the internal juices, which contain enzymes that trig-ger fermentation. Several hours later, the fermenting process isbrought to a halt by heating and drying (firing) the leaves in anoven or, more traditionally, with sunshine.

Green tea leaves are not fermented — and therein lies the salientprocessing difference between the black and the green. To preventfermentation, the freshly plucked leaves undergo a steaming ratherthan a withering process. The heat of the steam renders the en-zymes in the leaves incapable of causing fermentation. The lack offermentation is largely responsible for the great contrast in colorand taste between a cup of black tea and a cup of green tea. Greentea is typically less pungent as well as much lighter and more yel-lowish green in color, though exceptions to the rule do exist.

Oolong tea, the third major category, has a character that fallsbetween those of black and green teas. Oolong tea leaves gothrough the same processing steps as black teas, except that thefermentation period is appreciably shorter.

The world’s finest black tea is vintage (not plain) Darjeelingfrom India, while the blue ribbon in the realm of green tea goes tothe April-picked, grade one (sixteen grades exist) Dragon Well

beverages . . 231

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 231

Page 251: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

from the People’s Republic of China. Though oolong teas can begood, a great specimen has yet to be produced.

For a strong tea, which is preferable, a longer steeping period ormore tea leaves?

If you prefer strong but not bitter tea, increase the amount of tealeaves, not the steeping period. The longer the water and tea re-main in contact, the more bitter your drink will be because morepolyphenols are extracted from each leaf.

Why is it necessary to cover a steeping cup or pot of tea?

The lid does more than minimize the water’s heat loss. It also trapssteam, which dampens any unsubmerged tea leaf and sends it tothe bottom.

Another way to prevent heat loss while steeping is to preheat thecold teapot by pouring plain boiling water into it and letting thecontainer stand for several minutes before discarding the water.

Should I add milk to tea?

If a brew is of mediocre quality, you may have a scientific reasonfor adding milk. Mediocre teas tend to be more astringent thanquality teas. Milk lowers their astringency because some of the as-tringent tannic acids in the brew bind chemically with the milk’sprotein molecules. And there is another benefit: With fewer freetannins, tea is less constipating. However, tea connoisseurs areright in saying that adding milk to a quality tea is equivalent toputting ketchup on caviar because the milk masks the tea’s subtlearomas and flavors.

What’s wrong with drinking milk directly out of the carton?

Hygiene is the obvious consideration, especially for other peoplewho may subsequently drink the milk. However, even if only oneperson will be drinking the milk, he might be affecting his walletbecause he will be decreasing storage life. A human’s mouth is arepository of many forms of bacteria that can sour the milk pre-maturely.

232 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 232

Page 252: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Will a store-bought container of orange juice last a week in the refrigerator once its sealed cap has been opened?

Because of its high acid content, the juice should still be potableafter a week in the refrigerator, but its nutritional value will suffer.Oxygen enters and circulates inside the container each time thejuice is poured — and oxygen is the primary agent that destroysthe sought-after vitamin C content in the orange juice.

beverages . . 233

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 233

Page 253: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

234 .

What is irradiated food, and is it safe?

Irradiated food has been bombarded with ionizing radiation tohelp sterilize it and extend its shelf life. This radiation treatmentkills harmful bacteria and destructive insects — and can eliminatethe need to use chemical sprays. Some people mistakenly believethat irradiated foods are radioactive. Just as radiation does not re-main in microwaved foods, radiation does not remain in irradi-ated foods. Many leading health organizations say that irradiatedfoods pose no serious health risks.

Are sous vide foods safe?

The sous vide (French for “under vacuum”) food preservationmethod was invented by the French in the 1970s. Although it iswidely accepted in Europe as being safe and practical, many Amer-icans are concerned about health risks. They shouldn’t be. Thefood is slowly cooked and sterilized in a sealed vacuum pouch,then quick-chilled and refrigerated, usually for a maximum ofseveral weeks. The pouched food is reheated in simmering waterbefore it is opened and served. Sous vide fruits and vegetables

13food storage

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 234

Page 254: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

tend to retain more of their flavor, color, and texture than thosethat have undergone more conventional storage and cookingmethods because less cellular rupturing occurs.

How do the other major food preservation methods work?

Drying (removing up to 99 percent of the food’s water content) isan effective preservation method because no known form ofearthly life can thrive without water. Enzymes, too, are thwartedwithout a sufficient H2O supply. Since desiccated foods can readilyassimilate moisture from the air, it is advisable to store themtightly wrapped in a low-humidity environment. Placing the foodin a cupboard near a stove is not the answer because water mole-cules from the steaming pots can be greedily absorbed by the“thirsty” food.

Freezing kills microbes or inhibits their growth. With freeze-drying, the selected food is frozen before its water content is re-moved. The water is first changed to ice and then directly intovapor, a process called sublimation. The middle phase of normalfreezing, liquidity, is skipped.

Salting (curing) draws much of the moisture from the food ei-ther by simple absorption or by osmosis. Salt also creates an ad-verse environment for microorganisms. One salting technique isdry-curing: The food is coated or buried in salt. A second populartechnique is to immerse the food in brine, a salt-and-water solu-tion. A variation of the second method is to inject brine into thefood, for instance, by pumping the saline solution through theblood vessels.

Pickling involves treating foods such as cucumbers with vine-gar or other acidic liquids that are hostile to the well-being of mi-croorganisms. A pickling solution usually also contains water,sugar, salt, and spices; certain chemicals can crop up in the formulaas well. Marination is, among other things, a pickling process.

Refrigerating a food will not kill most of the microorganismspresent, but it retards their growth enough to preserve the food.

food storage . . 235

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 235

Page 255: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Predicting a food’s refrigeration life is not an exact science. Over adozen variables affect it: the kind of food; how the food was sea-soned and processed; the freshness and condition of the food; howthe food was wrapped or covered; the refrigerator’s temperature(ideally 35° to 39°F, or 2° to 4°C); the location in the refrigerator(the rear wall is colder than the door shelves, and the area nearestthe freezer unit is colder than the crisper); and how often and for how long the refrigerator door is opened. The following arerough, conservative guidelines for several popular foods in theirfresh, uncooked state: seafood — one day; ground meat — oneday; other meat — two days; and milk — four days.

Freezing, of course, is an even better deterrent than refrigera-tion. For optimal results, a freezer’s temperature should be nohigher than 0°F (minus 18°C), a level that is beyond the capabilityof the freezer compartments in the majority of home refrigera-tors. Enzymatic reactions continue at low temperatures, althoughat a very slow pace, and they do not cause problems except whenfreezing fruits and vegetables. (See “Why must vegetables beblanched before freezing?” later in this chapter.)

Canning requires two major steps. The first is heating the foodhot enough and long enough to kill most of the microorganismsand all of the potentially more dangerous ones, such as the bac-terium Clostridium botulinum. The second step is sealing the foodin an airtight, sterile can or jar to protect the contents from anyonslaught by a new supply of microorganisms or oxygen and tokeep the food from drying out.

Sugaring is another preservation technique because sugar cre-ates a hostile environment for bacteria. Smoking does the same forfoods like hams.

What is the temperature “danger zone” for bacterial growth in foods?

According to the U.S. Department of Agriculture, most bacteriathrive at temperatures between 60° and 125°F. The growth of mi-croorganisms will be prolific unless other precautionary steps,

236 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 236

Page 256: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

such as marinating, have been taken to make the food unfavorableto bacterial growth.

It is important to note that we use the phrase “most bacteria.”There exist certain cryophilic (cold-loving) bacteria and other mi-croorganisms that can do nicely, thank you, at temperatures below60°F. Likewise, our world has thermophilic (heat-loving) microor-ganisms that flourish at temperatures above 125°F. For these rea-sons, more cautious experts place the danger zone between 40°and 140°F — and some expand the temperature range even fur-ther.

Does freezing diminish the quality of food?

The answer is an undeniable yes. When the frozen food thaws,some of its stored water seeps out of its cells, and consequently the cells lose their plumpness and the food its firmness. The waterloss is caused by the creationof ice crystals and the loss ofosmotic capability.

Osmosis, in simple terms,is the natural passing of liq-uid through a semipermeablemembrane (in this case, thecell wall) to equalize the con-centration of liquid on bothsides of the membrane. Sincethe dissolved solids inside thecell make the water in the cellmore concentrated than thaton the outside, water will flowinto the cell, swelling it in the process. The swelling in-creases the pressure of one cellagainst the other, and thereby the food’s rigidity. Freezing, how-ever, diminishes the osmotic capability of the cells, and thus theircapacity to absorb and retain water.

food storage . . 237

Buy two identical steaks to test the ef-fect of freezing on meat. Call the steaksA and B. Freeze A and refrigerate B.After A is frozen (typically about 8 to12 hours), completely thaw it in thewarmest part of the refrigerator (nor-mally takes 10 to 18 hours). During thisthawing period, store B next to A.When A is thawed, bring both A and Bto near room temperature. (This willtake about an hour.) Grill or sauté Aand B. Cross-taste. Which steak ismushier?

Try This Meat Freezing Experiment

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 237

Page 257: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Ice crystals, the second major cause of flabbiness, form insideand around the cells when the food is frozen. These crystals takeup more space than the original water, and the expansion burstsmany of the cell walls and pushes some of the cells apart, givingthe seeping liquid an easy escape route.

The experiment on the previous page will conclusively provethat freezing does give a mushy texture to foodswith a relatively high water content.

Another drawback to freezing most foods isthat when liquid flows out of the ruptured cellwalls, it carries with it some of the food’s originalflavor and nutrients. Still another negative fea-ture is that most frozen foods, if stored longenough, will pick up foreign odors from thefreezer.

Some vegetables survive the freezing ordealbetter than meat, seafood, and fruit. Peas, spin-ach, and lima beans are among the vegetables that suffer the leastdeterioration (though, to be sure, some damage occurs). Vegeta-bles like cauliflower and broccoli are poor freezers because theprocess ruins their desirable texture.

Why are certain freezing methods better than others?

The key to maintaining a food’s quality is speedy freezing. Thefaster the food is frozen, the smaller the ice crystals that areformed in and around its cells. These tiny crystals do not cause asmuch tearing as the larger ones formed by slow freezing. Thefood’s texture therefore will suffer less damage. Another relatedbenefit is that the food — particularly meat — will not lose asmany of its juices during thawing because its cell walls remain rel-atively intact.

Most commercial food processors quick-freeze their productsby methods such as immersion in a cold solution or exposure tofrigid air blasts. The process is, of course, faster than any possiblein a home freezer. Yet there are steps that can be followed to ensure

238 . . the new kitchen science

Avoid over-loading yourfreezer, be-cause crowd-ing preventscold air fromcirculatingproperly

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 238

Page 258: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

that an individual home unit freezes food as quickly as possible.Avoid overloading your freezer, because crowding prevents coldair from circulating properly. When possible, add only a fewroom-temperature items at a time to a partially filled freezer be-cause a large volume of unfrozen food will appreciably raise thefreezer’s temperature and capability, and some of the food alreadyin the freezer is likely to partially thaw and then refreeze, forminglarger ice crystals in the process.

Are there some foods that are less suitable for freezing?

As people who have sprinkled salt on icy sidewalks know, salt lowers the freezing point of water. So if a prepared food has been presalted (most have), the food will not freeze as well as it would if unsalted and will thus have a shorter minimum freezer storagelife.

Fat does not freeze as well as protein or carbohydrate and con-sequently has a shorter freezer storage life than its two companionnutrients. The implication is clear: If you plan to freeze a cut ofmeat for a long period, you would probably be wise to trim off allor most of its excess fat before freezing it.

Since salt pork and bacon are both fatty and salty, their freezingproperties are poor.

Is a full freezer more energy-efficient than a half-empty one?

It uses less energy because frozen foods retain cold far better thandoes air. As a bonus, your food will stay frozen longer in the eventof a blackout. Don’t, however, keep your refrigerator full. Air cir-culation is essential for helping preserve the scent and freshness ofsome nonfrozen items.

Does a chest freezer have an energy-saving advantage over an up-right freezer?

A chest freezer will not lose as much cold air each time you open itbecause cold air is heavier than warm air. The cold air in the four-

food storage . . 239

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 239

Page 259: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

walled chest has only one avenue of escape — upward. In contrast,cold air easily cascades out of an upright freezer each time youopen its fourth wall, the door.

Why does chicken have a shorter freezer and refrigerator life than beef?

It has a higher unsaturated-to-saturated fat ratio. Unsaturated (es-pecially polyunsaturated) fats are more prone to oxidation, andtherefore rancidity, because oxygen molecules can more easilybind with their molecules.

What is the best way to store surplus pan juices?

Take advantage of a basic law of nature: Fat has a lower specificdensity than water, the principal ingredient of pan juices. Afterliquid fat and pan juices are mixed together, the fat — because ofits lower specific density — gradually rises to form a distinct upperlayer, while the pan juices settle. Therefore, to store pan juices,pour them into a container, cool to near room temperature, cover,and refrigerate. When the fat layer has solidified, you can easily re-move it, leaving the pan juices behind. However, we do not recom-mend removing the fat layer until you are ready to use the storedpan juices because the fat serves as a functional seal that helps pre-vent bacteria and foreign odors from reaching the juices as they sitin your refrigerator.

Why should I wrap meat tightly before storing it in the freezer?

Freezing does not halt evaporation of the meat’s fluids, it only re-tards it. Therefore, if the entire surface of the meat is not carefullycovered with a moisture-proof (or at least moisture-resistant)wrap, some of the food’s water, which is temporarily in a solidstate, will evaporate. This direct transformation from ice to vaporis termed sublimation and produces what cooks call freezer burn.

The meat’s covering should be sealed securely to prevent oxida-tion and to help ward off rancidity. Although the fat in any meatwill eventually become rancid if stored long enough, the grace pe-

240 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 240

Page 260: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

riod is certainly long enough for normal requirements if the foodis kept solidly frozen and not exposed to excess oxygen. A tightwrapping also helps prevent the meat from absorbing freezerodors.

Why should aluminum foil not be used to wrap food that is to be frozen?

Aluminum foil usually helps maintain a food’s temperature —whether high or low — because it retards the transfer of heat fromthe food to its surroundings and vice versa. Thus, a food protectedby foil will retain heat and not freeze as quickly as it would in, say,plastic film.

Although aluminum foil is not the best choice for freezing, youcan profit in other ways from its properties. Some examples: Afood, or section of a food, can be wrapped with foil for slow thaw-ing. If serving must be delayed, you can keep a hot food warmlonger, or a cold food cool, in aluminum foil. Because a shiny sur-face reflects radiant heat, you can preserve heat by facing the shinysurface of the foil inward toward the hot food. By the same token,when keeping a food cold — perhaps for a picnic lunch — face theshiny side outward so it can reflect radiant heat away from thefood.

Why should I not wrap salty or acidic foods in aluminum foil?

Salt and acids react chemically with aluminum, forming a pow-dery white substance on the surface of the foil and food. Thoughharmless in small doses, this coating is undesirable in terms of fla-vor and cosmetic appeal. If you want to take advantage of the stor-age virtues of aluminum foil, first cover the exposed food withplastic wrap.

Why does chocolate sometimes develop a white discoloration?

The bloom (as this discoloration is called) is almost always causedby improper storage and is usually one of two substances. It could

food storage . . 241

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 241

Page 261: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

be cocoa fat that rose to the surface of a solid chocolate mixturethat was stored too long at room temperature. Or it could be sugarthat was drawn to the surface by the condensation of a looselywrapped, refrigerated chocolate mixture; the moisture extractssugar from the mixture’s interior. In either case, the bloom is un-aesthetic but harmless.

Why must vegetables be blanched before freezing?

Obvious changes in color, texture, and taste take place in a veg-etable that is left out on a table or in the refrigerator. The veg-etable’s own enzymes are largely responsible for that transforma-tion. The extremely cold temperatures of freezing slow down thechanges but do not completely stop them. In fact, some enzymaticactivity has been observed at minus 100°F, and the temperature inmost home and commercial freezers is not below 0°F.

Extreme heat, on the other hand, inactivates enzymes and sets color and flavor. For this reason, most vegetables should beblanched before they are frozen. The process involves partiallycooking the food in boiling water or steam for up to several min-utes. Some cooks choose to boil or steam their vegetables as theywould before serving. However, blanching is preferable to fullcooking because it does less damage to the vegetable’s texture,color, and taste.

Why is sugar syrup customarily added to frozen fruits?

Fruits are also candidates for blanching as they, too, are susceptibleto deterioration caused by enzymes. However, a more effective al-ternative to blanching fruit is to preserve color, flavor, texture, andnutrients by adding an antioxidant, such as ascorbic acid or sugarsyrup, before freezing. This technique deactivates enzymes andblocks oxidation.

Sugar also serves at least two other important functions. Whenit comes to freezing, slightly unripe fruits are better than ripe ones,and sugar’s sweetening power helps mask the acidic flavor in un-

242 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 242

Page 262: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

ripe fruits. Sugar also lowers the freezing point and thus helps pre-vent the formation of large ice crystals that could rupture thefruits’ cell walls and membranes. Punctured cells are undesirablebecause flavorful juices would seep out, making the texture mushywhen the mixture thaws.

How can I tell whether a wrapped piece of meat sitting in thebutcher’s display case has been frozen?

A large pool of juices in the tray package is probably a result of therupturing of cell walls caused by freezing.

Why are certain methods better than others for thawing meat?

Two primary aims when thawing are to minimize damage causedby the ice crystals melting in the meat and to avoid bacterial con-tamination as the meat’s temperature rises. However, the cookfaces what seems to be a contradiction. On the one hand, rapidthawing causes more of the meat’s juices to be lost and more dete-rioration in texture. On the other, rapid thawing — if done prop-erly — reduces the threat of bacterial contamination.

The problem can be resolved by transferring the meat from thefreezer to the refrigerator, where the temperature is high enoughfor the meat to thaw and cold enough to allow the process toprogress at a slow pace while preventing bacteria in and on themeat from increasing dangerously. Thawing in the refrigerator cantake as little as several hours for a thin steak or as much as severaldays for a colossal turkey.

Sometimes the cook does not have the time to defrost meat inthe refrigerator and must leave it out at room temperature. Thisusually doesn’t present a problem if the meat is a thin cut, becausethe time it takes to thaw is not long enough to pose a health risk.But the surface of a thick piece of meat will completely thaw longbefore the inside and therefore affords ample opportunity for bac-terial growth. If meat must be defrosted quickly and is a little toothick to risk thawing at room temperature, place it in a tightly

food storage . . 243

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 243

Page 263: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

sealed waterproof bag and leave it in a tub or sink filled with coldwater.

Wherever you choose to thaw meat, keep it securely wrapped asa precaution against moisture loss and contamination from theenvironment.

We don’t recommend thawing meat (especially a thick cut) in amicrowave oven. The meat’s exterior will be mushy and over-cooked long before the meat’s interior begins to thaw (a microwaveoven can heat molecules in the liquid, but not the solid, state).

Is it safe to refreeze a food?

Yes, if the food is not dangerously contaminated at the time of re-freezing and is handled properly afterward. The only detrimentaleffect will be the one normally associated with freezing, a loss intexture and flavor — and it may be amplified.

The “do not refreeze” warning gained its prominence whenClarence Birdseye, the father of the frozen-vegetable industry, in-cluded the phrase on his company’s packages. Business logic stoodbehind his decision. Birdseye did not want to be held responsiblefor any mishandling once the product reached the consumer’shands. If the customer repeatedly removed a package from thefreezer, only to return it there after deciding it wasn’t needed, theresulting textural damage would certainly discourage future sales.The frozen-food company also wanted to prevent customers fromencouraging bacterial growth by subjecting the product to roomtemperatures for extended periods of time.

Some food writers interpreted the “do not refreeze” recommen-dation as a not-to-be-questioned health precaution, and the mis-apprehension quickly spread. We do not mean to suggest thatfoods should be randomly thawed and refrozen. Caution shouldalways be exercised, especially since the injuries a food suffers dur-ing freezing and thawing make it more vulnerable to deteriora-tion. Generally, you can safely refreeze a food that still has ice crys-tals, or that has been no warmer than 40°F and has been out of thefreezer for no more than 24 to 48 hours. Shellfish and dishes con-

244 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 244

Page 264: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

taining cream are among the foods that are particularly suscepti-ble to bacterial growth. In most cases, they should not be refrozenonce they have thoroughly thawed.

Should I think twice about buying a frost-coated package offrozen vegetables?

Yes. This is too often a sign that the frozen food has thawed tosome extent at least once before you saw it. The source of the frostis usually moisture that has escaped from the food inside the pack-age. But even if the ice crystals are caused by moisture from an-other package, its existence portends deterioration, because if onepackage inside a shipping container has thawed, then chances arethat some of the contiguous packages have also.

Sometimes thawing occurs in the store’s display unit. Our re-search in several dozen supermarkets indicates that the surfacetemperatures of the topmost frozen-food packages in open displayunits are sometimes above 32°F. We’ve also observed a similarproblem for refrigerated items like meat and milk that are storedin open display units. The temperatures of the topmost (or fore-most) refrigerated packages are occasionally higher than theyshould be. This condition reduces storage life and probably createsa health hazard now and then. Moral: Select deep.

Are certain foods natural storage enemies?

Yes. Onions, for example, should never be stored with potatoes —they emit gases that negatively alter the flavor of the potatoes.However, some storage relationships are symbiotic, as is the casewith oranges and bananas. Oranges give off ethylene gas, whichaccelerates the ripening of the bananas.

Why should you not store fruits and vegetables in sealed,airtight bags?

Fruits and vegetables are alive. Like animals, they breathe in oxy-gen and expel carbon dioxide. Eventually, in an airtight environ-

food storage . . 245

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 245

Page 265: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

ment, they will use up all the available oxygen and suffocate. Dam-aged cells spell loss in color, flavor, texture, and nutrients.

Why should I not refrigerate jars of dried herbs?

Condensation forms inside the cold jar each time you open thecontainer in the room-temperature kitchen. This moisture short-ens the dried herb’s storage life.

Why do I have to defrost my refrigerator less in the winter than inthe summer?

The frost buildup comes primarily from the moisture-laden airthat flows into the refrigerator each time you open it. In winter,less moisture flows in because the room air is drier and you don’topen the door as frequently for ice cubes and cool drinks. Delay-ing the defrosting chore can be expensive in this day of high en-ergy costs. The coating insulates the tubing, forcing the refrigera-tor to work longer to cool to the desired temperature.

Can a person cool a room by leaving the refrigerator door open?

We hear stories about people doing this when their air conditionerbreaks down on a sweltering day. Their solution is counterpro-ductive. The room gets warmer because a refrigerator is not a 100percent–efficient machine — it produces more heat than coldness.Few people realize how much heat is expelled through the refrig-erator’s rear exhaust vent.

Why does a vacuum storage bottle maintain the temperature ofbeverages better than a thermal bottle?

The heat of a stored hot beverage is mainly lost to the colder airaround it through conduction, and a cold beverage will graduallygain heat from the environment in the same way. A thermal or avacuum bottle retards the transfer of heat (in either direction) be-tween food and its surroundings by placing a poor heat-conduct-ing medium between the two.

246 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 246

Page 266: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

The basic difference between the vacuum and thermal storagebottles is the chosen medium. With a vacuum bottle, the mediumis a near-vacuum that is hermetically sealed between the unit’sinner and outer glass liners. In the case of the thermal bottle, themedium is a solid material that is a poor conductor of heat, but notas poor as a near-vacuum. Consequently, the vacuum bottle moreefficiently impedes heat transference — and this capability is mostpronounced when storing a hot beverage. (Just in case there is anyconfusion, allow us to point out that the Thermos brand employs avacuum and not, as its name suggests, the thermal method.)

A thermal storage bottle does have a convincing selling point:It is less breakable, a pragmatic consideration when the user is alunch-toting child.

Why is a pressure cooker a must for most home canning?

To kill the bacteria that can produce the deadly botulism toxin inlow-acid canned foods, you have two options. You can cook thefood at or near the boiling point for a ridiculously long time, aprocess that cooks the food to death before it kills the bacteria. Oryou can use a pressure cooker. Because a pressure cooker can reacha temperature of about 250°F, it better preserves the texture, color,flavor, aroma, and nutrients of the food by appreciably shorteningthe required cooking time.

Does an animal’s state of mind during its final hours affect thestorage life of meat?

Yes. If a mammal (or fish) is agitated, afraid, startled, or otherwisepsychologically disturbed, its body automatically starts to convertthe carbohydrate glycogen stored in its tissues into sugar for quickenergy. This natural biological reaction gives the animal greaterstrength to fight or take flight, thus increasing its chances for sur-vival. However, should the animal die, any conversion that oc-curred will shorten the meat’s storage life. After death, the glyco-gen remaining in the muscles converts into lactic acid, a substancethat retards bacterial growth. It follows that the lower the glycogen

food storage . . 247

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 247

Page 267: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

level, the less lactic acid is produced, and therefore the shorter theamount of time the meat will stay fresh.

Every experienced deer hunter has heard the so-called chestnutthat the venison will be more tender if the arrow or bullet is welltargeted, slaying the animal instantly. This advice is not only hu-mane but also sound, because if the deer struggles, runs, and en-ters a state of shock before dying, it will use up much of the glyco-gen in its muscles. When this happens, the venison meat cannotsafely be hung for very long, and therefore it will not become astender as it should be.

For the same reasons, modern slaughterhouses kill — be it withan electric probe or whatever — with such surprise and swiftnessthat an animal barely has time to contemplate its fate. Someslaughterhouses go one step further and try to maintain an envi-ronment that is as serene as possible for the animal.

248 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 248

Page 268: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

How many microbes live in a speck of dirt?

Scientists estimate that a speck of dirt could contain millions ofmicrobes. Good reason for thoroughly washing an apple, celerystick, and any other fruit or vegetable you intend to eat raw.

What is the single greatest cook-induced source of bacterial contamination in the kitchen?

Usually it’s the humble can opener. Although many cooks washtheir cutting board surface dutifully after each use, they forget todo the same to the can opener. Even if just one tiny food particlesticks to the blade, it can make an excellent medium for patho-genic microorganisms. These bacteria have ample time to multi-ply by the time the cook uses the can opener the next day.

Why should you not set a hot pot on a butcher block or other cutting surface?

The primary harm is usually not damage to the cutting board sur-face but an increase in bacterial contamination. The board absorbsheat from the pot and can retain it for up to 30 minutes. During

. 249

14health and nutrition

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 249

Page 269: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

this time, any pathogenic bacteria that are on the board will multi-ply faster than if the board were at room temperature.

How fast do bacteria multiply?

In an ideal environment, a bacteria cell can divide approximatelyevery 20 minutes. The accompanying table illustrates the prolifer-ation results over a 10-hour period. Of course, these are theoreti-cal, not real-world results, as bacteria sometimes divide slowerthan expected. But imagine what would happen if the stew startedoff, as is possible, with thousands upon thousands of bacteriacells. And some bacteria do more than divide. They produce tox-ins that can kill you or make you seriously sick.

Bacterial Growth in a Single Bacteria Cell Dividing Every 20 Minutes in a Meat Stew Left Out Overnight

Time Bacterial Count

9:00 p.m. 110:00 p.m. 811:00 p.m. 6412:00 a.m. 5121:00 a.m. 4,0002:00 a.m. 32,0003:00 a.m. 262,0004:00 a.m. 2,000,0005:00 a.m. 16,000,0006:00 a.m. 134,000,000

How do some outdoor grillers unwittingly contaminate theircooked food?

They transfer raw meat from the kitchen to the grill on a dish.Later they bring the cooked meat to the table on the same dishwithout first washing it.

How does trichinosis attack the body?

You can contract this disease when you eat pork or pork productsthat contain the live worms, round in shape and microscopic in

250 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 250

Page 270: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

size, that are called trichinae. Although most people associatetrichinosis with pig meat only, other animal flesh, including deerand bear, can also be contaminated. After you eat infected meat,the parasites lodge and reproduce in your intestines. Their larvaeenter the bloodstream, travel to your muscles, and, while grow-ing there, cause pain, fever, muscle deterioration, and sometimesdeath.

Trichinosis is not found around the entire globe. SoutheastAsians eat raw pork, and Europeans consume raw hams — for ex-ample, the celebrated prosciutto of Parma — without dire healthconsequences. In the United States, the medical profession nowa-days sees relatively few cases of trichinosis, owing to increasedpublic awareness and the widespread adoption of precautionarymeasures. For instance, garbage — favored by trichinae and pigs— is now cooked before it is fed to the animals. Most municipali-ties have instituted laws requiring that butchers within their juris-diction use a separate meat grinder for pork, or that they sterilizethe grinder before changing from pork to nonpork. In this way,the chance of contaminating other foods is minimal or nil. Gov-ernment standards help assure the consumer that cured ham andprecooked sausages produced by responsible meat processors arefree of trichinae.

Today chicken meat is 1,000 times more likely to be contami-nated with harmful bacteria than pork with the trichinae wormparasite. Still, whenever you eat any other American-producedpork, it is wise to assume that it contains livetrichinae, even though the actual chancesthat this is so are incredibly small. Why playwhat amounts to Russian roulette in thekitchen? Remember that a government in-spection seal is no protection against trichi-nosis because the examiners do not check forthe microscopic worms. Take the same pre-cautions that your butcher should: Nevertaste-test uncooked pork mixtures. Alwaysthoroughly wash your hands and any utensil

health and nutrition . . 251

Today chickenmeat is 1,000times more likelyto be contami-nated with harm-ful bacteria thanpork with thetrichinae wormparasite

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 251

Page 271: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

that touches raw pork with hot water and soap or detergent. If yougrind the pork, sterilize the machine with boiling water afterward.

See chapter 3 (p. 64) for cooking instructions regarding trichi-nosis.

Is an uncooked canned ham trichinosis-proof?

Federal law dictates that all ham must be cooked to an internaltemperature of at least 140°F before being canned. Since a temper-ature of 137°F kills the deleterious parasites, a can of ham is not athreat, whether labeled uncooked or fully cooked. (The latter mustbe cooked by the processor to a minimum interior temperature of148°F.)

What causes botulism?

A person can be stricken with botulism after ingesting the toxinproduced by the bacterium Clostridium botulinum. The bacteriumcan form the toxin only in the absence of oxygen, so canned goodsand products like meat that are wrapped in airtight casings are po-tential sources of botulism.

The pernicious toxin is more likely to be generated in low-acidfood, such as mushrooms, peas, corn, or beans, than in a high-acidfood like tomatoes. However, some new tomato hybrids are notacidic enough to prevent the bacteria from creating the toxin, sohome canners beware. Food destined for canning must be heatedto a temperature high enough, and for periods long enough, to killany toxin-producing bacteria present.

If toxins have developed in a food that has been stored underanaerobic conditions, they can be made innocuous by boiling thefood for 30 minutes. Nevertheless, any suspect food product —such as one with a swollen can or jar lid — should be discardeduntasted.

Botulism symptoms include malfunctioning of the nervoussystem. Vision, speech, and swallowing are impaired. Death resultsin cases where the respiratory muscles are paralyzed.

There is an antiserum, but there is a catch to its use: It is most

252 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 252

Page 272: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

beneficial when given before the patient’s symptoms are apparent,and most people have no idea that they have eaten contaminatedfood until they are physically affected. Once a person does exhibitsymptoms, quick diagnosis and treatment is crucial to survival.

What causes staphylococcal poisoning?

“Staph,” as this common food-borne disease is nicknamed, iscaused by a toxin produced by the bacterium Staphylococcus au-reus. That microorganism creates the toxin most readily in the 40°to 120°F temperature zone, particularly in low-acid foods. Cus-tard-filled foods are notorious sources of staph. Such foods shouldnot be left out of the refrigerator for long.

For the record, mayonnaise has been given a bum rap: It’s notthe underlying reason chicken and other mayonnaise-dressed sal-ads become contaminated under the hot sun at picnics. In fact, therelatively high salt and vinegar-lemon content of commerciallyprepared mayonnaise slows down bacterial growth. The real cul-prits are low-acid ingredients such as the chicken. (Please note,however, that homemade mayonnaise usually is too low in acidand salinity to retard the bacterial growth.)

What are other major food-borne bacterial poisonings?

Salmonella bacteria are found in many foods, including raw meat,unpasteurized milk, and uncooked eggs. The disease-producingagent is the bacterium itself and not the toxins generated. E. colibacteria thrive in animal fecal matter on farms and can be trans-ferred to cut-up meat in a processing plant. Shingella bacteria canalso come from fecally contaminated food.

Does a special anti-impurity filter attached to the kitchen sink’swater tap or pipe do more harm than good?

Unless you frequently replace the filter or thoroughly clean it, yourisk unsafe bacterial buildup. In some filtering systems, the bacte-ria multiply so rapidly that within a couple of weeks the numberof microorganisms that flow into your drinking glass may exceed

health and nutrition . . 253

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 253

Page 273: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

the quantity that would have traveled unhindered through yourtap.

Even if a filter is changed frequently, there remains the questionof the effectiveness of the various brands. With most, the watergushes through the filter too quickly to trap as many microorgan-isms as the unwary buyer is led to expect. Perhaps an even moreimportant issue is whether your water supply is as dangerouslycontaminated with pathogenic microorganisms, additives, impu-rities, and other demons as some alarmists — and filter hucksters— claim. Check the local facts before investing in a filter apparatus.

Can I get lead poisoning from glazed pottery kitchenware?

Each year a number of people die or become seriously ill fromlead poisoning caused by the lead that leaches out of improperlyglazed pottery kitchenware.

By U.S. law, glazed pottery designed for culinary use must befired at a high enough temperature to fuse the lead component ofthe glaze into the container permanently. Some glazed kitchen-ware pottery that is brought into this country illegally, or in thehands of returning tourists, falls well short of the federal stan-dards. If used to store or cook foods (and especially highly acidicfoods), the lead will likely migrate from the walls of the vessel tothose of the diner’s stomach. This lead buildup in the body cancause damage to internal organs as well as to the immune, cardio-vascular, and other systems. Children can also suffer learning andbehavioral disorders.

The type of tin cans that are sealed with lead solder are anotherpotential source of lead poisoning. It is a sound policy never tostore a high-acid food such as grapefruit juice in an open can. In-stead, transfer the contents to a glass jar or similar unleaded, non-corrosive vessel.

Does chicken soup help cure colds?

Yes, but this therapeutic magic is not chiefly due to its ingredients,as many people believe. The primary credit belongs to heat. The

254 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 254

Page 274: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

higher the temperature, the more fluid the mucus becomes andthe more quickly it exits the respiratory tract. This is beneficial be-cause mucus harbors cold-causing microbes. Chicken soup is notthe only remedy. Another hot liquid such as a cup of tea wouldalso serve the mucus-ridding purpose.

If you do use chicken soup, make it from scratch. Commercialsoups and bouillon cubes tend to be very salty, to the point wherethe soup will partially dehydrate you. That would be counterpro-ductive because when you have a cold, your body needs an extrasupply of water to combat and flush out the microbes and un-wanted byproducts.

Can diet, cigarettes, or medication affect a person’s vitamin requirements?

Yes. What you put in your body can sometimes sap the strength of certain vitamins or undermine your body’s ability to process or manufacture them. Whenever this happens, you will prob-ably need to consume more than the U.S. recommended daily al-lowance of vitamins (although these allowances are more thanample for most people).

Chain smokers, for instance, need extra vitamin C, and booze-hounds and sugar fiends require more of the B complex vitaminsthan their moderate companions. Additional B complex vitaminsare also recommended for people using antibiotics for extendedperiods of time, and for women taking birth control pills (whoalso need extra vitamin C).

However, you need not offset a lack or loss of vitamins withsupplementary vitamin pills. Increasing one’s intake of fruits andvegetables usually accomplishes the same mission more efficiently.

Why are manufactured vitamins no different from natural vitamins as far as the body is concerned?

Most vitamins are actually surprisingly simple configurations ofbasic elements such as carbon, hydrogen, oxygen, and nitrogen,and they can be flawlessly duplicated in the laboratory. Your body

health and nutrition . . 255

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 255

Page 275: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

cannot discern any difference between, for instance, ascorbic acid(synthetic vitamin C) and rose hips (natural vitamin C) becausethe two have an identical chemical makeup. The argument for nat-ural vitamin supplements is faulty — although lucrative. If youshop around for vitamins or vitamin-fortified foods, you will no-tice that the natural vitamins usually cost considerably more thanthe synthetic.

However, any vitamin supplement, whether natural or syn-thetic, is no substitute for a balanced diet. Scientists may be able tomanufacture the vitamins that have so far been identified, but theyhave neither the knowledge nor technology to manufacture all thesubtle components of a complete diet.

What should cooks know about water-soluble vitamins?

Unlike the four fat-soluble vitamins (A, D, E, and K), the eight Bvitamins and vitamin C dissolve in water. Though your body canstore the fat-soluble vitamins it needs in its fat cells for weeks, yourreserve of water-soluble vitamins is relatively short-lived. The pri-mary reason is that the B complex and C vitamins easily flee ourbodies in our perspiration and urine. Consequently, you need toreplenish your supply of water-soluble vitamins on a daily basis.Here lies the wisdom of drinking a daily dose of orange juice (highin vitamin C) at breakfast and eating ample portions of vegetables(high in various B vitamins and sometimes in vitamin C) forlunch and dinner.

Because of their water solubility, the B complex and C vitaminsleave vegetables as easily as they do your body. One way to reducetheir loss is to cook your vegetables in as little liquid as possible inorder to minimize the quantity of vitamins that leach out into thecooking medium. Steaming your food in a scant amount of water,therefore, is preferable to boiling it. And when you do steam (or ifyou must boil), use the leftover cooking liquid. Another vitamin-saving technique is to cook foods as quickly as possible, which iswhy Chinese woks are so highly touted by nutrition-consciouscooks.

256 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 256

Page 276: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Are fresh vegetables more nutritious than frozen ones?

When referring to vegetables fresh from the farm, the answer is aresounding yes. However, a frozen-food product is likely to bemore nutritious than nonfrozen vegetables that have meanderedalong a time-consuming route from earth to palate. Typically, aslow truck transports vegetables from the farm to a warehouse,where they wait until they are shipped to the supermarket, wherethey wait until a customer takes them home to the refrigerator,where they wait again until the home cook decides to use them.When this journey is long and drawn out, as it usually is, the veg-etables lose more vitamins than if they had been fast-frozen.

Under these circumstances, the product found in the super-market’s frozen-food section is often more nutritious because iffood processors are going to preserve their vegetables successfully,they must select only those that are the freshest and in the bestcondition, and they must normally freeze them within hours afterthey have been harvested, if not sooner. In addition, their freezingprocess is extremely cold and quick. (A shortcoming of freezing,of course, is that it deteriorates texture.)

Is spinach more nutritious raw?

Though most vegetables are more nutritious when eaten raw,there are exceptions, and carrots and spinach are two. Many oftheir vitamins and minerals pass unused through the body be-cause the human digestive system — unlike that of ruminant crea-tures — cannot sufficiently disintegrate the comparatively toughcellular walls of these vegetables and therefore cannot extract allthe nutrients.

Are most of a potato’s vitamins in the skin?

Vitamins in potatoes and most other vegetables are not concen-trated in the skin (as some health food faddists believe), but in thepulp just under the skin. However, since it is impossible to peel apotato without scraping away some of the vitamin-rich pulp, it

health and nutrition . . 257

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 257

Page 277: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

makes sense to cook and serve it with its skin. Besides, the skin doeshave some nutrients and adds flavor, texture, and color contrast.

What is an essential amino acid?

Amino acids are the building blocks of proteins that your bodyneeds to construct and replenish tissue, red blood cells, and en-zymes. Of some twenty required amino acids, your body can man-ufacture all but eight of them. (Some authorities say nine.) Theseselect eight are called essential amino acids.

Proteins in meat have all eight essential amino acids and thusare referred to as complete protein. Vegetables, with the notableexception of soybeans, do not possess all the essential amino acids,and therefore their proteins are termed incomplete.

People who, for economic or personal reasons, eat scant quan-tities of meat, eggs, and dairy products and large portions ofwhole cereal grains are nutritionally safe, too, because animal pro-tein has a surplus of the essential amino acids that cereal grainslack. This pairing partially explains why millions of people insouthern China can remain healthy on a diet consisting of a highproportion of rice (which, like other cereal grains, is particularlylow in the amino acid lysine) while usually eating no more than ameager serving of seafood (high in lysine).

See chapter 15 (p. 272) for a discussion of how vegans and tra-ditional vegetarians obtain the eight essential amino acids.

Which is better, iodized or plain salt?

Iodine is essential in the diet because without it, your thyroidgland could not manufacture thyroxine — a hormone necessaryfor bodily functions such as growth and the prevention of goiter.Because some Americans (particularly those in the so-called goiterbelt in the North Central states) suffer from iodine deficiency, theU.S. government encourages table salt processors to fortify theirproduct with potassium iodide to help ensure that everyone re-ceives enough of the mineral.

However, some medical authorities believe that if you eat a lotof seafood or food grown in iodine-rich soil (commonly associ-

258 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:19 PM Page 258

Page 278: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

ated with coastal areas) or drink water that has acquired the min-eral from such soil, you may be overdosing on iodine if you alsoregularly use iodized salt. The iodine-fortified product makesmore sense for people who live great distances from a seaboard.

Why does a candy bar provide a quick energy boost?

Candy is rich in simple sugars that can be quickly digested and ab-sorbed into your bloodstream, so you may feel an extra lift soonafter eating a candy bar. In contrast, your body must take the timeto convert more complex carbohydrates (such as are found in apotato or piece of bread) into glucose before they can be used forenergy.

On the negative side, a typical candy bar consists of empty calo-ries and does not provide your metabolism with valuable vitaminsand minerals. Nor does it furnish long-lasting energy; an hour orso after munching on the candy bar you may be hungry again orfeel a psychological and physical letdown because of the suddendrop in your blood sugar level.

What do all the additives listed on a food package do?

The accompanying chart describes briefly the principal uses ofsome of the additives that are most frequently listed on packagesin supermarkets. Bear in mind that our list is far from comprehen-sive. The food industry uses hundreds of additives, too many toitemize in this book. We had to be selective.

health and nutrition . . 259

Additive

Acetic acid (ethyl acetate)

Ascorbic acid (vitamin C)

Principal Use and Comments

Flavoring agent found naturally in manyfruits. Synthetic version is used in bakedgoods, beverages, chewing gum, gelatin,ice cream, liquor, and puddings.

Antioxidant that can also serve as a colorstabilizer and nutrient. Helps preservesuch foods as beer, bread dough, frozen

Additives Listed on Nutrition Labels

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:20 PM Page 259

Page 279: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

260 . . the new kitchen science

BHA (butylated hydroxyanisole)

BHT (butylated hydroxytoluene)

Calcium, sodium propionate

Carrageenan (Irish moss)

Casein,sodium caseinate

Citric acid,sodium citrate

fruit, jellies, and milk. Prevents loss ofredness in cured meats and provides asource of vitamin C in drinks and break-fast foods.

Similar to BHT (see below) in functionand use. BHA, however, is considered lessof a health risk.

Antioxidant for retarding rancidity in fatand oils. Commonly used in foods such asbreakfast cereals, cake mixes, potato chips,sausages, snacks, spices, and vegetablecooking oils. Some people experience allergic reactions.

Preservatives used to fight the growth ofmold and bacteria. Calcium also acts as adiet supplement. Found in foods such asbreads, cakes, pies, poultry stuffing, rolls,cheese.

Derived from seaweed, therefore a naturaladditive. Primarily used as a thickeningagent in such foods as coffee creamers,cottage cheese, ice cream, jelly, and sourcream. Also used to stabilize oil-watermixtures and foam in beer.

Nutritious proteins used to thicken andbleach. Often found in coffee creamers,frozen custard, ice cream, and ice milk.

Used as antioxidants and flavoring agents.Produced both naturally (in citrus fruitsand berries) and synthetically. Used as afruit flavor in such products as candy,carbonated beverages, chewing gum, andice cream.

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:20 PM Page 260

Page 280: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Chelating agent (traps trace amounts ofmetal ions that would lead to spoiling andcolor loss). Used in processing evaporatedmilk, pork products, and sauces and as anemulsifier in various cheeses.

Natural thickeners and stabilizers. Primar-ily used as firming agents in prepared food.They also stabilize beer foam, act as emulsi-fiers in salad dressings, and prevent the for-mation of crystals on ice cream and candy.

When hydrogen is added to liquid veg-etable oil, a new solid compound is cre-ated. This process changes most of thepolyunsaturated oil to saturated fat. Hy-drogenated vegetable oil products includemargarine and shortening. It is used now-adays in many processed foods.

Used to enhance the flavor of food. Com-posed of vegetable protein, which has beenbroken down chemically into amino acids.The protein is then more easily digested.Commonly found in canned chili, frank-furters, gravy and sauce mixes, and instantsoups.

See p. 181.

Preservative that fights the growth of bac-teria and other microorganisms in acidicfoods. Frequently used in carbonateddrinks, jams, margarine, pickles, pre-serves, and salad dressings. Cranberries and prunes naturally contain this additive.

health and nutrition . . 261

Disodiumphosphate

Gums (varioustypes, including arabic, ghatti, guar,karaya, locust bean,and tragacanth)

Hydrogenated vegetable oil

Hydrolized vegetable protein (HVP)

Monosodiumglutamate (MSG)

Sodium benzoate

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:20 PM Page 261

Page 281: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Sodium bisulfate,sulfur dioxide

Sodium chloride

Sodium nitrate,sodium nitrite

Sorbic acid,potassium sorbate

Sugar

262 . . the new kitchen science

Preservatives and antibrowning agentsused in beverages, corn syrup, dehy-drated potatoes, dried fruits, soups,and wine. Destroys vitamin B1 (thi-amine) in food.

Chemical name for salt, the world’snumber-one additive. Used to flavorand preserve a wide range of processedfoods.

Preservatives and coloring agents usedto inhibit the growth of botulism-pro-ducing bacteria. Can produce carcino-genic nitrosamines when combinedwith natural food substances calledamines. Found in most cured meats,including bacon, bologna, frank-furters, ham, salami, and sausages.

Naturally and synthetically produced.Prevents mold and, to some extent,bacterial growth in such foods asbaked goods, cheese, dried fruits, may-onnaise, soft drinks, syrup, and wine.

See next Q&A.

If the word “sugar” is absent from the ingredients list on a label,can the food still contain sugar?

Keep an eye out for the suffix “-ose.” Dextrose, fructose, lactose,maltose, and sucrose, for instance, are all forms of sugar. Sugarsare used as sweetening and sometimes preserving agents. As ex-plained in chapter 9, there is little nutritional difference amongthe various types of sugar — all provide empty calories. While ar-tificial sweeteners such as sorbitol and saccharin have few, if any,calories, they also have no nutrients.

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:20 PM Page 262

Page 282: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Why does sugar cause tooth decay?

Sugar is food for plaque-residing bacteria colonies. They convertthe sugar into acid that corrodes tooth enamel, causing toothdecay. The degree of decay is dependent more on how long thesugar remains in contact with the bacteria colonies than on theamount of sugar consumed. For this reason, a pure caramel candyusually does less damage than a sugary cookie made with starch.The latter substance helps bind the sugar to the tooth.

Why do I need fiber in my diet?

Fiber, also known as roughage or bulk, refers to the undigestiblecarbohydrates found in whole cereal grains, fruits, vegetables,seeds, legumes, and nuts. These undigestible substances facilitatedigestion and elimination by carrying other waste products alongwith them as they leave the digestive tract and by absorbing fluidsthat make wastes soft enough for easy passage.

Many doctors lay partial blame for various malfunctions anddiseases of the bowel, colon, and rectum on a deficiency of fiber inthe diet. Without adequate fiber, the intestines and bowel worksluggishly, and the wastes that result from the digestive process re-main in your system longer than they should.

Fiber-conscious Americans and inhabitants of other countrieswhere highly refined foods glut the market usually must strive toconsume enough fiber. Unfortunately, some weight-consciouspeople do not consume enough fiber because they mistakenly be-lieve that carbohydrates per se are fattening. Dieters should also beaware that most fiber passes through the body without being ab-sorbed, and according to medical evidence, it can help keep weightdown in two distinct ways. First, it is believed to help rid the diges-tive tract of some fats and carbohydrates that otherwise wouldeventually be absorbed into the body. Second, fiber’s chewy tex-ture and heaviness create a full feeling, making you less tempted tosatisfy yourself with refined high-calorie foods.

Too much fiber is bad, too. It can cause intestinal gas and hin-der your body’s ability to absorb certain minerals. How much is

health and nutrition . . 263

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:20 PM Page 263

Page 283: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

too much fiber? Some experts recommend a maximum of about35 grams per day for the average adult male.

What is the theory behind eating a varied diet?

Science has identified over 40 different essential nutrients — andno one food ingredient offers them all. Moreover, our body proba-bly needs some nutrients that food scientists know nothing or lit-tle about. A diet rich in variety therefore stands a better chance ofproviding all the necessary nutrients. A varied diet also lessens thepossibility of consuming an unhealthy amount of any single nu-trient. Likewise, such a diet reduces the magnitude of exposure tounwholesome substances such as toxins and pathogenic microor-ganisms that any single food might harbor.

Why are fast eaters more prone to stomachaches?

Food gobblers increase their chances of heartburn in two ways.First, they swallow a lot of air. Belching typically follows. The ris-ing air sends acidic digestive juices flying up to the esophagus. Sec-ond, since wolfers don’t have time to chew their food into easilydigestible pieces, their stomachs are forced to release extra acidicdigestive juices to break down the abnormally large pieces. Thisadded acid can cause heartburn.

The type of food matters, too. Most chronic heartburn sufferersknow that high-acid foods can trigger the condition. So can alco-hol and coffee — and lying down after a meal. It’s not commonknowledge that fatty foods can also activate heartburn. Indirectly,they relax a valve in the esophagus that normally prevents theacidic gastric juices from backing up into the esophagus.

Some diners take antacid pills to relieve heartburn becausetheir alkaline ingredient helps neutralize the acid. One should notuse this remedy on a steady basis, however, without seeking med-ical advice, because antacid pills alter the body’s acid-base balance.

A frequently overlooked remedy is a glass of plain water. It di-lutes the acid.

264 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:20 PM Page 264

Page 284: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

we’ve included this chapter because cooks play a major rolein determining the success of weight-reduction and other diets.Special diets are also discussed elsewhere, including in the choles-terol-related items in chapter 10.

Why do humans and other animals have fat?

The body’s fuel is glucose (sugar). It is stored as glycogen (forquick energy) and fat (for longer-term needs). Converting glyco-gen into the needed glucose is a relatively fast process. Convertingfat into glucose, however, is considerably slower and more com-plex. Why, then, does the body need fat? Wouldn’t it be simpler ifthe body used glycogen exclusively for its energy reserve? Gly-cogen has a shortcoming. It’s a carbohydrate that, like protein,contains only four food calories (energy) per gram. Fat, in con-trast, contains nine calories per gram. To substitute glycogen for 4pounds of fat, the body would need to carry around 9 pounds ofglycogen. That’s an extra 5-pound burden.

What are the chances of regaining the pounds you lose on a diet?

Unfortunately, the news isn’t encouraging. Most people seeking tolose 10 or more pounds on a weight-loss diet will regain most or

. 265

15diets

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:20 PM Page 265

Page 285: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

all of the lost weight within a year or two. And some of these peo-ple will eventually end up weighing more than they did when theystarted their diets. The consensus of leading independent weight-loss authorities boils down the secrets of success into three simplecaveats: Don’t eat more calories than your body burns, exerciseregularly, and learn to make healthy food choices.

Can a successful dieter return to his old weight-maintaining calorie intake?

The less you weigh, the lower your basal metabolic rate. If your“no gain, no loss” calorie intake level was 2,000 calories before youlost weight, that intake level would now be too high to maintainyour new weight.

Why do so many people end their weight-reducing diets severaldays after they begin?

Typically, the weight watcher is elated during the first few days ofhis diet. His scale shows a dramatic weight loss. Then the rate ofloss dramatically decreases or vanishes. Discouragement sets inand motivation wanes. What few dieters realize is that much of theinitial decrease is due to water loss, not fat loss, the real goal.

Dieters usually lose a lot of water through urination during thefirst few days, for several reasons. First, when the body discoversthat it doesn’t have enough carbohydrates to convert into glucosefor energy it goes to reserve sources, including the glycogen storedin the liver. Since water is stored with this glycogen, the body loseswater when the glycogen is used.

Second, the body continues to lose water even after the avail-able glycogen is depleted. At that point, the body begins to convertwater-plentiful muscle tissue into the needed glucose. Several daysinto the diet, the body smartens up — it stops consuming its ownmuscles and switches to stored body fat for its energy source. Sincefar less water is stored with fat than with glycogen or muscle tis-sue, far less water is lost as calories are burned.

Third, salt plays a major role in the noticeable weight loss dur-

266 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:20 PM Page 266

Page 286: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

ing the first few days. Since a dieter usually reduces thequantity of food (especiallyjunk food) he normally eats,his salt intake will probablyalso be reduced. This lowersthe body’s water-retention ca-pacity.

So, the next time you begina diet, don’t pay too much at-tention to your scale duringthe first few days. The lion’sshare of any weight drop willbe water. Measure the long-term progress of your dietagainst your third-day weight.

Once you’ve been on your diet for several days, don’t necessar-ily be disheartened if one morning the scales report that you’vegained two or three pounds overnight. The gain is mostly water.(For it to be fat, you would have to consume an extra 3,500 calo-ries for each gained pound — that adds up to over 10,000 caloriesfor a 3-pound gain.) Chances are that the food you ate yesterdaywas inordinately salty, which would increase the quantity of wateryour body retains. Go back to a normal salt intake and the extrapounds will be eliminated within a couple of days.

How are food calories measured?

When food scientists say an apple has 100 calories, they are speci-fying the potential energy (heat) that the apple can generate as itpasses through the body. Each food calorie is equal to the amountof energy required to raise the temperature of 1 kilogram (1 literor 2.2 pounds) of water by 1°C at 1 atmospheric pressure. Thiscalculation is based on a kilogram rather than a gram, so a foodcalorie is 1,000 times greater than the normal calorie, the onecommonly used in physics and chemistry.

diets . . 267

Today’s salt intake can appreciably af-fect tomorrow’s weight. Before break-fast weigh yourself. Then, for the re-mainder of the day, either eat a lot ofheavily salted foods or go on a low-salt diet. However, try to consume thesame number of calories you normallydo. Next morning weigh yourself. Ifyou did the high-salt experiment, didyou gain a pound or two? If you didthe low-salt experiment, did you lose apound or so?

Try This Weight Loss- Gain Experiment

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:20 PM Page 267

Page 287: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Scientists calculate the food-calorie value with devices such asthe bomb calorimeter, a sealed compartment in which a specificweight of food is completely burned. Sensitive instruments meas-ure the amount of energy generated by the burning food.

How many calories do we need?

The average man burns roughly 1,700 calories per day for basalmetabolism, the average woman roughly 1,325 calories. These arethe calories the body burns for basic life-support processes, in-cluding breathing, digesting, thinking, circulating blood, replacingcells, and maintaining body temperature. These basal metabolicfunctions take place even if one is sitting perfectly still.

In addition, your body needs calories for physical activity. Forinstance, the typical per hour calorie expenditure rate beyond thebasal metabolic rate is practically zero for watching TV, 300 for ca-sual walking, 400 for leisurely cycling, 500 for unhurried swim-ming, and 600 for moderate-paced jogging. Children, in addition,need extra calories for growing. Calories you consume beyond thebasal metabolic, physical activity, and growing requirements areconverted to body fat.

Do fat people need more calories than thin people to maintaintheir weight?

A 300-pound fat person burns more calories than does a 150-pound thin person because he requires more energy to move hisbody weight around, pump blood, and perform other functions.Don’t conclude, however, that this fat person needs twice as manycalories. On a pound-for-pound basis, the average fat personburns fewer calories than the average thin person, for three rea-sons. First, he has a thick adipose fat layer, which insulates thebody, reducing heat loss and therefore reducing the number ofcalories needed to regulate body temperature. Second, a fat personis typically less active than a thin person. Third, a fat person has ahigher fat-to-muscle ratio. This means he needs fewer calories be-

268 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:20 PM Page 268

Page 288: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

cause fat cells require fewer calories than protein-rich muscle tis-sue to function and survive.

Does a woman require fewer calories than a man of the sameweight?

If 2,500 calories per day is just what a male needs to maintain hisweight, the same number of calories would likely cause a female ofthe identical weight to gain extra pounds. A female requires fewercalories on a pound-for-pound basis because her basal metabolicrate is slower than a male’s. Hormonal differences between thesexes are partially responsible — so is the difference between theirbodies’ fat-to–lean muscle ratios. This ratio is higher for females.(As explained earlier, fat burns calories at a slower rate than doeslean muscle tissue.)

Why do men tend to gain abdominal fat and women buttock andthigh fat?

Abdominal fat quickly releases its energy faster than buttock andthigh fat. In the early days of humankind, males needed quick en-ergy for combat and pursuing prey. Females were gatherers, notfighters and hunters. They needed to store ample fat for pregnancyand nursing, which is more efficiently stored in the buttocks andthighs than in the abdomen.

A pound is a pound, so what’s wrong with losing water?

Don’t be motivated or discouraged by water-related fluctuations.Though you could shed an extra pound or two of water with tac-tics such as drinking only a modicum of water each day, it wouldbe unhealthy. Never dehydrate yourself, because your body needsa certain amount of water for vital functions such as flushing outtoxins and other waste byproducts. They remain in the body un-less the kidney has sufficient water to flush them out. In fact, youwill probably need to increase your water intake because dietersusually produce more waste byproducts than nondieters — the

diets . . 269

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:20 PM Page 269

Page 289: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

extra byproducts are formed when the body converts stored fatinto energy.

Why should weight watchers eat slowly?

When we eat, our blood glucose levels rise temporarily. Our bloodglucose receptors perceive this change and signal the brain that thebody has consumed enough food. It takes about 20 minutes forthis signal to reach the brain. Therefore, it’s easy to pass the pointof satiation without realizing it.

This problem is especially acute for fast eaters. Within the 20-minute duration, they can consume a lot of food, many morecalories than they really need, leaving them with an uncomfort-able, bloated feeling. If they had chewed and eaten slowly, theywouldn’t have ingested as much food by the time the brain trans-mitted the “full” signal.

Should a weight watcher skip breakfast?

Some dieters do, but they do not save as many calories as they maythink. Skipping breakfast (or any meal) lowers your basal meta-bolic rate. Your body will then burn calories at a slower rate than ifyou had eaten breakfast.

Will overfeeding a baby dramatically increase his chances of beingan obese adult?

An adult’s fat cells won’t increase in number if he overeats. Hegrows fatter because his existing fat cells increase in size. However,according to studies, when an infant is overfed, his fat cells do in-crease in number, and they will remain with him for life. When hereaches adulthood, he’ll have a greater capacity to “balloon out”because his body has more fat cells that can expand.

Should the elderly eat less than they did during their prime?

Suppose a person weighed and exercised the same at 65 as he didat 25. His body would require 10 percent fewer calories than he

270 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:20 PM Page 270

Page 290: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

did in his youth, partially because his fat-to-muscle ratio de-creased as he grew older. Body fat requires less energy than pro-tein-rich muscle.

A senior citizen also needs fewer calories because his basalmetabolic rate has decreased. He burns fewer calories.

The need for vitamins and other essential nutrients does notdecline as much as an older person’s caloric requirements. Conse-quently, the aged have little room in their diets for the empty-calo-rie foods, such as sugar and alcohol, that they may have enjoyed intheir earlier years. For health’s sake, they must make every caloriecount.

Does an athlete need to put extra salt in his food?

Few athletes need extra salt, either in their foods or from salttablets. Their regular diet usually provides sufficient salt for theirneeds. Consuming extra salt could be dehydrating and upset thestomach. Worse, it could thicken the blood, increasing the risk ofclotting.

Is the “big, juicy steak” diet valid for athletes?

Some athletes still think so, but eating an excessive amount of protein, whether in theform of meat or supplements, doesn’t helpbuild muscles as much as eating complexcarbohydrates does. Nor does protein pro-vide fuel for the muscles — carbohydratesand fats do that. To be sure, the athleteneeds some protein. A meat-rich diet, how-ever, isn’t going to do anything dramaticexcept, perhaps, raise his serum cholesterol level or damage hiskidneys.

What should an athlete eat before training or competing?

He should avoid fats because they take up to six hours to digest.Proteins are digested more quickly but should be limited because

diets . . 271

Eating an exces-sive amount ofprotein, whetherin the form ofmeat or supple-ments, doesn’thelp build musclesas much as eatingcomplex carbohy-drates does

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:20 PM Page 271

Page 291: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

they increase the body’s need for water. Carbohydrates are the bestbet. They are digested the fastest and can be converted into quick-energy glycogen. The carbohydrates should be the complex, notthe simple, variety. Sugar, for example, dehydrates and increasesinsulin production.

A carbo-loading meal should be consumed several hours be-fore the activity. If the athlete eats a heavy meal or doesn’t give thefood time to digest, the digestive system saps some of the body en-ergy needed by the muscles.

How do vegetarian diets differ?

Four of the best-known vegetarian diets are briefly described inthe accompanying table.

272 . . the new kitchen science

Avoids animal products but may con-sume dairy and eggs.

Does not eat any animal product — in-cluding fish, eggs, and dairy products(cheese, yogurt, milk, butter, etc.). In ad-dition, a vegan does not wear or other-wise use animal products — includingwool sweaters and leather shoes.

Follows the restrictions of a traditionalvegetarian except for one: A lacto-vege-tarian consumes dairy products.

Diet is identical to that of a lacto-vege-tarian with the exception of eggs, whichare permitted.

Traditional vegetarian

Vegan (pronounced vee-ghen)

Lacto-vegetarian

Lacto-ovo vegetarian

Vegetarian Diet Variations

Many other vegetarian diets exist, each with its own set of dosand don’ts. For example, the Jains sect in India goes beyond thetraditional vegetarian diet. They disallow root vegetables (includ-

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:20 PM Page 272

Page 292: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

ing carrots) out of concern that pulling or digging up a vegetablemight harm insects living in the soil.

Is it easy for vegetarians to consume all the eight essential amino acids?

Fortunately for vegans and traditional vegetarians, one does nothave to eat meat or dairy products to obtain all the amino acidsthe body cannot produce. They can instead plan a meal consistingof foods that collectively contain the essential eight. Whole cerealgrains and legumes are the most famous of such complementaryfoods whose proteins add up to form a complete source. There isone salient condition, however. The two must usually be eaten atthe same meal. Thus, the traditional peasant dish of rice and beansor the American Indian mixture of lima beans and corn (succo-tash) are good sources of protein.

Lacto and lacto-ovo vegetarians need not be as concerned aboutconsuming their required share of complete protein because dairyproducts and eggs contain all eight essential amino acids.

Does the menstrual cycle influence calorie intake?

Dieting females should watch their portion and calorie count withextra attention during the 10 days after ovulation. Studies showthat females tend to consume about 500 calories more per dayduring that span than they do during the 10 days preceding ovu-lation.

Should an ulcer sufferer eat more frequently?

Ulcers are more likely to act up on an empty stomach, so trying tokeep at least some food in the stomach makes sense. Bland foodswork best. Spices, fats, coffee, and alcohol exacerbate the condi-tion. So does stress.

Gastric ulcers occur and are aggravated when an excess quan-tity of acidic digestive juices build up in the stomach. These juiceseat away areas of the stomach lining, causing the ulcers.

diets . . 273

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:20 PM Page 273

Page 293: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Do some foods lessen the effect of pharmaceutical drugs?

When given a prescription, it’s a good idea to ask your physicianor pharmacist whether certain foods could sap the drug’s thera-peutic value. Some do. For example, spinach is rich in vitamin K,which can undermine the benefits of anticoagulant drugs.

274 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:20 PM Page 274

Page 294: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Does smell play a more dominant role than taste in taste perception?

Very much so. Over 75 percent of what we discern as taste is reallysmell. Think about how food “tastes” bland when you have a cold.The chief reason it does is that mucus blocks many of the foododors from reaching the olfactory receptors in your nasal cham-ber. The odor molecules reach your olfactory receptors through ahidden passageway (located behind your palate) that connectsyour oral and nasal cavities.

Another way to demonstrate how taste buds receive more creditthan they are due is to close your eyes, hold your nose, and let afriend give you unidentified samples of familiar foods such as rawapples and onions, as well as various flavoring agents and cookedmeats. Chances are you will instantly recognize few, if any, of thefoods that you thought you could “identify blindfolded.”

Why are smells so fleeting?

An enzyme decreases the olfactory receptors’ ability to recognizean odor once it has been detected to better detect the next new

. 275

16potpourri

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:20 PM Page 275

Page 295: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

odor. That’s why a smell of fish that is strong when you walk into arestaurant is usually low-keyed by the time you sit down at thetable.

What role do taste buds play?

Although the taste buds play second fiddle to the olfactory recep-tors in taste perception, they significantly affect how food tastes.Surprisingly, we sense an infinite variety of flavors through the in-teraction of just four primary types of taste buds — sweet, sour,salty, and bitter. Their intensity and location on the tongue varyfrom person to person.

Do taste buds exist beyond the top of the tongue?

Some of your 9,000 taste buds are also found on other parts ofyour mouth, including lips (usually very salt-sensitive), undersideof the tongue, and inner cheeks. The most overrated area is theroof of your mouth, your palate.

Is umami the fifth taste?

Some taste physiologists argue that the basic-four list of tastes(sweet, sour, salty, and bitter) should be expanded to includeumami (a Japanese term pronounced oo-mom-ee). Some labora-tory research supports their view.

Other experts demur, believing that the jury is still out. They

276 . . the new kitchen science

Taste Bud Concentration Zoneson Top of the Tongue

bitter

low-intensitysour, salty,and sweet

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:20 PM Page 276

Page 296: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

say that the umami taste may not be a basic taste. It could be, forinstance, a side effect of a chemical reaction triggered by gluta-mate, an amino acid (a build-ing block of protein). Whenglutamate is in its free form(that is, not combined withother amino acids), it couldchemically modify the per-formance of the sweet, sour,salty, or bitter taste receptors,creating the illusion of a newbasic taste.

Whether umami is a basictaste or not, it is real and hasan identifiable flavor profile,though it is difficult to char-acterize in words. It has beenvariously described as “sa-vory,” “brothy,” and “meaty.”These terms cover too broad a taste spectrum to communicate ad-equately the umami taste profile to anyone who does not alreadyknow it. Fortunately, monosodium glutamate is a salt form of glu-tamate and does produce an umami taste. The experiment inchapter 9 (p. 181) will teach you how to identify the elusive MSG-triggered (and therefore umami) taste.

How do the sight, touch, and hearing senses influence our tasteperceptions?

Eaters sometimes erroneously ascribe the sensory perceptions ofsight, touch, and hearing to taste. As tests have proven, hamburgerthat has been dyed a bright green will not taste like hamburger tomost people. And if you could take the crispness out of a rawapple, most people would say, “It just doesn’t taste right,” ratherthan correctly conclude, “It doesn’t feel or sound right.”

potpourri . . 277

Map your own taste buds by placing in front of you four clean glasses, eachpartially filled with 1 ounce of room-temperature water. Add, and thor-oughly stir, 1 tablespoon of sugar intothe first glass, 1 tablespoon of lemonjuice into the second glass, 1 teaspoonof salt into the third glass, and 2 tea-spoons of bitters, such as the Angosturavariety, into the fourth glass. After tast-ing each sample, note the place(s)where the specific flavors are the mostintense.

Try This Taste BudMapping Experiment

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:20 PM Page 277

Page 297: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

What makes a soufflé rise? What makes it fall?

Beaten egg whites make the soufflé rise to the occasion of yourdinner party. They are also responsible for its downfall (the souf-flé’s, not your dinner party’s).

Egg whites (albumen), when beaten, consist of countless mi-nute air bubbles. When the air inside them is heated in the oven, itexpands and enlarges the albumen bubbles, which in turn inflatethe entire soufflé. When the air inside the bubbles cools, the souf-flé deflates.

The soufflé also decreases in volume when a force such as amoving spatula punctures some of the air bubbles. Though manya cook has blamed the collapse of a soufflé on the spouse whoslammed the kitchen door, the force of the shock waves from thatdeed is too weak to pop more than a few air bubbles, if any at all.The culpable party, if truth be told, is the cook who made one ormore culinary errors in the science of soufflé making. (For tips onmaking a successful soufflé, see the recipe on the next page.)

Why does ice float?

Water has three phases: solid, liquid, and gas. In the solid phase, itsoxygen and hydrogen molecule components bind in a looser fash-ion, creating niches in the intermolecular crystalline structure.Liquid-phase water lacks these niches, so it’s denser. Therefore, theliquid-phase water sinks, or, you could say with equal logic, theless dense ice floats.

Why do makers of quality pasta prefer semolina flour?

Semolina flour, which is made from part of the durum wheatberry, has a very high level of protein and cellulose, substancesthat help keep the cooked pasta relatively firm. Pasta made withother flours tends to become mushy when cooked. Semolina flouralso tastes better and is more nutritious than its leading rivals.

278 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:20 PM Page 278

Page 298: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

potpourri . . 279

3 yolks of large eggs4 whites of large eggs3 tablespoons unsalted butter

5/8 cup finely chopped or gratedGruyère cheese

3 tablespoons white wheat flour1 cup whole milk4 tablespoons finely chopped

macadamia nuts

1/4 teaspoon salt1/8 teaspoon black pepper

pinch of cayenne pepperpinch of cinnamonpinch of nutmegOptional: 1/8 teaspoon cream of tartar

Principle-Illustrating RecipeMACADAMIA CHEESE SOUFFLÉ

4 servings

The basic soufflé is no more than a thickened, flavored sauce (or puréeof meat, seafood, vegetable, or fruit) that has been lightened withbeaten egg whites and then baked. Once you learn the reasons whyyou follow certain procedures and avoid others, soufflé making ischild’s play—you’ll end up with a glorious soufflé each and every time.

1. Bring eggs and milk to room temperature.Your soufflé will rise to great heights only if you whip the egg whites totheir maximum volume—and to accomplish that goal, you must useroom-temperature, rather than cold, eggs.

2. Grease the inside of a 6-cup soufflé dish with 1 teaspoon of the butterand then coat it with 1 teaspoon of the cheese (shake out and discardany cheese particles that do not stick). Cover and chill the prepareddish in the refrigerator for 20 to 30 minutes. Preheat the oven to400°F.Thoroughly grease the inside of the dish, and especially the side walls,because without the butter lubricant, the soufflé mixture will stick to thedish and not rise freely. Chilling the dish keeps the butter from meltingprematurely and sliding to the bottom during baking.

3. Separate the eggs (all four whites in one bowl, three egg yolks in an-other).

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:20 PM Page 279

Page 299: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Reserve the surplus egg yolk for other purposes. If used in this recipe,the extra protein supplied by the yolk would cause the baking souffléto set and brown prematurely. (Important: For this step and step 5, re-view the tips on beating egg whites in chapter 6, pp. 127–129.)

4. Prepare a roux with remaining butter and flour, then incorporate milk.(Important: See steps 1–4 of the Mornay sauce recipe in chapter 8,p. 172.) Stir in beaten egg yolks. Add remaining cheese and stir untilmelted. Add nuts. Season with salt and spices. Turn off burner, stirwell, and let the sauce cool to, or near, lukewarm (115°F). This willtake about 15 minutes.To prevent yolks from curdling when you add them to the hot sauce,first warm them by mixing into them 1 or 2 tablespoons of the hotsauce. And once the eggs are in the sauce, keep the sauce comfort-ably below the simmering point. The finer the cheese is grated orchopped, the more quickly it will melt.

5. Add cream of tartar to egg whites and beat.Under- or overbeating reduces volume and sabotages delicate tex-ture.

6. Fold egg whites into lukewarm sauce. But first, lighten the sauce baseby mixing into it about one-third of the beaten egg whites. Then gentlyspoon the remaining beaten whites on top of the mixture. Using a rub-ber spatula, cut directly downward through the middle of the mixture.Scrape the spatula across the bottom and up the side of the bowl andthen give it a polite flip. Slightly rotate the bowl and repeat. Keep re-peating until nearly all the beaten whites have been incorporated intothe mixture.If the sauce is too warm or too cold when you fold in the egg whites,your soufflé will not inflate to its maximum volume. Do not fold for morethan a minute. Your soufflé will suffer less from having some lingeringspecks of egg white than it will from not having sufficient volume be-cause it was excessively folded.

7. With a delicate touch, spoon-pour the mixture into the chilled soufflédish. If you have beaten the egg whites properly and incorporatedthem carefully into the sauce, the mixture should almost reach the rimof the dish.

280 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:20 PM Page 280

Page 300: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

You need not tie a paper collar around the soufflé dish, as somerecipes specify, because if you have followed our guidelines, your souf-flé will not topple.

8. Place the soufflé dish on a rack set just below the middle of the oven.Immediately turn down the oven thermostat to 375°F. Without onceopening the oven door, bake for 22 minutes (for a moist center) to 27minutes (for a firmer but still moist center). Your soufflé will have risen2 to 3 inches and will have acquired an attractive golden brown crust.Some food writers say you need not immediately place the uncookedpreparation in the oven—not so, if you want a full-volume soufflé. Thebest soufflé has a moist center. Some recipes suggest overcooking thesoufflé beyond the moist-center stage to give it added structuralstrength. If a soufflé is correctly prepared, that is unnecessary.

9. Serve immediately.A soufflé is not only ethereal— it is ephemeral. Five minutes out of theoven is long enough to cool the air inside the soufflé appreciably andtherefore enough to shrink your culinary triumph noticeably.

Variations on a Theme

1. Reserve a teaspoon of both the nuts and the cheese to sprinkle on topof the soufflé mixture before it goes into the oven. Experiment withother cheeses, such as Emmenthaler and Appenzeller. If freshly gratedand used in a blend of milder cheese, Parmesan cheese can give yoursoufflé pleasant zest.

2. Cheese is just one of numerous possible main ingredients. If you are in-corporating meat, seafood, fruits, or vegetables and want to take pre-cautions against having the food pieces settle during the baking pe-riod, consider chopping them fine or puréeing them. If your pieces areslightly larger — crabmeat chunks, for instance — construct your souffléin three layers. First, place half of your soufflé mixture in the dish, thenadd the star ingredient (being careful that the pieces do not touch thesides of the dish), and then cover with the remaining half of the soufflémixture. If your main ingredient needs to be cooked, partially cook itbefore you add it to the soufflé mixture. Otherwise, it will not becooked enough by the time your soufflé comes out of the oven.

potpourri . . 281

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:20 PM Page 281

Page 301: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

282 . . the new kitchen science

3. Spices can also be varied, within reason, to suit your whims. Nevermake the same soufflé twice—do at least one thing differently eachtime.

4. You can give your soufflé a decorative dome. Using the end of awooden spoon or a finger, make a 1/2-inch-deep groove in your mix-ture, following the circumference of the dish, just before you place thesoufflé in the oven. ◗

Should cookbooks be stored in the kitchen?

It’s a practical site, but if a cookbook is rare or irreplaceable, thekitchen is too hostile an environment. First, you run the risk ofthe book being attacked by mildew-causing fungi, which flourish in humid kitchens. Second, if your kitchen is lit with fluores-cent lighting, the tubes may leak enough ultraviolet rays to cause a damaging chemical reaction on the book’s pages, cover, and binding.

What is the most dangerous room in a home?

Hundreds of thousands of accidents occur annually in the Ameri-can home kitchen. The cook has to contend with knives, hot sur-faces, broken glass, falling objects, slippery floors, and countlessdistractions, including children and spouses.

What is the best way to treat a burn?

Ninety-nine percent of burns that occur in the kitchen are first-degree burns and usually require only home treatment. A first-degree burn is slightly red or discolored and causes only mildswelling and pain. If the burn is more severe than this, or if it cov-ers an extensive area of the body, call a doctor or emergency med-ical center.

The best way to treat a first-degree burn is to cool the burnedarea quickly by lightly pressing an ice cube against it. This stepminimizes the extent of cellular damage.

Next, place several ice cubes in a clean plastic storage bag and

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:20 PM Page 282

Page 302: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

gently apply it to the burned skin. As soon as the ice begins to feelunbearably cold, remove the bag. If the pain returns, place the ice-cube bag over the burned area. Keep repeating until the pain sub-sides (but not to the point where you risk frostbite).

If the burn covers a wide or hard-to-reach area, soak the partaffected in a suitable-size vessel or sink of water with plenty of icecubes.

The ice-cube treatment is superior to the old-fashioned rub-with-butter method because ice cubes numb the pain. Moreover,butter can foster infection.

Which will keep food warm longer, a glass or metal serving dish?

Assuming that both containers are identical in size, shape, andthickness, the glass one will keep food warm longer. Glass is a con-siderably poorer conductor of heat than is metal, and therefore therate of heat loss through the sides of the container is slower. Thesame principle is true for glass’s close relative, ceramic.

Many other variables also affect heat retention, including thefood’s fat and moisture content. Fatty foods stay warm longer thanlean ones. Ditto for solid foods versus liquid ones like stews. Ofcourse, the most influential variable of all is whether the food iscovered.

Why is it more important to preheat a dinner plate than a serving dish?

The mass of the room-temperature (70°F) dinner plate is usuallymuch greater than that of the hot (say about 160°F) food. Conse-quently, an unheated plate will perceptibly cool the food before allof it has had a fair chance to be eaten and enjoyed. The cooling ef-fect is almost as acute for a serving platter.

A deep-sided serving dish for a stew, soup, or vegetable posesless of a problem. The quantity of the heated food will usuallywarm the serving dish before the dish can appreciably cool the hotfood.

potpourri . . 283

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:20 PM Page 283

Page 303: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

284 . . the new kitchen science

How does soap help clean a dirty dish?

Soap (and detergent) reduces the relatively high surface tension ofwater and so enables the water molecules to penetrate better thepores of the food residue clinging to the dish. Unless that happens,some of the food particles — although surrounded by a sinkful ofwater — can remain dry, hard, and difficult to remove.

Soap helps clean dirty dishes in another way. Oil and water mol-ecules naturally repel each other, and thus the water alone can-not effectively penetrate oil, or oil-coated food, on the dish. How-ever, with the aid of an emulsifying agent like soap or detergent,the water and oil will mix and travel down the drain together.

A soap molecule is an emulsifier because of its split personality.One of its two ends is hydrophilic: It is drawn to water and shunsoil. The other end behaves in the opposite manner. It is hydropho-bic — repulsed by water and attracted to oil. The soap molecule’shydrophilic end binds itself to the water, while the hydrophobicend attaches itself to the oil. A little elbow grease on your part, andthe oil molecule glides off the plate. The oil-soap-water emulsionis not, however, permanent — as you can tell from the oil layer thatsometimes lightly coats your hands.

In addition to its molecular properties, soap makes the watermore viscous by its sheer physical presence. This increase allowsthe fluid to carry more and larger particles, so that freed soil float-ing in even relatively dirty water usually is not forced to take upresidence on a soaking plate once again.

Why is hot water a better dish-cleaning medium than cold water?

Not only does hot water make oil and other food substances morefluid and therefore easier to dislodge, but it also has a lower sur-face tension than cold water. The hot water therefore better pene-trates the food, and just as important, the soap or detergent canmore readily form an oil-and-water emulsion. When cleaning adish smeared with a raw or cooked flour paste, however, do notmake the water too hot, lest the flour become instant glue.

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:20 PM Page 284

Page 304: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

potpourri . . 285

Why is flour so difficult to remove from pots and utensils?

Flour is a starch and therefore can be quite sticky when exposed towater. Adhesive makers know this principle well: Starch is thebasic material for many of their products.

Always rinse or soak a flour-coated pan or implement immedi-ately after you use it. Use lukewarm water rather than hot, becausetemperatures higher than 140°F tend to cook flour, thereby in-creasing the adhesiveness of a flour paste.

How do I rid the inside of my teakettle of its deposit buildup?

If you have been boiling only water inside your kettle, the hard de-posit layer is mainly alkali compounds and minerals. Acid can dis-solve such deposits. Fill the teakettle with a mixture of one partvinegar to six parts water, and let it stand overnight. The next daythoroughly wash out the kettle. If necessary, you can repeat theprocess.

In contrast, stains caused by acids like tea or coffee are best re-moved with an alkali such as baking soda.

How can I remove a glued label from a new metalpot thoroughly and easily?

The soak-in-water method doesn’t work well on most modern label glues. Solution: Glue-removing products are formulated to loosenchemically the bonds between the glue and themetal pot. You have another option if the label ison the outside of a pot — use heat. Fill the potwith boiling water and let it stand. In most cases, the heat willloosen the glue’s hold on the metal. Be patient. Don’t try to peel alabel off the pot prematurely lest hard-to-remove remnants of theglue remain bonded to the metal instead of the label.

How do I separate stuck-together glasses?

The two glasses should part if you contract the inner glass and ex-pand the outer glass by subjecting them to cold and hot tempera-

Glue-removingproducts areformulated toloosen chemi-cally the bondsbetween theglue and themetal pot

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:20 PM Page 285

Page 305: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

286 . . the new kitchen science

tures, respectively. Pour cold water into the inner glass, or use ice.Immediately immerse the outside of the outer glass in hot, but notboiling, water and carefully pull the two apart.

Is the rule “Stir a mixture clockwise” nonsensical?

Some mixtures can be blended more quickly, easily, and uniformlyif the cook stirs in only one direction. However, save for the negli-gible influences of human physiology and geodynamics, it doesn’tmake a hoot of difference whether you stir clockwise or counter-clockwise (unless you believe in that old superstition that stirringcounterclockwise brings bad luck).

Human physiology? Because of the anatomical design of thearm and hand (as well as force of habit), the vast majority of right-handers can stir more adroitly in a clockwise direction. The oppo-site is true for left-handers. Because right-handed chefs and recipewriters outnumber their southpaw colleagues by about nine toone, one can understand why the “stir clockwise” commandmentbecame engraved in many cookbooks.

Believe it or not, a geodynamic factor called the Coriolis forceaffects the ease of stirring — but again, to a minuscule degree. Therotation of the earth as it pirouettes through space creates an in-teresting phenomenon: Vortexes such as kitchen sink whirlpoolsand tropical storms generally spin counterclockwise north of theEquator and clockwise on the lower half of the planet (unless the body of liquid or gas has strong countercurrents that could give the incipient vortex sufficient momentum to start swirl-ing the wrong way). Ergo, a counterclockwise circular force —albeit minute — is exerted on the fluid food in a bowl in a North-ern Hemisphere city like Cleveland or Copenhagen. This bonuspower imperceptibly increases the velocity of the whirling mass if the Northern Hemispherean is stirring counterclockwise.Conversely, one who follows the “stir clockwise” superstition hasto expend more energy — perhaps the equivalent of one calorieper century.

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:20 PM Page 286

Page 306: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

potpourri . . 287

How can I keep mosquitoes from biting me while I’m barbecuing?

Sometimes the use of mosquito repellents and insecticides is in-sufficient. You need to take additional measures. Since mosquitoesabhor smoke, you could always stand downwind from the barbe-cue unit, but your lungs and clothes wouldn’t fare well.

Here are some practical tips. Be sure you’ve bathed recently.This helps remove the buildup on your skin of lactic acid, whichlures mosquitoes. Don’t, however, put on perfume or don darkclothing — both attract mosquitoes. Go low on alcohol because itdilates blood vessels and therefore increases the flow of blood nearyour skin.

Is the saying “You’re hungry an hour after eating Chinese food”true?

Yes and no is our answer. Many a typical American diner (let’s callhim Mr. Smith) receives hunger signals sooner than usual from hisstomach because he has not eaten a genuine Chinese meal. A Chi-nese from Canton, for example, would eat a lot of rice comple-mented by smaller portions of vegetables (and even smaller por-tions of fish or meat, if any). Mr. Smith eats a lot of vegetables,while relegating the rice to a background role.

Adding even more to Mr. Smith’s problem are the economics ofsome restaurant owners, who cut costs by serving a high propor-tion of watery vegetables (though ingredients such as snow peasare expensive and therefore used sparingly, if at all). Since waterquickly passes through the stomach, Mr. Smith may indeed havethat ol’ empty feeling within an hour or two.

Hunger pangs come about, too, because the average Chinesemeal tends to be less rich in fats than the meals that Mr. Smith’sstomach has come to accept as the norm. Since the digestive tracttakes two or three hours longer to digest fat than it does carbohy-drates and proteins, his stomach will start to rumble much soonerthan if he had had his traditional high-fat American dinner.

Another factor is psychosomatic. In exactly 60 minutes, Mr.

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:20 PM Page 287

Page 307: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Smith’s stomach may respond to his “hungry-in-one-hour” belief.Mind over matter.

Are some foods sleep inducers?

Nearly everyone is familiar with the family holiday dinner syn-drome. After eating your way through generous helpings of everydish gracing the table, you adjourn to the living room and sinkinto a comfortable chair, possibly to watch the televised footballgame. Long before the official gun marks the end of the first halfyou are in dreamland.

Your drowsiness is caused by more than the sheer bulk of foodyou consumed or the dullness of the game or its commentator.Certain of the foods you are likely to eat on such occasions are richin tryptophan, an amino acid that helps your body produce sero-tonin, a biochemical that has a soporific effect on man and otheranimals. Foods known to have high levels of tryptophan includeturkey, beef, pork, and lamb — all traditional specialties for festiveaffairs.

Because carbohydrates also help produce serotonin, the gar-gantuan portions of starchy potatoes, yams, and bread you ate al-lowed the sandman to perform his miracle in a wink.

The type of food affects how long you will be sleepy. Your bodydigests fats more slowly than it does carbohydrates and proteins,so the higher your meal’s fat content, the longer your doze.

Alcohol compounds the dozing problem. It anesthetizes braincells that normally would keep you alert.

Naturally, if your food and alcohol intake is too much or toorich, your peaceful slumber may be short-lived when a nightmareor upset stomach gives you a rude awakening.

Are some foods aphrodisiacs?

During our around-the-world food research trips, we discoveredthat hardly any food — including garlic — has not been consid-ered an aphrodisiac at some time or in one place or another.Among the foods that are currently in vogue in America for their

288 . . the new kitchen science

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:20 PM Page 288

Page 308: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

supposed innate capacity to titillate the sexual appetite are aro-matic herbs and spices, artichokes, asparagus, avocados, caviar,chocolate, chili peppers, dates, eels, eggs, figs, ginger, honey, leeks,lobsters, mangos, mushrooms, nutmeg, oysters, papayas, passionfruit, quails, sesame seeds, saffron, and truffles.

Whether particular foods are aphrodisiac,however, is the subject of heated debate. Nearlyall modern medical scientists scoff at the ideathat any substance — except for a few that areproven, such as the potentially fatal Spanish fly(made from ground dried beetles) and theequally dangerous powdered bark of the yohim-bine tree — can by itself sexually arouse thehuman body. Whatever effect a reputed aphrodisiac food mayhave, its potency is in direct proportion to the partaker’s faith inits power. And even if you do not believe in a food’s inherenterotic magic, a supposed aphrodisiac can usually bring theevening to a euphoric climax if accompanied by candlelight, softmusic, and the object of your desire.

Alcohol acts as an aphrodisiac because it reduces inhibitions.Ogden Nash said it best: “Candy is dandy, but liquor is quicker.”An excess of that love potion, on the other hand, can be a sexualdepressant because, as William Shakespeare observed, alcohol“provokes the desire, but it takes away the performance.”

potpourri . . 289

Hardly anyfood—includ-ing garlic—has not beenconsidered anaphrodisiac

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:20 PM Page 289

Page 309: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:20 PM Page 290

Page 310: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

FURTHER READING

•INDEX

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:20 PM Page 291

Page 311: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:20 PM Page 292

Page 312: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

. 293

further reading

of the many books we researched to write The New Kitchen Sci-ence, the following proved especially useful. We recommend them toanyone who wants to delve deeper into this exciting subject.

Bakery Technology and Engineering, 3rd ed., by S. A. Matz (McAllen, Tex.:Pan-Tech International, 1999).

Basic Food Chemistry, by F. A. Lee (Westport, Conn.: AVI Publishing,1983).

Biochemistry of Food, 2nd ed., by M. N. A. Eskin (San Diego: AcademicPress, 1990).

Blanc Mange: The Mysteries of the Kitchen Revealed, by R. Blanc (London:BBC Books, 1996).

The Cake Bible, by R. L. Beranbaum (New York: William Morrow, 1988).The Cook Book Decoder, by A. E. Grosser (New York: Beaufort Books,

1981).The Cook’s Book, by H. Hillman (New York: Avon, 1981).Cookwise, by S. O. Corriher (New York: William Morrow, 1997).The Curious Cook, by H. McGee (San Francisco: North Point Press, 1990).Dairy Science and Technology Handbook, by Y. H. Hui (New York: Wiley,

1993).

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:20 PM Page 293

Page 313: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

294 . . further reading

Dictionary of Nutrition and Food Technology, 6th ed., by D. A. Bender andA. E. Bender (Cambridge, Mass.: Woodhead, 1990).

Elementary Food Science, 3rd ed., by L. J. Ronsivalli and E. R. Vieira (NewYork: Van Nostrand Reinhold, 1991).

The Essentials of Food Safety and Sanitation, 3rd ed., by D. McSwane, N.Rue, R. Linton, and A. G. Williams (New York: Prentice-Hall, 2002).

Experimental Food Science, 3rd ed., by A. M. Campbell and M. P. Penfield(San Diego: Academic Press, 1990).

Flavor of Meat, Meat Products and Seafoods, 2nd ed., by F. Shahidi (NewYork: Aspen, 1998).

Food Additives Explained, by R. L. Berko (South Orange, N.J.: ConsumerEducation Research Center, 1983).

Food and the Consumer, by A. K. Kramer (Westport, Conn.: AVI Publish-ing, 1980).

Foodborne Disease Handbook, 2nd ed., by Y. H. Hui (New York: MarcelDekker, 2001).

Food Chemistry, 2nd ed., by H. D. Belitz and W. Grosch (Berlin: Springer-Verlag, 1999).

Food Chemistry, 3rd ed., by O. R. Fennema (New York: Marcel Dekker,1996).

Food Fundamentals, 7th ed., by M. McWilliams (New York: Plycon Press,1998).

Food Oils and Their Uses, 2nd ed., by T. J. Weiss (Westport, Conn.: AVIPublishing, 1982).

Food Preservatives, by N. J. Russell and G. W. Gould (London: Blackie andSon, 1991).

Food Safety and Toxicity, by J. de Vries (Boca Raton, Fla.: CRC Press,1997).

Foods: A Scientific Approach, 3rd ed., by H. Charley and C. M. Weaver (En-glewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall, 1998).

Food Science, 2nd ed., by H. Charley (New York: Wiley, 1982).Food Science, 5th ed., by N. N. Potter and J. H. Hotchkiss (Boca Raton, Fla.:

CRC Press, 1995).Foods: Experimental Perspectives, 4th ed., by M. McWilliams (New York:

Prentice-Hall, 2001).Food Theory and Applications, 2nd ed., by J. Bowers (New York: Prentice-

Hall, 1992).

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:20 PM Page 294

Page 314: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

further reading . . 295

Frozen and Refrigerated Doughs and Batters, by K. Kulp, K. Lorenz, and J.Brümmer (St. Paul, Minn.: American Association of Cereal Chemists,1995).

Functional Properties of Food Components, 2nd ed., by Y. Pomeranz (NewYork: Academic Press, 1991).

Fundamentals of Cheese Science, by P. F. Fox (New York: Aspen, 2000).Fundamentals of Food Freezing, 2nd ed., by N. W. Desrosier and D. K.

Tressler (Westport, Conn.: AVI Publishing, 1983).Handbook of Daily Foods and Nutrition, 2nd ed., by G. D. Miller, J. K.

Jarvis, and L. D. McBean (Boca Raton, Fla.: CRC Press, 1999).Ingredients for Bakers, 2nd ed., by S. Matz (McAllen, Texas: Pan-Tech Inter-

national, 1996).Introduction to Food Processing, by P. Jelen (Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Pren-

tice-Hall, 1985).Introduction to Nutrition, 4th ed., by H. Fleck (New York: Macmillan,

1981).Jane Brody’s Nutrition Book, 2nd ed., by J. Brody (New York: Bantam,

1987).Keeping Food Fresh: Old World Techniques and Recipes, by C. Aubert

(White River Junction, Vt.: Chelsea Green, 1999).Lawrie’s Meat Science, 6th ed., by R. A. Lawrie (Cambridge, Mass.: Wood-

head, 1998).McGraw-Hill Encyclopedia of Science and Technology, vols. 1–15 (New

York: McGraw-Hill, 1992).Meat Science and Applications, ed. by Y. H. Hui (New York: Marcel Dekker,

2001).Modern Food Microbiology, 6th ed., by J. M. Jay (New York: Aspen, 2000).Modern Nutrition in Health and Disease, 6th ed., by R. S. Goodhart and

M. E. Shils (Philadelphia: Lea & Febiger, 1980).Nature’s Building Blocks: An A to Z Guide to the Elements, by J. Emsley (Ox-

ford, England: Oxford University Press, 2002).Nutrition for Your Pregnancy, by J. E. Brown (Minneapolis: University of

Minnesota Press, 1983).On Food and Cooking, by H. McGee (New York: Scribner’s, 1984).Peppers, The Domesticated Capsicums, by J. Andrews (Austin: University of

Texas Press, 1995).Practical Baking, 5th ed., by W. J. Sultan (New York: Wiley, 1989).

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:20 PM Page 295

Page 315: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Safe Handling of Foods, by J. M. Farber and E. C. D. Todd (New York: Mar-cel Dekker, 2000).

The Science of Cooking, by P. Barham (Berlin: Springer-Verlag, 2000).The Science of Food: An Introduction to Food Science, Nutrition, and Micro-

biology, by P. M. Gaman and K. B. Sherrington (New York: Pergamon,1990).

Sensory Evaluation Techniques, 3rd ed., by M. C. Meilgaard, G. V. Civille,and B. T. Carr (Boca Raton, Fla.: CRC Press, 1999).

Sucros: Properties and Applications, ed. by M. Mathlouthi and P. Reiser(New York: Aspen, 1995).

The Technology of Cakemaking, 6th ed., by A. J. Bent (New York: Aspen,1997).

Understanding Natural Flavors, by A. Paterson and J. R. Piggott (New York:Academic Press, 1994).

Volatile Compounds in Foods and Beverages, by H. Maarse (New York: Mar-cel Dekker, 1991).

Wellness Encyclopedia of Food and Nutrition, by S. Margen (New York:Random House, 1992).

What Einstein Told His Cook, by R. L. Wolke (New York: Norton, 2002).

296 . . further reading

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:20 PM Page 296

Page 316: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

. 297

Abalones, 94Abdominal fat, 269Accidents, kitchen, 282–83Acetic acid (ethyl acetate), 259Acid

adding to egg whites, 129ascorbic, 256, 259–60in baking powder, 201citric, 260for cleaning teakettles, 285in coffee and tea, 227oleic, 199in olive oils, 199sorbic, 262stains, removing, 285in vinegar, 185

Acidic ingredientsaffinity with wine, 220cooking green vegetables with,

139cooking times for, 138curdling effect on cream, 111digestion of, 264in emulsified sauces, 157

interaction with aluminum, 13, 241interaction with copper, 9in meat marinades, 50, 57in pickled foods, 235in poaching liquids, 92, 131–32preservatives added to, 261in salad dressings, 139in seafood marinades, 78–79, 91staining effect on knives, 2storing, 254

Additives and preservatives, 259–62Agar-agar, 171Airplane food, 178Albumen. See Egg whitesAlcohol. See also Wine

as an aphrodisiac, 224, 289beer, 222–23body’s absorption of, 220, 223–24boiling point of, 30effect on inhibitions, 224, 289effect on vitamin absorption, 255in flambéed dishes, 187hangovers from, 224–25sleep-inducing effects of, 288

index

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:20 PM Page 297

Page 317: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Alkali-based cleansers, 13, 285in antacids, 264in baking powder, 201in baking soda, 140effect on cooking times, 138interaction with red cabbage, 140in marinades, 185in teakettles, 285

All-purpose flour, 205–6Allergies, milk, 104, 112Altitude. See High altitudeAluminum foil, 241Aluminum pots, 8, 11, 13American Heart Association (AHA),

123–24Amino acids, 258, 273Anodized aluminum pans, 11Antacids, 264Anthocyanin, 140Antibiotics, 255Antioxidants, 259–60Aphrodisiacs, 288–89Apples

cellulose in, 137cooking, 137mealy, 147pectin in, 175poisonous seeds in, 151ripening, 150wax coating on, 136

Appliances. See also specific appliancesusing during brownouts, 26

Apricots, 151, 175Arrowroot, 170Artichokes, 220Ascorbic acid, 256, 259–60Asparagus, 220Aspirin, 223Athletes, diets for, 271–72Avocados, 141, 150

Babies, overfed, 270Baby formula, 105–6Bacon, 73, 74, 239Bacteria

botulism, 143, 236, 247, 252–53,262

on can openers, 249in chicken, 125, 253Clostridium botulinum, 236,

252–53on cutting boards, 249–50E. coli, 253in eggs, 125, 253in fish, 80–81, 89–90growth rates of, 250growth temperatures for, 236–37killing, 234–36, 247in lobster, 96in meat, 63, 250in mouth, 263in nasal passages, 255-preventing additives, 260, 261, 262in raw milk, 104salmonella, 125, 253shingella, 253staph, 253Staphylococcus aureus, 253in water filters, 253–54

Baked goods. See also Breadbaking powder for, 201–2, 203, 204baking soda for, 202–3buttermilk in, 202–3dome effect in, 212dried fruit and nuts in, 212effect of air and steam on, 203fats for, 189, 211firming action in, 203flavor of, 189flours for, 204–7at high altitudes, 204oven temperatures for, 212

298 . . index

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:20 PM Page 298

Page 318: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

pie crusts, 215–16pie shells, blind-baked, 215puff paste, 211quiches, 216texture of, 189unmolding from pans, 216

Baker’s flour, 170, 205–6Baking. See also Baked goods

baking pans, 212–15compared with oven-roasting, 36

Baking pans, 212–15Baking powder, 201–2, 203, 204Baking soda, 140, 201–3, 285Bananas, 245Barbecue sauces, 42Barbecuing, 42, 43, 287Basal metabolic rate, 266, 268–71Basting roasts, 34Bean curd (tofu), 149Béarnaise sauce, 154Beef. See also Roasts; Steaks

bones, for stock, 174calf meat, 47–48connective tissue in, 50–51degrees of doneness, 49fat color in, 64flesh color of, 47freezing, 240grain- vs. grass-fed, 64for hamburger, 63Kobe, 52primal cuts of, 50–51storing, 240USDA grades and standards, 48, 72veal, 47–48, 174

Beer, 222–23Beets, 137Beurre blanc, 154Beurre manié, 168Beverages. See also Alcohol; Coffee;

Milk; Tea; Water

carbonated, 219, 220maintaining temperature of,

246–47orange juice, 233, 256soft drinks, 219, 220, 226thirst-quenching, 219

BHA (butylated hydroxyanisole), 260BHT (butylated hydroxytoluene),

260Birth control pills, 255Biscuits, 211Bivalves, 94Blanching vegetables, 242Blenders, 157Blood sugar levels, 259Body fat. See Fat, bodyBoiling water

boiling points for, 30–32in pressure cooker, 21

Bones, meat, 77, 174, 187Botulism

in canned foods, 236, 247causes of, 252in garlic, 143-preventing preservatives, 262symptoms of, 252treatment for, 252–53

Boyle’s Law, 32–33Braising

description of, 39, 53oven vs. stove-top, 39

Breadcrumbs, adhering, 38–39crusts, hard vs. soft, 209eggs in, 208fats in, 208–9flour quantity for, 204freezing, 217kneading, 209liquids in, 207moldy, 217

index . . 299

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:20 PM Page 299

Page 319: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Bread, cont.refrigerating, 217rising of, 209–10salt in, 208sourdough, 207stale, 208, 217storing, 217sweeteners in, 208texture of, 209–10toast, preparing, 216unmolding, 216yeast, 200–201, 207, 208, 209

Breaded foods, frying, 38–39Breakfast, skipping, 270Brine-cured bacon, 73Brining foods, 235Briquettes, charcoal, 24, 43Brisket, beef, 51Broiler units, 19–20, 40Broiling

compared with grilling, 41–42compared with roasting, 41heat temperatures for, 40open-door technique for, 41oven broiler units, 19–20, 40pan-broiling, 70, 93positioning food for, 40radiant thermal heat in, 40–41

Bromelain (enzyme), 174Brown sugar, 184Brownouts, 26BTU (British thermal unit), 15–16Burns, treating, 282–83Butcher steel, 1, 4, 5Butter

American vs. French, 211for baked goods, 211basting meat with, 34buying, 113–14clarified, principles of, 114–16clarified, recipe for, 117color of, 112–13

composition of, 112cooking onions in, 142flavoring steaks with, 190for puff paste, 211rancid, 114scorching, 114storing, 114

Buttermilk, 105, 107, 108, 202–3Buttock fat, 269

Cabbage, 13, 138–39, 140Caffeine, 226Caffeol compounds, 227–28Cake flour, 170Cakes, 212, 216Calcium, 106, 260Calf meat, 47–48Caloric content of fish, 82–83Calories, 266–71, 273Can openers, 249Candy, energy boost from, 259Canning foods, 21, 236, 247, 252Canola oil, 194Cantaloupes, 136Capsaicin, 182Carbohydrates

digestion of, 272, 287–88fiber in, 263–64myths about, 263simple vs. complex, 259sleep-inducing effects of, 288as source of energy, 259, 271, 272

Carbon monoxide, 17Carbon steel blades, 2, 3Carbon steel pots, 8, 12, 13Carbon steel woks, 13Carbonated beverages, 219, 220Carborundum, 4Carcinogens, 17, 73, 262Carotene, 140Carrageenan, 260Carrots, 140, 148, 257

300 . . index

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:20 PM Page 300

Page 320: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Carving knife, 1Carving meats, 59–61Casein (food additive), 260Casein (milk protein), 105–6, 112,

156Cast-iron pots, 8, 12, 13Celery, 148Cellulose, 136–37Cephalopods, 94Champagne, 220Chantilly sauce, 154Charcoal briquettes, 24, 43Charcoal grills, 24, 25, 41, 43Charles’s Law, 32–33Cheese, 105, 118–20Cheese Soufflé, Macadamia,

279–82Chef ’s knife, 1, 5–6Chicken

age of, 76–77bacteria in, 125, 253barbecued, charred, 42buying, 74–75, 76connective tissue in, 76–77cooking methods, 76–77dark and white meat, 46deep-chilled, 75–76free-range, 74freezing, 240frozen, 75myoglobin in, 46nitrogen-packed, 75–76salmonella in, 125skin of, 74, 76soup, for treating colds, 254–55storing, 240supermarket, 74–75, 125thawed, 76trichinosis from, 251

Chili peppers, 182–84Chinese food, 15–16, 181, 287–88Chinese restaurants, 15–16, 181

Chlorophyll, 139Chocolate, 106, 220, 241–42Cholesterol, 124, 190–93, 271Chopping food, 6Choron sauce, 154Chuck beef, 51, 52, 63Cigarettes, 255Citric acid, 260Clams, 94, 98Clarified butter, 114–16, 117Clostridium botulinum, 236, 252–53Clotted cream, 109Coconut oil, 188, 193–94Coffee

acid in, 227addiction to, 226American vs. French roasts, 230beans, about, 228–31brewing, 227–28caffeine in, 226deterioration of, 229–30drip, 228–29grind size for, 228hot, drinking, 230insomnia from, 226Italian roasts, 230mocha-java, 230–31percolated, 228serving, 227, 230sobering effects of, 224stains, removing, 285in Styrofoam cups, 227

Cold remedies, 254–55Collagen, 53, 74, 174Combustion, 27Conch, 94Conduction cooking, 8, 29Connective tissue

in chicken, 76–77collagen in, 53in crustaceans, 79dry-aging and, 55

index . . 301

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:20 PM Page 301

Page 321: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Connective tissue, cont.elastin in, 53–54in fish, 91grinding and scoring, 60marinating, 57meat tenderizers for, 58–59in meats, 44, 50–54, 55, 56, 60moist-heat cooking for, 44, 53, 54,

76–77in older animals, 53, 76–77pounding, 60rigor mortis and, 56slicing and carving, 59–61in well-exercised muscles, 50, 53

Convection cooking, 28–29Convection ovens, 20–21Cook-top ranges, 18–19Cookbooks, storing, 282Cookies, 211Cooking wines, 185–86Copper bowls, 128Copper pots, 8, 9Coriolis force, 286Corks, wine, 221Corn, 147–48Corn oil, 194, 197Corningware, 14Cornstarch, 170, 202Cottonseed oil, 194Crabs, 94, 95, 99Cranberries, 175, 261Crayfish, 94Cream, 108–11Cream of tartar, 129, 201, 202Creamers, nondairy, 193Crème fraîche, 116Crepe pans, 8Crispers, 25Crustaceans. See also specific names

connective tissue in, 79cooked, color of, 97cutting across the grain, 79

flavor of, 95glycogen in, 95marinating, 78–79overcooking, 78subclassifications of, 94tough texture of, 78–79

Cryovac process, 55–56Cucumbers, 136Curdled egg yolks, 156Curdled milk or cream, 111Curing foods, 235Custards, 163–66Cutting boards, 6, 249–50Cyanide, 151

Dairy products. See also Butter; Milkcheese, 105, 118–20cream, 108–11ice cream, 120–22yogurt, 105, 116–18

Darjeeling tea, 231Deep-fryers, 22, 38, 198Deep-frying

breading for, 38–39oil temperature for, 37–38, 189, 198pans for, 22secondhand oil for, 196uncrowded pan for, 38

Deer, killing, 248Dehydration

from excess salt, 255, 271from excess sugar, 272signs of, 218–19weight loss and, 269–70

Department of Agriculture, U.S., 48,72, 236

“Dessert toppings,” 110Dextrose, 262Diets

for athletes, 271–72cholesterol-lowering, 191, 193–94for elderly, 270–71

302 . . index

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:20 PM Page 302

Page 322: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

fiber in, 263–64for ulcer sufferers, 273variety of foods in, 264vegetarian, 272–73vitamin requirements and, 255for weight-loss, 263, 265–67,

269–70Digestion

of carbohydrates, 272, 287–88of fats, 190, 271, 287–88of proteins, 287–88

Dinner plates, 283Dishes, cleaning, 284–85Dishes, serving, 283Disodium phosphate, 261Double cream, 109Dragon Well tea, 231–32Dressings, salad, 157, 161–63Drinks. See BeveragesDrip coffee, 228–29Dry aging, 54–56Dry-curing, 235Dry-heat cooking, 44, 45. See also

specific methodsDuck breast meat, 46–47

E. coli bacteria, 253Earthenware, 8, 14Egg whites

freezing, 125in fried eggs, 132layers in, 132–33separating, from yolks, 127, 128in soufflés, 278, 279–82whipping, 127–29

Egg yolksadding to hot sauces, 156affinity with wine, 220blood spots in, 124boiled, green-tinged, 131curdled, in sauces, 156as emulsifiers, 156

freezing, 125saturated fat in, 123–24separating, from whites, 127, 128in soufflés, 279–82in yeast breads, 208

Eggplant, 151–52Egg(s). See also Egg whites; Egg yolks

for breading foods, 38–39in custards, 163–66effect of age of, 124–25fertilized vs. unfertilized, 124flavor of, 125freezing, 125hard-boiled, slicing, 131hard-boiling, 130–31overcooking, 131, 132pan-frying, 132poaching, 131–32raw vs. cooked, determining, 123refrigerating, 126–27rotten, determining, 123salmonella in, 125, 253scrambling, 133separating, 127, 128shells, color of, 124shells, cracked, 129–30shells, peeling, 131shells, piercing, 130simmering, 129–30in soufflés, 278–82storing, 125–27supermarket, 125in yeast breads, 208

Elastin, 53–54Elderly, diets for, 270–71Electric ovens

broiler units in, 19–20buying, 20, 21convection, 20–21microwave, 23–24, 27self-cleaning, 17

Electric ranges, 16–19, 27

index . . 303

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:20 PM Page 303

Page 323: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Emulsified sauces. See alsoHollandaise sauce

in blender, 157custards, 163–66definition of, 154emulsifying agents in, 155–58examples of, 154in food processor, 157principles behind, 155–56types of, 161vinaigrettes, 155, 157, 161–63

Enamel cookware, 9–10Equal, 185Essential amino acids, 258, 273Essential fatty acids, 196Ethylene gas, 150Experiments

acid discoloration, 139baking powder potency, 201buttered meat, 189fish steak, 85gas grilling vs. oven broiling, 41hot spots, 7ice cream, 120ice cube, 225meat freezing, 237MSG taste, 181rubs vs. marinades, 58sauce thickening, 168scrambled eggs, 133sugar-salt taste, 179taste bud mapping, 277weight loss-gain, 267

Fat, bodyin abdomen, 269in babies, 270on buttocks, 269causes of, 268on thighs, 269

Fat(s). See also Oil(s)animal vs. vegetable, 188

in baked goods, 189, 211body’s need for, 190, 265in bread making, 208–9in butter, 112calories burned by, 268–69, 271contrasted with oils, 188in cream, 109, 110dietary guidelines for, 190digestion of, 190, 271, 287–88in egg yolks, 123–24“essential” fatty acids, 196in fish, 82–84, 87–88flavor added by, 189–90freezing, 239hydrogenated, 194–95, 261in meat, 43, 62–63in milk, 106–7, 109minimizing, with nonstick pans, 10mono-unsaturated, 192–95overconsumption of, 190polyunsaturated, 192–95saturated, 63, 123–24, 192–95, 261shortening, 188–89, 197, 261as source of energy, 265, 266, 271substitutes, 195–96in tofu, 148–49trans fatty acids, 191, 194–95

Fatty acids, 191–92, 194–95Ferrous sulfide, 131Fiber, 263–64Filé powder, 176Filtering systems, 253–54Fire point of oil, 197Fire-starter chimneys, 25Fires, grease, 197Fish

bacteria in, 80–81, 89–90bones in, 85, 92broiling, 92–93bruise marks on, 88buying, 80–82, 86, 88caloric content of, 82–83

304 . . index

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:20 PM Page 304

Page 324: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

center- vs. tail-cut meat, 85–86chemical additives in, 81–82cold- vs. warm-water, 84color of flesh, 84, 86–88connective tissue in, 91cooking methods, 91–93farmed, 79–80fat vs. lean, 82–84, 87–88, 91fillets, 92–93flavor of, 84–85, 87–88, 92freezing, 89fresh, decay in, 80–81, 88–89gills in, 80–81, 92glycogen in, 88–89lake- vs. river-caught, 85marinating, 91mental state at death, 247–48mercury in, 90myoglobin in, 86, 87odors from, 80–81overcooking, 91oxidation of, 89poaching, 92from polluted waters, 89–90quick-frozen, 89serving, 94slimy coating on, 81–82storing, 88–89, 236subclassifications of, 94–95sushi-quality, 90–91testing for doneness, 93–94yellowish tint to, 81

Flambéed dishes, 187Flank, beef, 51, 60–61Flare-ups, avoiding, 42Flash point of oil, 197Flat bone sirloin steak, 51Flour

in breads, quantity of, 204in cakes, quantity of, 212gluten in, 206hard wheat, 205–6

shelf life of, 204sifting, 207soft wheat, 205–6in starch-thickened sauce, 167–70types of, 170–71, 204–7, 278washing off pots, 285

Food, keeping warm, 283Food preservation, 234–36, 247. See

also Freezing foodsFood processors, 22, 146, 157Food storage. See also Freezing foods

bread, 217butter, 114cheese, 119chicken, 240chocolate, 241–42dried herbs, 246eggs, 125–27fish, 88–89, 236fruits, 245–46garlic, 143meat, 236, 240, 247–48milk, 236preservation methods for, 234–36,

247sauces, 160, 169shellfish, 95, 236in tin cans, 254vegetables, 144, 245–46

Foreshank, beef, 51Free-range chicken, 74Freezers, 239–40Freezing foods

in aluminum foil, 241best methods for, 235, 238–39bread, 217chicken, 240effect on flavor and texture, 237–38eggs, 125fatty foods, 239fish, 89fruit, 242–43

index . . 305

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:20 PM Page 305

Page 325: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Freezing foods, cont.meat, 239, 240–41refreezing, 244–45salted foods, 239sauces, 156, 160vegetables, 242

Freezing liquids, 31, 240French fries, 144, 146Frogs, 87Fructose, 262Fruits. See also specific fruits

carotene in, 140cellulose in, 137citrus, slicing, 2color of, 140definition of, 134dried, in baked goods, 212freezing, 242–43fresh, deterioration of, 136heirloom vs. hybrid, 134–35mealy, 147pectin in, 175refrigerating, 25ripening, 150sex of, determining, 151–52storing, 25, 242–43, 245–46sweeter part of, 151wax coating on, 136

Frying. See also Deep-frying; Pan-frying

with clarified butter, 114–15drying food surfaces for, 37presalting foods for, 37

Fullness, feeling of, 270

Game, hanging, 56, 248Garlic, 139, 142–44Gas grills, 24, 41Gas ovens, 20Gas ranges, 18, 19, 20Gastric ulcers, 273Gelatin, 171, 174

Glass pots and pans, 8, 14, 213–14Glasses, unsticking, 285–86Glucose, 259, 265Glutamate, 277Gluten, 206, 209, 210Glycogen, 88–89, 95, 247–48, 265Goiter, 258Graham flour, 205Grapefruit, 136Grease fires, 197Grease splatters, 73Greens, salad, 157Gribiche sauce, 154Grilling

compared with broiling, 41–42flare-ups while, 42food safety precautions for, 250weather conditions and, 43

Grills, 24–25, 41, 43Grinding meats, 63Grinding wheels, 4Growth hormones, 72–73Gums (thickening agents), 176, 261

Half-and-half, 109Halogen cook-tops, 19Ham, 50, 69, 73, 252Hamburger, beef for, 63Hanging game, 56, 248Hangovers, 224–25Hardwood charcoal, 24Headaches, 181, 224–25Heartburn, 264Heat, for cooking food

conduction, 29convection, 28–29halogen, 19heat conductivity of pots, 8heat-generating modes, 27increasing, effect of, 29–30induction, 19radiant, 19, 28, 40–41

306 . . index

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:20 PM Page 306

Page 326: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Heat diffusers, 8Heirloom produce, 134–35Henckels knives, 3Herbs, 177–78, 246High altitude

baking at, 204boiling point at, 30–31drinking water at, 219freezing water at, 31pressure-cooking at, 21

High-carbon stainless steel blades, 2, 3High-density lipoprotein (HDL), 193High-fructose corn sugar, 185Hollandaise sauce

curdled, 156, 160freezing, 160ingredients in, 154, 157keeping warm, 160recipe for, 158–60related sauces, 154separated, 160serving, 160storing, 160

Homogenized milk, 104Honey, 208Honing knives, 1, 4–5Hormones, growth, 72–73Hot spots, in pots and pans, 7–8, 9, 11Hunger, 287–88Hydrogenated fats, 194–95Hydrogenated vegetable oil, 261Hydrolized vegetable protein (HVP),

261Hypercarotenum, 140

Ice, floating ability of, 278Ice cream, 120–22Ice cubes, for treating burns, 282–83Ice cubes, rinsing, 225Induction cook-tops, 19Infant formula, 105–6Insulin, 272

Intoxication, 220, 223, 224Iodine flavor, in shrimp, 100Iodized salt, 258–59Irish moss, 171, 260

Japanese Kobe beef, 52Japanese restaurants, 91Java coffee blend, 230–31Jelly, 175

Kidney damage, 271Kitchen accidents, 282Kneading bread dough, 209Knives

blade alloys for, 2–3buying, 1, 2–4chopping with, 6dull, causes of, 4, 5, 6dull, dangers of, 1–2handles on, 3–4scratches on, 6sharp, safety of, 1–2sharpening, 1, 4–5slicing with, 5stains on, 2storing, 5types of, 1, 5–6

Kobe beef, 52Kosher salt, 180

Labels, glued, removing, 285Lacto-ovo vegetarians, 272, 273Lacto-vegetarians, 272, 273Lactose, 262Lactose intolerance, 104–5, 112Lamb, age of, 77Lead poisoning, 254Leavening agents. See also Yeast

air and steam, 203baking powder, 201–2, 203, 204baking soda, 202–3

Lecithin, 156

index . . 307

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:20 PM Page 307

Page 327: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Lemon juice, 13, 141, 157Lemons, 136Lobster

bacteria in, 96buying, 96classification of, 94claws, 95, 97–98, 99cooked, color of, 97cooking, 95–96dead, 95–96flavor of, 95killing, 96–97left- and right-handed, 97–98live, storing, 95overcooking, 78

London broil, 60–61Low-density lipoprotein (LDL), 192,

193Lysine, 258

Macadamia Cheese Soufflé, 279–82Maillard reaction, 23, 68Maltese Falcon Custard, 165–66Maltese sauce, 154Maltose, 262Marbling, in meat, 44, 62Margarine, 194–95, 261Marinades

for “cooking” raw fish, 91meat, 50, 57–58pickling effect of, 235shellfish, 78–79vinegar in, 185

Mayonnaise, 154, 156, 157, 253Meat. See also Beef; Pork; Roasts;

Steaksage of, determining, 77aging process, effect of, 54–56amino acids in, 258bacteria in, 250, 253blade- vs. loin-end chops, 63–64

buying, 76, 243carving and slicing, 59–61commercial tenderizers for, 58–59connective tissue in, 44, 50–54, 55,

56, 60cooked, color of, 45, 49cooking times for, 65–67degrees of doneness, 45, 49, 54dry-cooking methods for, 23, 44freezing, 240–41ground, exposure to bacteria, 63hormone-infiltrated, 72–73ink stamps on, 72internal temperatures for, 45, 49, 54marbling in, 44, 62marinating, 50, 57–58microwaving, 23minutes-per-pound charts for,

65–67moist-cooking methods for, 44, 53,

54myoglobin in, 45–46, 47–50near bone, flavor of, 72overcooking, 44–45oxidation process in, 48–49rigor mortis in, 56rubs for, 58salmonella in, 253searing, 71–72seasoning, 70–71shrinkage of, 45slaughtering of, 45, 247–48smoked, 68–69storing, 236, 240–41, 247–48tender cuts of, 44tenderizing, 58–59, 189–90thawed, signs of, 76, 243thawing, 243–44thermometers, 35, 65touch test for doneness, 65toughness of, 44, 50–54, 55, 56, 60

308 . . index

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:20 PM Page 308

Page 328: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Medications, 255, 274Menstrual cycle, 179, 223, 273Mercury, in seafood, 90Meringue, preparing, 129Metabolism, 266, 268–71Metmyoglobin, 49Microwave ovens, 23–24, 27Milk

adding to tea, 232allergy to, 105, 112in breads, 207buttermilk, 105, 107, 108canned, 108chocolate, 106condensed, 108curdled, 111drinking from carton, 232fat-free, 106–7fat percentages in, 106–7, 109heating, 103homogenized, 104for infant formula, 105–6lactose intolerance, 104–5, 112low-fat, 107microwaving, 103nonfat dry, 108pasteurized, 102, 104proteins in, 105–6, 116, 156, 164raw, 104, 253scalding, 102scorching, 102–3skim, 106–7, 109sour, 107soy milk, 112sticking to pan, 102–3storing, 236surface film on, 103unpasteurized, 104, 253whole, 106–7

Minutes-per-pound cooking charts,65–67

Mixing, “stir clockwise” rule for, 286Mocha-java coffee, 230–31Moist-heat cooking, 44, 45, 53. See also

specific methodsMolasses, 184, 208Mold, on bread, 217Mold, on cheese, 118Mollusks, 94, 98–99, 100–101Mono-unsaturated fats, 192–95Mornay Sauce, 172–73Mosquitoes, repelling, 287Mousseline sauce, 154MSG (monosodium glutamate), 181,

277Muscles, human, 266, 268–69, 271Mushrooms, 141, 216Mussels, 94, 98Myoglobin

in calves, 47in chicken, 46in fish, 86, 87in meat, 45–46, 47–50

National Livestock and Meat Board,48

Nectarines, 175Nitric oxide, 17Nitrite salt, 50Nitrites, 73Nitrogen dioxide, 17Nitrogen-packed chicken, 75–76Nondairy creamers, 193Nonstick kitchenware, 10–11Nutrition labels, additives on, 259–62Nuts, in breads, 212

Octopus, 94Oil(s). See also Fat(s)

all-purpose, buying, 189in baked goods, 189buying, 189, 193–94

index . . 309

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:20 PM Page 309

Page 329: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Oil(s), cont.color of, 199contrasted with fats, 188for deep-frying, 189, 196deteriorated, signs of, 199in emulsified sauces, 155fire point of, 197fires, extinguishing, 197flash point of, 197hydrogenated, 261mono-unsaturated fats in, 194odor of, 199olive, 193, 194, 197, 199polyunsaturated fats in, 194preheating, 197prolonging life of, 197–98rancid, 199refrigerating, 198reusing, 197–98saturated fats in, 193–94smoke point of, 196–97, 199storing, 198taste of, 199temperature of, measuring, 198-in-water emulsions, 161

Okra, 176Oleic acid, 199Olestra, 195–96Olive oil, 193, 194, 197, 199Omega-3 fatty acids, 196Omelet pans, 13Onions

affinity with wine, 220chopping, 142–43cooking, 139, 141–42, 143flavoring dishes with, 142interaction with aluminum, 13in quiches, 216slicing, 2, 142–43storing, 245tear-causing gas in, 242–43

Oolong tea, 231, 232

Orange juice, 233, 256Oranges, 136, 140, 245Oven thermometers, 66Ovens. See also Electric ovens

exhaust from, 17gas-fueled, 20inserting hands into, 35–36

Oysters, 94, 98, 100–101

Palm kernel oil, 188, 193–94Palm oil, 193, 194Pan-broiling, 70, 93Pan-frying

best pans for, 15breaded foods, 38–39description of, 36–37uncrowded pan for, 38

Pan juices, 240Pancakes, 210–11Pans. See Pots and pansPapain, 58–59Paring knife, 1Pasta, for absorbing salt in soup, 180Pasta, semolina flour, 278Pasteurized beer, 222–23Pasteurized milk, 102, 104Pastry flour, 206Pastry white wheat flour, 170Pâte feuilletée, 211Peaches, 147, 150, 151, 175Peanut oil, 193–94, 197Pears, 136, 147Pectin, 175Peppercorns, 71, 182Peppers, bell, 136, 139Peppers, chili, 182–84Pickling foods, 235Pie crusts, soggy, 215–16Pie shells, blind baking, 215Pin bone sirloin steak, 51–52Pineapple, 174, 175, 220Pink peppercorns, 182

310 . . index

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:20 PM Page 310

Page 330: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Plums, 136Poaching liquids, 92, 131–32Poisons. See ToxinsPolyethylene cutting boards, 6Polyphenol compounds, 227–28Polyunsaturated fats, 192–95Popcorn, 147–48Porcelain, 8, 14Pork

bacon, 73, 74, 239ham, 50, 69, 73, 252internal temperatures for, 64–65leanness of, 64overcooking, 64raw, precautions for, 251–52salt pork, freezing, 239trichinosis from, 64–65, 251–52

Pot-roasting, 70Potassium sorbate, 262Potatoes

for absorbing salt in soup, 180baking, 145boiling, 141–42discoloration in, 141frying, 144, 145, 146green-tinged, 144interaction with aluminum, 13mashed, 145–46pan-frying, 146piercing, 145storing, 144, 245types of, for baking, 145types of, for frying, 144, 145, 146types of, for salads, 144–45vitamins in, 257–58

Pots and pansaluminum, 8, 11, 13anodized aluminum, 11for baking, 212–15boiling water in, 32carbon steel, 8, 12, 13cast-iron, 8, 12, 13

cleaning, 12copper, 8, 9Corningware, 14crepe pans, 8deseasoned, 12earthenware, 8, 14enamel, 9–10glass, 8, 14, 213–14heat-conducting efficiency of, 8hot, on cutting boards, 249–50hot spots on, 7–8, 9, 11lids sticking to, 32–33in microwave ovens, 24multi-ply bottoms on, 11–12nonstick, 10–11porcelain, 8, 14pottery, 8, 14removing cooked flour from, 285removing glued label from, 285reseasoning, 12rusted, 12sauté, 15scratches on, 9, 10, 12seasoned, 12, 13silver, 8skillets, 15stainless steel, 8tin, 8warping of, 13, 14woks, 8, 13, 16–17

Pottery, 8, 14, 254Prawns, 100Pregnancy, 179, 269Prescription medications, 255, 274Preservatives and additives, 259–62Pressure-cookers, 21, 247Prime rib, beef, 51Propane gas, 18Protein, 258, 271, 273, 287–88Prunes, 261Puff paste, 211Pyrex, 14

index . . 311

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:20 PM Page 311

Page 331: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Quiche, serving, 216Quinces, 175

Radiant cook-tops, 19Radiation cooking, 28, 40–41Radiation leakage, 24Ranges. See Electric ranges; Gas rangesRecipes

Clarified Butter, 117Hollandaise Sauce, 158–60Macadamia Cheese Soufflé, 279–82Maltese Falcon Custard, 165–66Mornay Sauce, 172–73Vinaigrette Sauce, 162–63

Reduction sauces, 153Refrigerators, 25–26, 246Rémoulade sauce, 154Rice, 137, 180, 258Roasting. See also Roasts

compared with baking, 36compared with broiling, 41cooking time required for, 67–68in covered pan, 33, 67, 68racks for, 34shrinkage during, 68“slow,” benefits of, 68in uncovered pan, 33, 68

Roastsbasting, 34braising, 52browning, 33–34, 68carving, 69–70checking temperature of, 35chuck, braising, 52crust formed on, 68frozen, cooking, 67internal temperatures for, 70Maillard reaction in, 33–34, 68marinating, 57–58removing from oven, 70resting period for, 69–70

room temperature, cooking, 67shrinkage of, 68surface temperatures of, 34–35

Rock salt, 180Round, beef, 51, 61Roux, 168–69Rubs, 58Rust, 3, 12, 13

Sabayon sauce, 154Saccharin, 262Safflower oil, 194, 197Salad dressings, 157, 161–63Salads, 139, 157Salmon, 87Salmonella bacteria, 125, 253Salt

in airplane food, 178in athlete’s diet, 271in boiling water, 30in bread making, 208chemical name for, 262in commercial soups, 255in corn-boiling water, 147-cured bacon, 73for curing foods, 235dehydrating effects of, 255, 271effect on taste perceptions, 179–80in egg-poaching water, 132interaction with aluminum foil,

241iodized vs. plain, 258–59kosher vs. regular, 180nitrite, 50oversalting, 180reducing, in soup, 180rock vs. sea, 180in salted butter, 113seasoning with, 37, 70–71, 177, 180table salt, 147in weight-loss diets, 266–67

312 . . index

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:20 PM Page 312

Page 332: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Saturated fats, 63, 123–24, 192–95, 261Sauces. See also Emulsified sauces

Mornay, recipe for, 172–73reduction, 153thickening, 153, 176

with cooling, 154with eggs, 156–61, 163–66with gelatin, 171, 174with pectin, 175with starch, 167–73

vinaigretteingredients in, 157non-emulsified, 161preparing, 155, 161recipe for, 162–63

Sauté pans, 15Sautéing, 36Scalding milk, 102Scallops, 94, 98–99Scorching butter, 114Scorching milk, 102–3Scratches, on knives, 6Scratches, on pots, 9, 10, 12Sea salt, 180Seafood. See also Fish; Shellfish

subclassifications of, 94–95Searing meats, 71–72Seasoning pots, 12, 13Seasonings

for airplane food, 178chilies, 182–84cooking wines, 185–86herbs, 177–78for leftover dishes, 177MSG, 181peppercorns, 182reseasoning, 177salt, 37, 70–71, 177, 180soup bones, 187spices, 177sugar, 184–85

taste perceptions of, 178–80temperature effect on, 178vinegar, 185wines, 185–86

Seaweed-derived thickeners, 171, 260Self-cleaning ovens, 17Semolina flour, 278Serving dishes, 283Sesame oil, 194, 197Shellfish

cutting across the grain, 79marinating, 78–79mercury in, 90overcooking, 78storing, 236subclassifications of, 94–95tough, causes of, 78–79

Sherry, cooking with, 186Shingella bacteria, 253Shish kebab, color of, 50Short loin, beef, 50, 51Short plate, beef, 51Shortening, 188–89, 197, 261Shrimp, 94, 95, 97, 100Silver pots, 8Simmering, at high altitude, 31Sirloin, beef, 50, 51, 63Skillets, 15Sleep-inducing foods, 288Slicing foods, 2, 5–6Slicing knife, 1, 5–6Slurries, 168, 170Smell, sense of, 275–76Smoke hoods, 17Smoke point of oil, 196–97, 199Smoked meats, 68–69Smoking foods, 236Snails, 94Soap, for cleaning dishes, 284Sodium benzoate, 261Sodium bisulfate, 262

index . . 313

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:20 PM Page 313

Page 333: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Sodium caseinate, 260Sodium chloride, 262Sodium citrate, 260Sodium nitrate, 262Sodium propionate, 260Soft drinks, 219, 220, 226Sorbic acid, 262Sorbitol, 262Soufflé, Macadamia Cheese, 279–82Soufflés, preparing, 278Soups

adding bones to, 187adding sherry to, 186as cold remedy, 254–55salty, 180, 255

Sourdough bread, 207Sous vide, 234–35Soy milk, 112Soybean oil, 194, 197Soybeans, 258Spices, 177Spinach, 138, 257Spoons, wooden, 7Squid, 78, 79, 94Stainless steel blades, 2, 3Stainless steel pots, 8, 11Staphylococcal poisoning, 253Staphylococcus aureus, 253Starch-thickened sauces, 167–70Steaks

“bloody,” 45brushing butter on, 190buying, 51–52cooking methods, 70flank, 60–61London broil, 60–61marbling in, 62round, 51, 61seasoning, 71sirloin, 51, 63slashing fat in, 42

slicing, 60–61Steaming, 33, 256Steer, defined, 52Stewing, 9, 53, 77“Stir clockwise” rule, 286Stir-frying, 15–17Stock, bones for, 174Stomachaches, 264Stove-tops. See Electric ranges; Gas

rangesStyrofoam cups, 227Sucrose, 184, 262Sugar

adding to whipped egg whites, 129artificial sweeteners, 185, 262in breads, 208brown vs. white, 184in candy, 259dehydrating effects of, 272effect on insulin, 272effect on taste perceptions, 179–80for freezing fruits, 242–43high-fructose corn sugar, 185in pancakes, 210–11for preserving foods, 236as source of energy, 265sucrose, 184tooth decay from, 263types of, 184, 262

Sulfur dioxide, 262Sunflower oil, 194Superstainless steel blades, 2–3Sushi-quality fish, 90–91Sweat, 218Sweeteners. See also Sugar

artificial, 185, 262for breads, 208

Sweet’n Low, 185

Taste, perception ofin airplane cabins, 178

314 . . index

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:20 PM Page 314

Page 334: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

effect of sight, touch, and hearingon, 277

effect of smell on, 275effect of sugar on, 179–80effect of time on, 275–76food temperature and, 178four basic tastes in, 276taste buds and, 276umami, 276–77

Teaacid in, 227adding milk to, 232black, 231brewing temperature for, 228caffeine in, 226green, 231–32oolong, 231, 232serving, in Styrofoam cups, 227stains, removing, 285steeping, 232strong, 232water for, 227

Teakettles, washing, 285Temperature

for boiling water, 30–32charcoal grill, increasing, 43effect on cooking times, 29–30for killing bacteria, 64–65oil, for deep-frying, 37–38, 189,

198oven, for baked goods, 212oven, for broiling, 40oven, testing, 66refrigerator, 246

Tenderizing meats, 57–59Textured vegetable protein (TVP),

149Thawed foods, refreezing, 244–45Thawing meats, 243–44Thermal shock, 10Thermal storage bottles, 246–47

Thermometersdeep-fryer, 198instant, 35meat, 35, 65oven, 66

Thiamine, 262Thigh fat, 269Thirst, 218–19Thyroxine, 258Tin cans, 254Tin pots, 8Toast, preparing, 216Tofu (bean curd), 149Tomatoes

affinity with wine, 220artificially ripened, 150cellulose in, 137color of, 150curdling effect on cream, 111interaction with aluminum, 13mass-marketed, flavor of, 149–50serving temperature for, 150–51sex of, determining, 151–52slicing, knives for, 2

Toxinsin apple seeds, 151in bottom-dwelling fish, 90botulism, 143, 247, 252–53in copper pots, 9in green-tinged potatoes, 144in lead-glazed pottery, 254in oven exhaust, 17produced by bacteria, 249–50in shellfish, 90staph, 253trichinosis, 64–65, 251–52

Trans fatty acids, 191, 194–95Trichinosis, 64–65, 251–52Triglycerides, 191Tripoly solution, 81–82Turnips, 138–39

index . . 315

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:20 PM Page 315

Page 335: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

TVP (textured vegetable protein),149

Ulcers, 273Umami, 276–77Univalves, 94Unsaturated fats, 192–95USDA, 48, 72, 236Utility knife, 1

Vacuum storage bottles, 246–47Veal, “anemic,” 47–48Veal bones, 174Vegan diet, 272, 273Vegetable oil, 191Vegetables. See also specific vegetables

acidic dressings for, 139amino acids in, 258buying, 149, 245carotene in, 140cellulose in, 136–37color changes in, 139–42cooking, 136–40, 142, 143, 256definition of, 134flavor of, 149freezing, 242fresh, deterioration of, 136frozen, 245, 257green, cooking, 139, 140heirloom vs. hybrid, 134–35refrigerating, 25salad greens, 157seeds in, 149sex of, determining, 151–52soaking in ice water, 148storing, 25, 242, 245–46thickening sauces with, 153vitamins and nutrients in, 256–57wax coating on, 136

Vegetarian diets, 272–73Venison, hanging, 248Vinaigrette sauce, 155, 157, 161–63

Vinegaraffinity with wine, 220-based salad dressings, 139in egg poaching water, 131–32in emulsified sauces, 155, 157,

161–63in marinades, 185removing stains with, 285

Vinyl chloride, 17Vitamin A, 140, 190, 195–96Vitamin B complex, 255, 256, 262Vitamin C, 255, 256, 259–60Vitamin D, 190, 195–96Vitamin E, 190, 195–96Vitamin K, 190, 195–96Vitamins

daily allowances for, 255for elderly, 271fat-soluble, 190, 195–96, 256interaction with medications, 274natural vs. manufactured, 255–56supplements, 255in vegetables, 257–58water-soluble, 256

Walnut oil, 194Warped pots, 13, 14Water

body’s need for, 218–19boiling points for, 30–32carbonated, 219–20for coffee and tea, 227for easing heartburn, 264filtering systems for, 253–54freezing point of, 31hard vs. soft, 30at high altitudes, 219for quenching thirst, 219retention of, 266–67in weight-loss diets, 266–67,

269–70Water-in-oil emulsions, 161

316 . . index

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:20 PM Page 316

Page 336: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

Weather conditions, 32, 43Wedge bone sirloin steak, 51–52Weight watchers

breakfast for, 270dietary fiber for, 263drinking water for, 269–70post-diet caloric needs, 266slow eating for, 270water weight lost by, 266–67weight regained by, 265–66

Wet aging, 55–56Whales, 87Whetstones, 4Whipped butter, 113–14Whipped “dessert toppings,” 110Whipping cream, 109–11White wheat flour, 170, 204–5Whole wheat flour, 170, 204–5Wine

aging, 221alcoholic content of, 186champagne, 220chilling, with newspaper, 222cooking, use of, 185–86cooking with, 30, 186

corks, 221foods incompatible with, 220interaction with aluminum, 13leftover, storing, 221–22matching with food, 220sherry, 186

Woks, 8, 13, 16–17Wondra flour, 170Wooden cutting boards, 6Wooden spoons, 7Wüsthof knives, 3

Yams, 136Yeast

active dry, 200, 201breads, 207, 209–10compressed, 200defined, 200dough, kneading, 209growth temperatures for, 200, 210at high altitudes, 204refrigerating, 201testing vitality of, 201

Yogurt, 105, 116–18

index . . 317

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:20 PM Page 317

Page 337: 1870 The New Kitchen Science A Guide to Know the Hows and Whys for Fun and Success in the Kitchen

about the author

Howard Hillman is the author of more than twenty books, includ-ing The Book of World Cuisines (Penguin), The Diner’s Guide toWines (Hawthorn), The Cook’s Book (Avon), Kitchen Secrets (Mac-millan), Great Peasant Dishes of the World (Houghton Mifflin),and a series of epicurean guidebooks to major cities (David Mc-Kay). His books have been critically acclaimed and earned manyhonors. Hillman’s works have been selected by three book clubs,translated into Braille and foreign languages, and named to the“Outstanding Reference Book” list of both the Library Journal andthe American Library Association.

He has written food and wine articles for distinguished publi-cations such as the New York Times, the Wall Street Journal, Cook’s,Medical World News, and Food & Wine, and he has critically ratedrestaurants for America’s largest newspaper.

Howard Hillman is a culinary explorer who unabashedly loveswining, dining, and travel. He has journeyed more than a millionmiles to more than one hundred countries, shopping and cookingthe local way in gourmet capitals (Paris and the like) as well as inlocations off the beaten path (from Timbuktu to small villages inChina). Altogether, he has investigated and prepared thousands ofethnic dishes. He has lectured on television and at universities andbeen a guest on numerous radio and TV talk shows, and he main-tains one of the most extensive food and wine reference libraries.

Hillman’s general background includes the presidency of theNational Academy of Sports, a vice-presidency of the AmericanFilm Theatre, the editorship of Quality Digest, and the presidencyof the Customer Satisfaction Institute. His Hillmanwonders.comweb site ranks and describes the top one hundred wonders of theworld. He is a Harvard Business School graduate.

Hillman pages 11/21/2002 3:20 PM Page 318